Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
R-2012-087-2012-06-11
RESOLUTION NO. R2012-87 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE COWART'S CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION PUMP STATION. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for construction services associated with the Cowart's Creek Regional Detention Pump Station, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Reddico Construction Company, Inc., in the amount of $1,083,680.90. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for construction services associated with the Cowart's Creek Regional Detention Pump Station. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 11th day of June, A.D., 2012. <„„:)14t)' LV:LP TOM REID MAYOR ATTEST: / ,.,Wi q;;o,, iI. ..,: i_ ''&11, Y S E v'ETARY "' ',, `*` APPROVED AS TO FORM: .J DARRIN M. CO R CITY ATTORNEY EXHIBIT Resolution No. 2012-87 Project Manual for: Cowarts Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station pt,it nil ule 0 R '- feel +9 E �F Ii61��tIi! T EX A S es ,,..N ,� 1 I S �r..EOF rE.., . *.41( DAVID W.WARNER 93559 :. . Bid No. : 0312-30 ; `t ssAL ►� F l�+ ao May, 2012 , Prepared By: MBI3 Montgomery&Barnes, Inc. 450 Gears Road,Suite 200 Houston,Texas 77067 Office 281-775-4650 Fax 281-876-4688 Texas Registration No. F-000300 Project Manual for: Cowarts Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station r COP Project No. :, DR0602 Bid No. : 0312-30 r May, 2012 Prepared By: M.B Montgomery&Barnes, Inc. „, 450 Gears Road,Suite 200 Houston,Texas 77067 Office 281-775-4650 Fax 281-876-4688 Texas Registration No.F-000300 E IN •'CITY OF PEARLAND 7 BRAZORIA COUNTY,TEXAS TABLE OF CONTENTS 7 NO. OF SECTION TITLE PAGES 7 DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7 00100 Invitation to Bid 3 00200 Instructions to Bidders 8 00300 Bid Proposal 2 7 00300 Bid Schedule 15 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 7 00610 Performance Bond 2 7 00611 Payment Bond 2 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 2 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 1 7 00700a General Conditions of Agreement Table of Contents 5 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 36 00701 General Conditions of Agreement Attachment No. 1 3 7 00702 General Conditions of Agreement Attachment No. 2 4 00703 General Conditions of Agreement Attachment No. 3 10 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 2 7 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 5 00900-1 Addendum No. 1 26 7 DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS }� Note:Bold Specifications are included in the City of Pearland Standard Specifications,latest edition and are 1 incorporated by reference including the associated standard details. *identifies that the specification has been modified for this specific contract only and is included in this manual. 7 01100 Summary of Work* 2 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 4 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 3 7 01290 Change Order Procedures 4 01310 Coordination and Meetings 3 01350 Submittals 6 7 01380 Construction Photographs 3 01420 Referenced Standards 5 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 2 C 01440 Inspection Services 1 01450 Testing Laboratory Services 2 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 9 7 01505 Mobilization 1 01550 Stabilized Construction Exit 4 01555 Traffic Control and Regulation 4 Nolo7 - 1 of 4 7 7 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 7 01560 Filter Fabric Fence 3 01561 Reinforced Filter Fabric Barrier 3 �+ 01562 Waste Material Disposal 3 L 01563 Tree and Plant Protection 4 01564 Control of Ground Water and Surface Water 8 7 01565 TPDES Requirements 3 01566 Source Controls for Erosion and Sedimentation 5 01570 Trench Safety System 4 7 01580 Project Identification Signs 4 01600 Material and Equipment 3 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 3 7 01720 Field Surveying 2 01730 Cutting and Patching 3 01750 Starting Systems 2 7. 01760 Project Record Documents 2 01770 Contract Closeout 2 7 DIVISION 2—SITE WORK Note:Bold Specifications are included in the City of Pearland Standard Specifications,latest edition and are incorporated by reference including the associated standard details. *identifies that the specification has been modified for this specific contract only and is included in this manual. i 02200 Site Preparation 4 7 02220 Site Demolition 5 02252 Cement Stabilized Sand 3 02255 Bedding,Backfill, and Embankment Materials 6 7 02316 Excavation and Backfill for Roadways 4 02317 Excavation and Backfill for Structures 7 02318 Excavation and Backfill for Utilities 12 7 02335 Subgrade 7 02370 Geotextile 2 02534 PVC Pipe 6 7 02542 Concrete Manholes and Accessories 10 02603 Frames, Grates,Rings, and Covers 3 02629 Jacking Box or Pipe 9 7 02630 Storm Sewers 10 02632 Cast-in-Place Inlets,Headwalls, and Wingwalls 3 02633 Adjusting Manholes,Inlets, and Valve Boxes 3 7 02710 Base Course for Pavement 12 02741 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 7 02744 Single Course Surface Treatment 4 f I 02751 Concrete Pavement 15 02770 Curb, Curb & Gutter, and Headers 4 02821 Chain Link Fences and Gates 4 7 02910 Topsoil 3 02921 Hydromulch Seeding 4 02922 Sodding 4 7 00010-2of4 7 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 7 CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (for use with Pump Station Structure) As one of the conditions for presenting and accepting a bid on the project covered by these City of Houston specifications, it is understood that all instances where the term"CITY"is used it is intended and meant to refer the OWNER, City of Pearland,where the term"ENGINEER"or"PROJECT MANAGER"is used it is intended and meant to refer to Montgomery&Barnes,Inc. and the term"INSPECTOR"is meant and intended to refer to a representative of the City of Pearland. COH 02431 Tunnel Grout 8 COH 02476 Caisson for Lift Station 6 COH 09901 Protective Coatings 24 HARRIS COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (for use in Pond and Outfall Channel) HCFCD 02921 Turf Establishment 6 f HCFCD 02923 Seed 2 HCFCD 02925 Mulch and Tackifier 2 TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (for use on Crushed Recycled Concrete Access Road) TXDOT 247 Flexible Base 9 7 MONTGOMERY& BARNES SPECIFICATIONS (for use with Pump Station Structure) MB 03315 Cast in Place Concrete 19 MB 05510 Aluminum Stair Systems 4 MB 05520 Handrails 4 MB 06632 FRP Grating and Stair Treads 5 MB 11310 Submersible Propeller Pumps 6 MB 11311 Submersible Wastewater Non-Clog Pumps 11 MB 15101 Valves and Gates 6 MB 15053 Pump Station Piping 5 MB 15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports 4 • r r 00010-3of4 r CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS r L' DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 16012 Electrical Work 6 16111 Conduit, Fittings and Bodies 9 16120 600-Volt Building Wire and Cable 5 16131 Device, Pull and Junction Boxes 3 16135 Cabinets, Boxes and Fitting 7 16140 Wiring Devices 3 16195 Electrical Identification 8 16401 Electric Service 2 16402 Underground Ductbanks 4 16452 Grounding 9 16460 Transformers 7 16462 Motor Control Panel(MCP) 4 16470 Panelboards 9 16475 Overcurrent Protective Devices 13 [I" 16476 Disconnects and Circuit Breakers 5 16481 Motor Controllers 8 16482 Motor-Control Centers (600 V or Less) 10 16525 Exterior Lighting 9 APPENDIX Terracon Consultants, Inc. Geotechnical Report No. 91115051 21 Terracon Consultants, Inc. Geotechnical Report No. 91115051 (Addendum to Report) 8 END OF SECTION r r 00010-4 of 4 r CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the followingproject, Ci ty's in the City s E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the L- above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration". Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However, submission of an E-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. For more information regarding registration instructions, See, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids(a,ci.pearland.tx.us. All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. Electronic bids will be accepted until 2:00 p.m., Thursday, May 24, 2012. All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly "opened"and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: Cowarts Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: DR0602 BID NO.: 0312-30 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 2:00 p.m. on May 10, 2012. The project will entail the construction of a pump station facility to serve the Cowart Creek Regional Detention Facility. Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to, all transmittals and material submittals, RFI's, RFC's, Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer.. This system has certain hardware, internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications, documentation and records for the project. For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200. Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids upon 12,/2011 00100- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These g same documents are also available at the following locations. City of Pearland, City Hall (281) 652-1600 Purchasing Department 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Amtek Plan Room (713) 956-0100 L 4001 Sherwood Houston,TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, TX 77057 Associated Builders & Contractors of Greater Houston (713) 523-6222 3910 Kirby, Suite 131 Houston, TX 77098 Dodge Reports (713) 316-9411 10606 Hempstead Rd., Suite 110 Houston, Texas 77092 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES. Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to"day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s) Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Security in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original Bid Bonds shall be delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer prior to the opening of bids. Bid r" bonds shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2' ' Floor City Hall, IC 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581. The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in 12,/2011 00100-2 of 3 rN CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID the State of Texas, and named in the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No. 570", naming the City of Pearland, Texas as Obligee. Additionally, the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin Selection Criteria: If the Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder the City will consider: 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and specifically requested, including but not limited to, Base Bid, Extra Work or Alternates. If the Contract is to be awarded on the basis of provision of the "Best Value", the City of Pearland may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of Bidders, including Financial Statements of Bidders, identified in the Instructions to Bidders; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. The Cityof Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been "opened" may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Young Lorfing, TRMS City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date May 2, 2012 Second Publication date May 9, 2012 n 12,/2011 00100-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CSection 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term"the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City. 1.2 The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all.Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids). 1.3 The term"E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or"e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web-based contract administration and construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project. L This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). L 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at www.citvofpearland.orci/bids, Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific }�+ project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier. Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. Registrants must provide data for all categories marked with a"*" and must select the following project bid categories: Building Construction Services,New(includes Maintenance and Repair) Construction Services, General" " Construction Services,Heavy " " C12/2011 00200-1 of 8 r CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Construction Services, Trade (new construction) Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E- bid System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to: ebids@ci.pearland.tx.us 3. Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids. Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts-sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer. 3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders, whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders bidding to the Bidder, register as a Supplier and download the project Bid Documents. 3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including, but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 4. Qualifications of Bidders 4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 15 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two L' (2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested: L. L 12/2011 00200-2 of 8 C CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete; 3)A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid; 4) A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by Bidder; and 5) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder. 5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review, but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may poi 12/2011 00200-3 of 8 r CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6. Interpretations and Addenda L' 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in 1.4 an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond("Bid Security"). 7.2 Bidders filing bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original Bid Bonds shall be delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer prior to the opening of bids. Bid bonds shall be 12/2011 00200-4 of 8 r C CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS delivered to: Office of City Purchasing,Finance Department, 2nd Floor CityHall, 3519 LibertyDrive, Pearland, Texas 77581. L' 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten(10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until after the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. r 8. Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time"or"days"shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10 Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items ,74 10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 11. Bid Form t 11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. 11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign) 12/2011 00200-5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretaryor an assistant secretary. ry. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in PM accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at www.citvofpearland:orq/bids. Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive,.Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by verbal, facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty(60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13.4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 12/2011 00200- 6of8 r CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 14. Opening of Bid Proposals 14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. to 15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non-responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of one of the following criteria: A)provision of the"Best Value" or B)Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 Best Value. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding ti Documents. A contract to be awarded to the Bidder offering the Best Value may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 7 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder , Owner will consider: Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work and Alternates, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of 12/2011 00200-7of8 r CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible p le Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting 16.4 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction, within the Contract Time. • 17. Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner. • 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner. 19. Pre-bid Conference 19.1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. Attendance at the pre-bid conference is MANDITORY to fulfill the prerequisite requirements for Bidders bidding directly to the Owner. 20. Retainage g 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. r END OF SECTION 12/2011 00200-8 of 8 r CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 BID PROPOSAL Date: May 24, 2012 Bid of Reddico Construction Company, Inc. , an individual proprietorship/a • corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/a partnership consisting of N/A ,for the construction of: r Cowarts Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: DR0602 BID NO.: 0312-30 (Submitted in Electronic format) To: The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland,Texas 77581 �► Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Cowarts Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station with all related appurtenances, complete,tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans, and Specifications prepared by the i= Engineer, Montgomery &Barnes,Inc.,under the City of Pearland's inspection for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit"A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E- bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder. It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work, the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and,that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor, City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive,Pearland Texas 77581. The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid review. L. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit "A" of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. 12/2011 00300-1 of 2 7 BID SCHEDULE LIIII, CITY OF PEARLAND COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION PROJECT No.DR0602 BID No.0312-30 Reddico Construction Company,Inc. 7 Bid Opening: May 24,2012 at 2:00 P.M. BID BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 7 Section 1 -General Requirements 1 1 LS Project Mobilization. The Contractor shall not exceed 3%of total bid,Complete in Place. $ 30,000.00 $ 30,000.00 7 2 1 EA Install Stabilized Construction Exit at County Road 175D(Came)and Removed Upon Completion of Construction,as shown on Sheet 4 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 1,700.00 $ 1,700.00 )�1 3 1,570 LF Install Filter Fabric Fencing,as shown on Sheet 4 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. 1(l_ $ 1.00 $ 1,570.00 4 160 LF Install Reinforced Filter Fabric Fencing,as shown on Sheet 4 of Plan Set, Complete in Place. $ 1.50 $ 240.00 7 5 1 EA TPDES General Permit No.TXR150000;Notice of Intent(NOI)Application Fees (Contractor's NOI Fee),Contractor to submit fee and paperwork to City of Pearland for filing of application. $ 325.00 $ 325.00 7 6 1 LS SWPPP Monitoring and Inspections,Complete in Place. $ 520.00 $ 520.00 7 129 LF Install Trench Safety System,Complete in Place. $ 5.00 $ 645.00 8 247 LF Groundwater Control for stormwater pipe installation as needed, Only as 7 Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner, Complete in Place. $ 10.00 $ 2,470.00 9 247 LF Wet Sands Construction for stormwater pipe installation as needed, Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner, Complete in Place. $ 5.00 $ 1,235.00 7 10 1 EA Fumish and Install Crushed Stone Manhole Foundation for Wet Conditions, Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner, Complete in Place. $ 235.00 $ 235.00 Subtotal Section 1 $ 38,940.00 LSection 2-Site Construction 11 0.77 AC Site Preparation of Project Area,Complete in Place. $ 2,650.00 $ 2,040.50 7 12 429 CY Roadway Excavation as required for Reinforced Concrete,Crushed Recycled Concrete and Asphalt Roadways as shown on Sheet 4 of Construction Plan Set, Complete in Place. $ 2.25 $ 965.25 7 13 1,326 SY 6-Inch Lime-Stabilized Subgrade as required for Reinforced Concrete and Crushed Recycled Concrete Access Roadways,Complete in Place. $ 8.50 $ 11,271.00 14 25 SY 8-Inch Lime-Stabilized Subgrade as required for Asphalt Driveway Tie-in at County Road 175D,Complete in Place. $ 20.00 $ 500.00 7 15 883 SY 10-inch Recycled Crushed Concrete Access Roadway,Type A,Grade 1, IIIL Complete in Place. $ 14.75 $ 13,024.25 16 380 SY 7-inch Reinforced Concrete Driveway,Complete in Place. $ 47.80 $ 18,164.00 7 17 24 SY 3-inch HMAC Surface Course Driveway Tie-in at County Road 175D(Carrie), Complete in Place. $ 30.00 $ 720.00 Li7 18 24 SY 8-inch Flexible Base for Driveway Tie-in at County Road 175D(Carrie),Complete in Place. $ 21.00 $ 504.00 19 24 SY Single Course Asphalt Surface Treatment for Driveway Tie-in at County Road 175D(Carrie),Complete in Place. $ 26.00 $ 624.00 7 20 23 SY 4-inch Sidewalk on 2-inch Leveling Sand Bed at Motor Control Center,Complete in Place. $ 35.00 $ 805.00 iy 21 37 SY 6-inch Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving at 36"Pipe(pond side),as shown on 1y( Sheet 10 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 59.00 $ 2,183.00 REDDICO CONSTRUCTION COMPANY,INC.BID FORM 7 Page 1 of 4 r BID SCHEDULE rCITY OF PEARLAND COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION PROJECT No.DR0602 BID No.0312-30 Reddico Construction Company,Inc. . ----r Bid Opening: May 24,2012 at 2:00 P.M. BID BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID , , 22 55 SY 8-inch Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving at 60"Pipe(pond side),as shown on Sheet 10 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 75.00 $ 4,125.00 23 93 LF 36-inch RCP Storm Sewer,price to include 2"galvanized pipe runners on outfall z ' channel side,Complete in Place. $ 106.00 $ 9,858.00 24 36 LF 8-inch PVC Storm Sewer from Transducer Manhole to outfall channel,Complete in Place. $ 36.00 $ 1,296.00 25 118 LF Jack&Bore 60-inch RCP intake piping from Pump Station to Pond. Price to 1 include connection to pump station Structure,Complete in Place. $ 926.00 $ 109,268.00 �� 26 1 EA 36-inch Checkmate Inline Backflow Valve by Tideflex(or approved equal)to be installed on pond side of 36-inch storm sewer,as shown on Sheet 10 of Plan Set, Complete in Place. $ 24,100.00 $ 24,100.00 27 1 EA 60-inch HDPE Trash Rack"Storm Rax"RS-60 Round Serices by Plastic Solutions,Inc.(or approved equal)to be installed on pond side of 60-inch intake piping,as shown on Sheet 10 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 3,100.00 $ 3,100.00 i 28 1 EA Precast Concrete Manhole to house Level Transducer for outfall channel as shown on Sheet 13 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 r 29 13 EA 4-inch Removeable Bollards,as shown on Sheet 5 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 390.00 $ 5,070.00 30 403 LF 6'Chain Link Fence with Barbed Wire,price to include pedestrian gates and sliding gate as shown on Sheet 12 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 23.70 $ 9,551.10 r f j 31 168 LF Removal of Existing 3-strand barbed wire fence as shown on Sheets 4 and 5 of Construction Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 1.50 $ 252.00 - 32 667 SY 6-inch Concrete Slope Paving within outfall channel BDD4 Unit No.C107-10-00 as shown on Sheet 11 of Plan Set. Price to include turndown beams,weep holes and removal of adjacent interlocking blocks,as necessary,Complete in Place. $ 48.40 $ 32,282.80 6'Wide Reinforced Concrete Low Flow Pilot Channel as Shown on Sheets 4 and r 33 38 SY ii of Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 41.00 $ 1,558.00 34 510 LF Regrede Existing Backslope Swale as shown on Sheet 4 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. $ 4.25 $ 2,167.50 r35 2,567 SY Regrading of Existing Pond Side Slope,as necessary,Complete in Place. $ 2.50 $ 6,417.50 36 0.34 AC Hydromulch Seeding of Disturbed Areas. Contractor to water until a stand of grass is established,Complete in Place. $ 3,700.00 $ 1,258.00 7 37 0.59 AC Dry Application Seeding of Pond and Outfall Channel Side Slopes and Bottom as necessary,disturbed by construction. Contractor to water until a stand of grass is established,Complete in Place. $ 4,400.00 $ 2,596.00 r Subtotal Section 2 $ 266,200.90 Section 3-Pump Station Construction '���MMM11 38 1 LS Stormwater Pump Station as per Plans and Specifications to include 22'diameter 1 wet well,all structural and mechanical,discharge chambers,seal slab,piping and L. valves(within wet well and on top slab),painting and protective coatings,access doom and lifting chains,aluminum handrails and stairs,FRP grating,discharge chamber grating,control of groundwater and all associated appurtenances, 'y Complete in Place. $ 493,500.00 $ 493,500.00 r Ir REDDICO CONSTRUCTION COMPANY,INC.BID FORM ---• Page 2 of 4 t BID SCHEDULE CITY OF PEARLAND COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION 7 PROJECT No.DR0602 BID SCHEDULE • CITY OF PEARLAND COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION PROJECT No.DR0602 BID No.0312-30 • Reddico Construction Company,Inc. Bid Opening: May 24,2012 at 2:00 P.M. • BID BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID Section 5-Alternate Work Items Al 9 DAYS Pumping of Detention Pond to a 10-year Storm Depth(Water Surface Elev.= 31.50,approximate depth 12.5 feet)prior to Construction of Pump Station. One (1)Day is Defined as Pumping Continuously for Twenty Four(24)Hours with One (1)10,000 GPM Pump. Only as directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. $ 7,420.00 $ 66,780.00 Subtotal Section 5 $ 66,780.00 Summary Subtotal Section 1-General Requirements(Bid Items 1 -10) $ 38,940.00 Subtotal Section 2-Site Construction(Bid Items 11-37) $ 266,200.90 Subtotal Section 3-Pump Station Construction(Bid Items 38-42) $ 658,640.00 Subtotal Section 4-Extra Work Items(Bid Items 43-51) $ 53,120.00 Subtotal Section 5-Alternate Work Items(Bid Item Al)-DO NOT ADD TO GRAND TOTAL $ 66,780.00 GRAND TOTAL $ 1,016,900.90 TOTAL WITH ALTERNATE WORK ITEM $ 1,083,680.90 r r r r r r r r • L REDDICO CONSTRUCTION COMPANY,INC.BID FORM Page 4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and between City of Pearland(hereinafter called OWNER or City) and Reddico Construction Company,Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents (hereinafter the "Work"). The Work is generally described as follows: Cowarts Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: DR0602 BID NO.: 0312-30 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by Montgomery & Barnes, Inc., 450 Gears Road, Suite 200, • Houston, Texas 77067, David W. Warner, P.E. who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in • accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 3.1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions) within 270 days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within 300 days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 4 02/2008 00500- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantiallycomplete. p After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds $1,083,680.90 (the "Contract Price"). The Contract Price includes the Base Bid and Alternate #1, as accepted by OWNER. as shown in Document 00300—Bid Proposal. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below. All progress payments will be �•► on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. 5.1.1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5.1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable 02/2008 00500-2 of 7 r r CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under"Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6.08 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6.08. Article 6. INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not L Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive, or all-inclusive. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical �.q conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work ,and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations,tests,reports, and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7.4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of 02/2008 00500-3 of 7 r CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, g , explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are !� incorporated herein by reference: 8.1 Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500). 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612). 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No. 1 f" Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor. 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800). 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 26 inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title: Cowarts Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station. 8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal, including any Addenda referenced therein. 8.7 Technical Specifications for the Work. 8.8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective: Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The 02/2008 00500-4 of 7 r CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. �-' Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS 9.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or �•+ responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9.4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a period of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship. CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty period in an expeditious manner at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in 4*e accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of L: Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9.6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law,the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law. 9.7 This Contract and the Contract Documents, insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 9.8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be carried out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 02/2008 00500-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 9.9 The headings of the paragraphs are included solely for the convenience of reference and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9.10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only. Payment of any sum by OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9.11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER: Any fraud, forgery, misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked, mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors, or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. E E r 02/2008 00500-6 of 7 r L (11" CITY'OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representatives of the City of Pearland and upon the following date: June 11 , 2012. OWNER: CONTRACTOR: CITY OF PEARL Reddico onstruction C mp y, Inc. By: • Title: OiBy: 4,47.9sx /_ �/y� ,/ Michael A. Gruy /� /GGde� �✓ Title: Executive Vice Pres" Date: Uf) II a.-v Jc9--- Date: June 11, 2012 • - .(Corporate Seal) r ATTESTye,„71% ATTE Terri Bock, Secretary Address for giving notices "" 10083 Airport Road o`` Conroe, Texas 77303 IlIIlN1fN,N,", Phone: 936-441-9500 Fax: 936-760-3846 r Agent for service of process: Michael A. Gruy END OF SECTION 02/2008 00500-7 of 7 r CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § BOND NO. BCD1967736 COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Reddico CalStrtmtice.Compauy, Inc. of the City of Conroe , County of Montgomery , and State of Texas, as principal, and The Hanover Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee L (Owner), in the penal sum of$1,083,680.90 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: *One Million, Eighty—three Thousand, Six Hundred Eighty Dollars and Ninety Cents WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 11th day of June , , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described2012 as follows: Cowart Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: DR0602 BID NO.: 0312-30 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract,or to the Work to be performed thereunder. r 12/2007 00610-1 of 2 r CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Princi al and Suretyhave signed and sealed this instrument P. � this 1lth day of June ,2012, 7 Principal: Surety: 7 Reddico Construction ompany, Inc. surance'Cvn iny �:.• 7 B.._ - - - -: if7/ -- . ._ , --- - By !/ &i7-----1::_)--- _ Michael A. ruy /—teven W terry- " `Title: -Executive Vice Pres ent Title: Attorney-In-F.ci..: �, ✓ __ , 7 Address: Address: - 7 _ i ,..10083 Airport Road 13618 Cypress Lane Conroe, Texas 77303 Cypress, Texas 77429 7 Telephone: 936-441-9500 Telephone: 281-970-6782 7 Fax: 936-760-3846 Fax: 281-970-1364 7 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE �' OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS L DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. 7 7 END OF SECTION E L 7 7 7 12/2007 00610-2 of 2 7 7 THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA 7 POWERS OF ATTORNEY CERTIFIED COPY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY,both being corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan,do hereby constitute and appoint 7 Steven W.Berry,Nancy T.Berry and/or Kimberly J.Smith of Houston,TX and each is a true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact to sign,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf,and as its act and deed any place within the United States,or,if the following line be filled in,only within the area therein designated any and all bonds,recognizances,undertakings,contracts of indemnity or other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,as follows: 7 Any such obligations in the United States,not to exceed Twenty Million and No/100($20,000,000)in any single instance 7 and said companies hereby ratify and confirm all and whatsoever said Attorney(s)-in-fact may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of these presents. These appointments are made under and by authority of the following Resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Companies which resolutions are still in effect: "RESOLVED,That the President or any Vice President,in conjunction with any Vice President,be and they are hereby authorized and empowered to appoint Attorneys-in-fact of the Company,in its name and as its acts,to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as Surety any and all bonds,recognizances, contracts of indemnity,waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,with power to attach thereto the seal of the Company.Any such 7 writings so executed by such Attorneys-in-fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons."(Adopted October 7,1981 -The Hanover Insurance Company;Adopted April 14,1982- Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company;Adopted September 7,2001-Citizens Insurance Company of America) 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals,duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 31st day of October 2011. THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY n ��,,,,,,,� 4 , CITIZENS INS�f ANNCE PANY OF AMERICA 4. - r'��sky r� .c-tr4 f"v'6'� - " c- 1 z --- :1974 RobertTHomas,Vice President to a ..., i�. ., THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ) a tz Vice P 7 COUNTY OF WORCESTER )ss. On this 31st day of October 2011 before me came the above named Vice Presidents of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America,to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described herein,and acknowledged that the 7 seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. f r wr BARBARAA.GARLICK {C� Wary Public um C¢rtnweakh of Ma55adW¢ett¢ a LtycoNrssionExpiisseci. trots W s,,,— r . , laA :/; „ . 7 Barbara A.Garlick, Notary Public My Commission Expires September 21,2018 I,the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Companies,and do hereby further 7 certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect. This Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America. C "RESOLVED,That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto,granted and executed by the President or any Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company,shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed,even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile." (Adopted October 7,1981-The Hanover Insurance Company;Adopted April 14,1982-Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company;Adopted September 7,2001-Citizens Insurance Company of America) �' --- 7 GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies,at Worcester,Massachusetts,this 11th day of Julne 2012: THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY 7 MASSACHUSETTS BAY-iNSURRNCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE GOMPAN4Y OF AMERICA tit.::., I nn Margosian,Vice President - CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Section 00611 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. BCD1967736 STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Redact)Cioa Ozinfla11Y, Inc. of the City of Conroe , County of Montgomery , and State of Texas, as principal, and The Hanover Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ 1,083,680.90 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: L *One Million, Eighty—three Thousand, Six Hundred Eighty Dollars and Ninety Cents WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the llth day of June , 20 12, (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Cowart Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: DR0602 BID NO.: 0312-30 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder. • 07/2006 00611 -1 of 2 7 rCITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument r this 11th day of June ,20 12 l ' Principal: Surety: CReddico Construction C. 'any, Inc. The Hanover nsurance Company ___ 7 • _~.41e, __„,.. - --__Michael A. Gruy- en W Berry _ =` - Title: Executive Vice Presiden Title: Attorney-In-Fact _ , ; =-.> _ - Address: - Address: %\' _= -- „ _ ., • 7 z _ . _ _ 10083 Airport Road 13618 Cypress Lane ' Conroe, Texas 77303 Cypress, Texas 77429 7 Telephone: 936-441-9500 Telephone: 281-970-6782 7 Fax: 936-760-3846 Fax: 281-970-1364 4 7 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE 7 OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. E 7 END OF SECTION C 7 C C • 07/2006 00611 -2 of 2 7 7 THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA 7 POWERS OF ATTORNEY CERTIFIED COPY ri KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY,both being icorporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan,do hereby constitute and appoint Steven W.Berry,Nancy T.Berry and/or Kimberly J.Smith of Houston,TX and each is a true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact to sign,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver for, 711 and on its behalf,and as its act and deed any place within the United States,or,if the following line be filled in,only within the area therein designated 17 any and all bonds,recognizances,undertakings,contracts of indemnity or other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,as follows: L Any such obligations in the United States,not to exceed Twenty Million and No/100($20,000,000)in any single instance 7 and said companies hereby ratify and confirm all and whatsoever said Attorney(s)-in-fact may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of these presents. These appointments are made under and by authority of the following Resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Companies which resolutions ;>" are still in effect: "RESOLVED,That the President or any Vice President,in conjunction with any Vice President,be and they are hereby authorized and empowered to appoint Attorneys-in-fact of the Company,in its name and as its acts,to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as Surety any and all bonds,recognizances, 7 contracts of indemnity,waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,with power to attach thereto the seal of the Company.Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys-in-fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons.°(Adopted October 7, 1981 -The Hanover Insurance Company;Adopted April 14,1982- Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company;Adopted September 7,2001-Citizens Insurance Company of America) 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals,duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 31st day of October 2011. THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY 7 . 0 �wp _ . .. . _. , 4,.,...,„ CITIZENS I 57��rpo�ANC.E/J(/}(��O PANY(OF�AMERICA \ ,,,, ,,,,,o..._ . .....,.....„,,,, , ... ...... -. ft AL• Robert Thomas,Vice President THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ) a tz Vice P r COUNTY OF WORCESTER )ss. . On this 31st day of October 2011 before me came the above named Vice Presidents of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America,to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described herein,and acknowledged that the 7 seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. a''�r BARBARAA.GARLICK L 'I Notary Public kw, CcmmonweathotMassad5usetts ��JJ 1.1yea ssicnFapisSa0.21,2)fa WGC/.t'__,,,:..4„,, 2 ,Wa411� Barbara A.Garlick,Notary Public 7, My Commission Expires September 21,2018 I,the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, 7hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Companies,and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect. This Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America. 'RESOLVED,That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto,granted and executed ' by the President or any Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company,shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed,even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile." (Adopted October 7,1981-The Hanover Insurance Company;Adopted April 14,1982-Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company;Adopted September 7,2001-Citizens Insurance Company of America) V GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies,at Worcester,Massachusetts,this 11th day of June-20.1.2.2 . !� THE HANOVER INSLFZANCECOMPA13Y 7 MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMVIPANYOF AtlIERICA f- rog Inn Margosian,Vice President CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND C� Section 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND BOND NO. BCD1967736 STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Reddino Construction may, Inc. of the City of Conroe , County of Montgomery , and State of Texas, as principal, and The Hanover Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$1,083,680.90T for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and 7., assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: One Million, Eighty—three Thousand, Six Hundred Eighty Dollars and Ninety Cents . WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the llth day of June , 20 12, (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Cowart Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: DR0602 BID NO.: 0312-30 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion,then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. • 07/2006 00612- 1 of 2 7 7 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument 7 this 11th day of June , 20 12 r Principal: Surety: L Reddico Construction Com y, Inc. The Hanov nsurance Company \ :.--- , 7 By: Ad4V,- -G-- _ G : _ Michael A. Gru teven W Berr _ Title: Executive Vice President Title: Attorney-In-Face- _ _ 7 .:_ Address: = Address: f 7 ,_ 10083 Airport Road 13618 Cypress Lane Conroe, Texas 77303 Cypress, Texas 77429 7 Telephone: 936-441-9500 Telephone: 281-970-6782 7 Fax: 936-760-3846 Fax: 281-970-1364 7 NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE 7 OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS - DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. 7 7 END OF SECTION L' 7 7 . , L 07/2006 00612-2 of 2 7 7 THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA L POWERS OF ATTORNEY CERTIFIED COPY 7 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY,both being corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan,do hereby constitute and appoint Steven W.Berry,Nancy T.Berry and/or Kimberly J.Smith �, of Houston,TX and each is a true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact to sign,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf,and as its act and deed any place within the United States,or,if the following line be filled in,only within the area therein designated 1415 any and all bonds,recognizances,undertakings,contracts of indemnity or other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,as follows: L_ Any such obligations in the United States,not to exceed Twenty Million and No/100($20,000,000)in any single instance 7 and said companies hereby ratify and confirm all and whatsoever said Attorney(s)-in-fact may lawfully do in the premises by virtue of these presents. These appointments are made under and by authority of the following Resolution passed by the Board of Directors of said Companies which resolutions are still in effect: "RESOLVED,That the President or any Vice President,in conjunction with any Vice President,be and they are hereby authorized and empowered to appoint ���!!I Attorneys-in-fact of the Company,in its name and as its acts,to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as Surety any and all bonds,recognizances, l ' contracts of indemnity,waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,with power to attach thereto the seal of the Company.Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys-in-fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons."(Adopted October 7, 1981 -The Hanover Insurance Company;Adopted April 14,1982- Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company;Adopted September 7,2001-Citizens Insurance Company of America) 71 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals,duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 31st day of October 2011. THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHU$BTTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INS ANCE 7 MPANY OF AMERICA oz, s sae i 1 . :1974, tr Robert TYtomas,Vice President 7 7 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ) a Vice P COUNTY OF WORCESTER )ss. On this 31st day of October 2011 before me came the above named Vice Presidents of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America,to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described herein,and acknowledged thatthe 7 seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. , •' ' BARBARAA.GARIICK Notary Public Ccmmanw eat otMassadwsens �,, �J+ ` OfCa^arssitnEz sSept.21,24ta }�f�}a''.: .I J'� `. ��� 7 Barbara A.Garlick, Notary Public My Commission Expires September 21,2018 I,the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company,Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Companies,and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect. 7 This Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America. 7 "RESOLVED,That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto,granted and executed by the President or any Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company,shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed,even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile."_(Adopted October 7,1981-The Hanover Insurance Company;Adopted April 14,1982-Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company;Adopted September 7,2001-Citizens Insurance Company of America) GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies,at Worcester,Massachusetts,this 11th day of Jurie,2012.'- - •_ 7 N. THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY 7 MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA AA-4n )1(664-:-. .S‘(..(- - :'- (t"" I �n Margosian,Vice Presidenf- L 711ctigq The Hanover Insurance Company 1440 Lincoln Street,-Worcester MA 01653' anover atizens Insurance Company of`America 1645 West Grand River Avenue,Howell,MI 48843 ' Insurance Group. Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company 1440 Lincoln Street,Worcester,MA 01653. COMPLAINT NOTICE - TEXAS FOR INFORMATION, OR TO MAKE A COMPLAINT, CALL: 1-800-252-3439 PARA INFORMACION, 0 PARA HACER UNA QUE]A, HABLE: 1-800-252-3439 COMPLAINT NOTICE - TEXAS Should any dispute arise about your premium or about a claim that you have filed, contact the agent or write to the company that issued the policy, bond or certificate. If the problem is not resolved, you may also write the State Board of Insurance, P.O. Box 149091, Austin, Texas 78714-9091. FAX# (512) 475-1771. This notice of complaint procedure is for information only and does not become a part or condition of this policy, bond or certificate. r r p�1t1 231-1314 TX(4/11). 1 a` FACORO® DATE(MM/DDIYYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 6/6/2012 7 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. 7 IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Brenda Meyer NAME: y ( Guaranty Insurance Services, Inc. L_CNIJ Ext): (800)627-6474 FAX No):(866)652-9382 L13111 Northwest Freeway AODRess:bmeyer@guarantyins.com Suite 420 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Houston TX 77040 INsuRERANational Fire Ins. Co. of 20478 7 INSURED INSURERB;COntinental Insurance Company 35289 Reddico Construction Company, Inc. INsuRERc:Continental Casualty Company 20443 10083 Airport Rd INSURER Valley Forge Ins. Co. 20508 INsuRERE:Hanover Insurance Company 22292 ,7 Conroe TX 77303 INSURER COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:11/12 Renewal REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, r EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP W LIMITS 7_1- LTR INSR VD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MMIDD/YYYY) GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO RENTED 100,000 PREMISES{Ea occurrence) $ A CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR 2093636334 10/1/2011 10/1/2012 MEDEXP(Anyoneperson) $ 5,000 X Contractual Liab PERSONAL BADVINJURY $ 1,000,000 7 X xcu incl GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 —1 POLICY[Xi I JECT n L. $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 7 B X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHEDULED 2093636320 10/1/2011 10/1/2012 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS AUTOS NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ HIRED AUTOS _AUTOS (Per accident) 7 X 10 $ X UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 C EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED X RETENTIONS 10,000 2093636317 10/1/2011 10/1/2012 $ 7 D WORKERS COMPENSATION WC STATU- OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N X TORY LIMITS ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N N/A 2093636303 10/1/2011 10/1/2012 (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE S 1,000,000 7 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 E Contractors Equipment IHD930303700 10/1/2011 10/1/2012 Leased/Rented $300,000 Deductible $2,5 0 0 11114 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,If more space Is required) Re: Cowart Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station, City of Pearland Texas - Project No. DR0602 GENERAL LIABLITY: Blanket Additional Insured when required by written contract per form G140331C ed. 7 11/91 Blanket Waiver of Subrogation when required by written contract per form CG2405 ed. 05/04 ' Notice of Cancellation is 30 DNOC except for 10 Days Notice for Non-Payment of Premium per form CG0205 ed. 12/04 AUTO: Blanket Additional Insured when required by written contract per form CA0403 ed. 06/04 Blanket toWaiver of Subrogation when required by written contract per form CA2089 ed. 06/04. Notice of I CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN 7. City of Pearland ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 3519 Liberty Dr Pearland, TX 77581 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE � 7 Dick Bright/BMEYER '- -'-- -_�'�� ACORD 25(2010/05) ©1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. INSD25l7n1nrt51 m The A(`f1Rll Hama anti Innn arc rcnicfcrcrl marltc of A(`fRr1 7 COMMENTS/REMARKS 7 Cancellation is 30 DNOC except for 10 Days Notice for Non-Payment of Premium per form G145053 06/04. 7 WORKERS COMPENSATION: Blanket Waiver of Subrogation when required by written contract per for WC420304A ed. 01/00. Notice of Cancellation is 30 DNOC except for 10 Days Notice for Non-Payment of Premium per form G20472-A ed. 10/93 7 L 7 7 7 7 .r t 7 ow 7 7 7 r 7 t: OFREMARK COPYRIGHT 2000, AMS SERVICES INC. L CNA G-140331-C (Ed.10/10) Reddico Construction Company Inc Policy No 2093636334 T V THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS,;LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS; 7 WITH PRODUCTS-COMPLETED OPERATIONS COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: 7COMMERCIAL,GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE(OPTIONAL) Name of Additional Insured Persons Or Organizations: (As required by'written contract per Paragraph A. below.) Locations of Covered Operations (As per the'written contract,'provided the location is within the'coverage territory"of this Coverage Part.) 7 A. Section II-Who Is An Insured is amended to include 2. We will not provide the additional insured any as an additional insured: broader coverage or any higher limit of insurance 1. Any person or organization whom you are than the least that is: 8 required by 'written contract' to add as an a. Required by the'written contract';. `' additional insured on this Coverage Part;and b. Described in 8:1.above;or 2. The particular..person or organization, if any, scheduled above. c. Afforded 10 you under this policy. B. The.insurance provided to the additional insured;is 3., This Insurance is excess.of all other insurance limited as follows: available to the additional insured whether on a +r primary, excess, contingent or any other basis. L 1. The person or organization is an additional But if required by the °written contract,' this Insured only with respect to liability for 'bodily insurance will be primary and non-contributory injury,' 'property damage,' or 'personal and relative to insurance on which the additional advertising injury'caused in whole or in part by: insured is a Named Insured. a. • Your acts or omissions; or 4. The insurance provided to the. additional:,insured . does not. apply to 'bodily injury," `property t� b. The acts or omissions of`those acting on your damage,' or 'personal and. advertising injury behalf arising out of: in the performance of your ongoing operations, a, The rendering of, or the failure to render, any specified in the'written contract';or professional architectural, engineering, or c. 'Your work' that is specified in the 'written surveying services,including: contract° but only for 'bodily injury' or (1) Thepreparing, approving, or failingto 'property damage' included in the 'products- i completed operations hazard,'and only if: prepare or reports,ov surveys, maps shop drawings, opinions, reports, su field orders, (1) The. 'written contract' requires you to change orders or drawings and. provide the additional insured such specifications;and coverage;and (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or (2)7E- ' This Coverage Part provides such. engineering activities;or coverage. G-140331-C Includes copyrighted material of insurance services office,inc..with its permission Page 1 of 2 G-140331-C (Ed. 10/10) b. Any premises or work for which the additional We have no duty to defend or indemnify an insured is specifically listed as an additional additional insured under this endorsement until we insured on another endorsement attached to receive from the additional insured written notice t this Coverage Part. of a claim or suit. C. SECTION IV—COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 2. With respect only to the insurance provided by this CONDITIONS is amended as follows: endorsement, the first sentence of Paragraph 4.a. of the Other Insurance Condition is deleted and 1. The Duties In The Event of Occurrence, replaced with the following: Offense, Claim or Suit condition is amended to add the following additional conditions applicable 4. Other Insurance III to the additional insured: a Primary Insurance ..._ An additional insured under this endorsement will This insurance is primary and non- contributory as soon as practicable: Th (1) Give us written notice of an 'occurrence' or excess by endorsement G-140331-C, or contributo except when rendered 7 an offense which may result in a claim or when Paragraph b below applies. 'suit' under this Insurance, and of any claim D. Only for the purpose of the Insurance provided by this or°suit'that does result; endorsement, SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is 7 (2) Except as provided in Paragraph B.3 of this amended to add the following definition: endorsement, agree to make available any 'Written contract' means a written contract or written other insurance the additional insured has for agreement that requires you to make a person or 1.34 a loss we cover under this Coverage Part; organization an additional insured on this Coverage (3) Send us copies of all legal papers received, Part, provided the contract or agreement: and otherwise cooperate with us in the settlement 1. Is currently in effect or becomes effective during investigation, defense, or of the • the term of this policy;and claim or'suit';and t (4) Tender the defense and indemnity of 2' Was execuedprior to. any ' claim or 'suit' to any other insurer or self a. The'bodily injury'or'property damage';or 7 • Insurer whose policy or program applies to a loss we cover under this Coverage Part.. But b The offense that caused the 'personal and if the 'written contract' requires this insurance advertising IniurYg to be primary and non-contributory, this provision (4) does not apply to insurance on under this Coverage Part. which the additional insured is a Named for which the additional insured seeks coverage 7 Insured. row' 7 17 to. 7 G-140331-C Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission Page 2 of 2 Reddico Construction Co. , Inc Policy No. 2093636334 POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG24040509 • WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE.PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE r, Name Of Person Or Organization: Refer to SCHEDULE CG2404 Information required to complete this Schedule,if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations:. 7 The;following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV—Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the. Schedule above because of.payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or'your o work'_. done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the 'products-completed operations hazard.' This waiver applies only to the lo person or organization shown in the Schedule above. 7 I CG 24`04 05 09 Copyright.Insurance Services'Office. Inc..2008 Patna of 1 Reddico Construction Co. , Inc Policy No. 293636334 POLICY NUMBER: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 02`0512 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY: r TEXAS CHANGES - AMENDMENT OF CANCELLATION L. PROVISIONS OR COVERAGE CHANGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS:PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCT WITHDRAWAL COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART In the event of cancellation or material change that reduces or restricts,the insurance afforded by this Coverage Part, 7 we agree to mail prior written notice of cancellation or material change to: Name: SCHEDULE �!!!! 1.- ame. 7 BLANKET 2. Address: aft g S 3. Number of days advance notice:03 0 L Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be shown in the Declarations:110311211111 ocammi L CO 020512:04 Copyright, ISO Properties,Inc.,2003 Page 1 of 1> ti" POLICY.N UMBER: 2093636320 COMMERCIAL AUTO Reddico Construction Company, Inc. CA04 03 06 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.: TEXAS ADDITIONAL INSURED This endorsement modifies Insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM - MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE.FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement,the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by: the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of.the policy unless another date is indicated below. Endorsement Effective: Countersigned By: Named Insured: (Authorized Representative) SCHEDULE Name and Address of Additional Inaured:BLANRET AI AS PER SCHEDULE ON FILE (13 70 (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this.endorsement will be.shown in the Declarations.as applicable:to this endorsement.) A. 'Who Is An Insured(Section II)Is amended to include C. You are authorized to act for the additional insured as an 'insured° the person(s) or organization(s) named In the Schedule or Declarations in all matters shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to their pertaining to this insurance. legal liability for acts or omissions of a person for D. We will mail the additional insured named in the r I whom Liability Coverage is afforded under this Schedule or Declarations notice of any cancellation .. L policy: of this policy. If we cancel, we will give 10 days. B. The additional insured named:;in the Schedule or notice to the additional insured Declarations is not required to pay for any premiums E. The additional insured named in the Schedule or stated in the policy or earned from the policy. Any Declarations will retain any right of recovery as.a return premium and any dividend, if applicable, claimant under this policy. . declared by us shall be paid to you. ._,... CA 04.03 06.04 Copyright, ISO Properties, Inc.,2003 Page 1 of 1 CNA Policy No. 2093636320 G 145053-A 7 (Ed.06/04) Reddico Construction Company., Inc. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. L: CANCELLATION PROVISION.OR COVERAGE CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insuranceprovided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM rTRUCKERS.COVERAGE FORM This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is Indicated below Endorsement Effective Policy Number Named Insured Countersigned by (Authorized Representative) 30 days before this policy is cancelled or materially changed to reduce or restrict coverage we will mail notice of the ro cancellation or change to: (Enter Name and Address) BLANKET ry 0 0 tmaiSSMI G-145053-A Page 1 of 1 r (Ed.06/04) : E . 7 POLICY NUMBER: 2 0 9 3 6 3 6 3 2 0 COMMERCIAL AUTO Reddico Construction Company, Inc. CA 20 89 06 04 fill/ L, THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. 7 TEXAS CHANGES IN TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US (WAIVER OF SUBROGATION) rThis endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: • BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM 7 TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement,the provisions of the.Coverage:Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below. Endorsement Effective: Countersigned By: 7 Named Insured: (Authorized Representatives 7 SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s)Or Orgenlzation(s):see Blank Text .1-; a 7 ° 7 1 Additional Premium 1$ Ns (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) 7 1 The Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To additional, premium shown above, regardless of any — Us Condition does not apply to the person(s) or early termination of this endorsement or the policy. aida 1 organization(s)shown in the Schedule.We will retain the ..w--.....- t_ = .--._ - --- =........._. in a"ria Ira i ....... __,......_ .__. CA20890604 Copyright, ISO Properties, Inc.,2003 Page 1 of 1 Policy No. 2093636303 Reddico Construction Company, Inc WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 42 03 04 A (Ed. 1-00) 1111 TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because.Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the r Information Page. L' We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described In the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. 7 The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 7 i. ( )Speciffc Waiver Name of person or.organization (x)Blanket Waiver 7 Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations:ALL TEXAS LOCATIONS AND OPERATIONS tam 3. Premium The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s)or organlzation(s)arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium SEE SCHD 0 0 0 7 ' 7. f" 1 L - 7 11110•11Z 7.. =..... --- -- This endorsement changes the policy to which It Is attached and Is effective on the date Issued unless otherwise stated tilx-6" (The Information below Is required only when this endorsement is Issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) _____ ___....= Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No. Insured Premium$ Insurance Company Countersigned by WC420304A CND G-20472-A (Ed. 10/93) Policy No. 2093636303 Reddico Construction Company, Inc L WORKERS`COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS';LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR MATERIAL CHANGE:.ENDORSEMENT In the event of cancellation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule.The number of days advance notice is shown in.the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in Y the Schedule. Schedule 1. Number of days advance notice: 30 2 Notice will be mailed to: BLANKET 0 0 ==. Zinn 7 IMMO G 20472-A Page 1 of 1 (Ed 10793) C CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 7 Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1 1.02 Contract Documents 1 1.03 Subcontractor 2 1.04 Written Notice 2 1.05 Work 2 1.06 Extra Work 2 1.07 Work Day 1.07-1 Rain Day 1.07-2 Weather Day 11* ( 1.08 Calendar Day 2 1.09 Substantially Completed 3 L 1.10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 3 1.11 Referenced Standards 1.12 Contract Time 3 L 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 3 2.01 Adequacy of Design 3 2.02 Right of Entry 4 2.03 Ownership of Drawings 4 2.04 Changes and Alterations 4 2.05 Damages 4 05/2007 00700-i r L CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 5 3.01 Owner-Engineer Relationship 5 3.02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 5 3.03 Preliminary Approval 5 3.04 Inspection by Engineer 6 3.05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 3.06 Recommendation of Payment 6 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7 4.01 Independent Contractor 7 4.02 Contractor's Understanding 7 4.03 Laws and Ordinances 7 4.04 Assignment and Subletting 8 7* 4.05 Performance and Payment Bonds 8 4.06 Insurance 8 4.07 Permits and Fees 8 4.08 Texas State Sales Tax 9 4.09 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 9 4.10 Character of Workers 9 4.11 Labor, Equipment,Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 9 4.12 Sanitation 10 4.13 Cleaning and Maintenance 10 4.14 Performance of Work 10 4,15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 10 4.16 Layout of Work 10 4.17 Shop Drawings 10 05/2007 00700- t r U CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.18 Engineer-Contractor Relationship;p, Observations i l 4.19 Observation and Testing 11 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies 12 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance p 12 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 13 Li 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 14 Li 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers,Materialmen, and Furnishers of Machinery and Supplies 14 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 15 4.26 Indemnification 15 4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 16 ( 4.28 Guarantee 16 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 17 5.01 Time and Order of Completion 17 5.02 Extension of Time 17 5.03 Hindrances and Delays 18 5.04 Suspension of Work 18 5.05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5.06 Change of Contract Time 5.07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 18 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 19 6.01 Discrepancies and Omissions 19 6.02 Quantities and Measurements 19 6.03 Estimated Quantities 19 6.04 Price of Work 19 05/2007 00700- L I CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 7 6.05 Payments y 20 7 6.06 Partial Payments 20 6.07 Use of Completed Portions&Punchlist 21 9 6.08 Final Payment 22 7 6.09 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 23 6.10 Correction of Work After Final Payment 23 r LI •6.11 Payments Withheld 23 r 6.12 Delayed Payments 24 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 24 7 7.01 Change Orders 24 7 7.02 Minor Changes 25 7.03 Extra Work 25 L 7.04 Time of Filing Claims 26 7 8.0 DEFAULT 27 8.01 Default by Contractor 27 7 8.02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 29 7 8.03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance 29 L' 8.04 Cross-Default 29 7 8.05 Insolvency 29 7 8.06 Contingent Assignment 30 8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 30 7 8.08 Termination for Convenience 30 7 8.09 Default by Owner 31 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 31 7 ATTACHMENT NO. 1: WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al 05/2007 00700-iv r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 2: AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B 1 ATTACHMENT NO. 3: OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl LI L (.7 7 • tim r r r 05/2007 00700-v E CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS r f_' 1.01 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the 71, Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation and performance of this Contract. The Owner's representative on U the project site shall be the Construction Manager or Engineer as designated. 1.02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, excluding the Plans and such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced in Article 8, shall be bound together in a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order: (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders; (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No. 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No. 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No. 3 —Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; r (5) Addenda, if any; (6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual; (7) Instructions to Bidders; (8) Bid Proposal; and (9) Exhibits: The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract: 12/2011 00700- 1 of 36 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT In the event a conflict or inconsistencyremains between or within the e Plans and Specifications or other Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stringent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract,unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 .03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project with a value meeting or exceeding 10% of the Contractor's TOTAL BASE BID for the work contemplated by these Contract Documents. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor. 1.04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro Trak to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual,partnership,joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1.05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1.06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authorized basis only. n r 12/2011 00700-2 of 36 E 0 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.07 WORK DAY: "Work As used herein, a Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. 1.07-1 RAIN DAY: As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. 71 CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) 1.07-2 IMPACT DAY: As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day. (See 1.12 Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four 4 or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1.08 CALENDAR DAY. A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s). 1 .09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED: The terms "Substantially Completed", or "Substantially Complete" or"Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations, the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 0 0 12/2011 00700-3 of 36 0 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.10 INTERPRETATIO N OF WORDS AND PHRASES. Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction,requirement,permission, order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. Whenever in the Specifications or Drawings of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 1.11 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. L: 1.12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i)to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, in the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the Contractor. The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 12/2011 00700-4 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN. It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the affected portion of the Work until it receives ENGINEER's written response to such Request for Information, and then only in accordance with ENGINEER's response. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations, thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY. The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS. All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All drawings and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. 12/2011 00700-5 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantityor the value of the Work to be g done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, including lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the ' work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work, then the OWNER shall C compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3.01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP. The ENGINEER shall serve as the L OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly carried out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided in Article 7. Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the ENGINEER shall have the authority to issue written stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four(4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. r 12/2011 00700-6 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3.03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not hav e the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the ENGINEER to discover, object to or condemn any non- conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR; n otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 3.04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part C thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. E 12/2011 00700-7 of 36 E CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 7, 3.05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES. In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall determine all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or ll nfom there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable intesharpretationreceive oif thre termsation andthat conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.04. 3.06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT. The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6.11 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. L� 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 12/2011 00700-8 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.02 CONTRACTO R'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the ! Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, Ccodes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4.03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act of OWNER entering into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immunity from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary. The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 —Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 —Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. r r 12/2011 00700-9 of 36 0 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 7. 4.05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000.00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent(100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Price does not exceed $25,000.00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7.19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such original Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. 4.06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No. 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified in Attachment No. 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.07 PERMITS AND FEES. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 4.08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 12/2011 00700- 10 of 36 0 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 71. 4.09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The superintendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4.10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS. The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only Y orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract, to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to object to any proposed subcontractor. 4.11 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same; and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's written permission, and at such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings or structures. 12/2011 00700- 11 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.12 SANITATION.Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4.13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debris, trash and waste, and at the completion of the Work, he shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, and also his tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4.14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 4.16 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 4.17 SHOP DRAWINGS. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Anv drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. r 12/2011 00700- 12 of 36 r r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. a—' Such review bythe ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determiningthe apparent P1P Pp sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro Trak. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4.18 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS. It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4.19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING. The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test 12/2011 00700-13 of 36 E CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 7. the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authorized under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES. It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Plans and Specifications or the Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions 12/2011 00700- 14 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT beingdefine to with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods instant to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work in progress or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or being performed, as measured against the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Plans and Specifications or Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and all other persons, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences, traffic control, warning signs and other safety devices. 12/2011 00700- 15 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices will be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities will be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injuries to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight(8)hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor. Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY. The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 12/2011 00700-16 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full, in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF. 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 12/2011 00700- 17 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT,LIABILITY, JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE: (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR; OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM; AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130.002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises from personal injury, death, or property injury. This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss, cost, expense or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. r 12/2011 00700- 18 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from Ldefects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conforming material or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non-conforming Work discovered after one year. If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees,the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7 5.01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION. It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmonized, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5.02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by any act or neglect of the OWNER, the ENGINEER, or any employee of either, by other contractors employed by the OWNER, by any approved change in the Work,by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, 12/2011 00700-19 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of 111" time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall 3` be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION. The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein contains 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR } is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order. If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per deim" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time. 5.03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of C the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER, or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5.04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as L' OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5.05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY: It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The CONTRACTOR further 12/2011 00700-20 of 36 L CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT agrees that a breach of this Contract as to completion on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall ff" pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty, the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by it to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond; all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy. 5.06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME: The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten(10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum, the following data: L A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B. Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the L event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5.07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL: Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault,breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 12/2011 00700-21 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be L: deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT L' 6.01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Plans, Specifications or Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6.02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS. No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered,unless otherwise specifically provided. 6.03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Specifications, Plans and Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the ( CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences,unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. L. 6.04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal, the Plans and Specifications and other Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances L necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, for the material actually used and services actually performed; however, the OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this Agreement, the Plans and Specifications and Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 12/2011 00700-22 of 36 r., CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT L_ 6.05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non-conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount, prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. L On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only.No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work L' made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR; or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed 12/2011 00700-23 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OW NER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retainage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under"6.08 FINAL PAYMENT." L. The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retainage to less than the above-stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST. The OWNER shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired; but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR, that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is "Substantially Complete". Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and shall prepare a detailed list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work("Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract 12/2011 00700-24of36 r r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make L' written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non-conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6.08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's uninterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner. 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract r Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as: (a) the Work, including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents; (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which. necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER; (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any,to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions; (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction; 12/2011 00700-25 of 36 n CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors, vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment, tools,temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's satisfaction; (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, executed by CONTRACTOR; (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all'other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents, including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc'. in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion; and (k) the Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of C the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6.10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all materials, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually incorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within a reasonable time after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove, replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT. If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents; any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a 12/2011 00700-26 of 36 CITY OFPEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT written notice from OWNER to do so. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity. 6.12 PAYMENTS WITHHELD. The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied; (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims; (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; (f) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; (g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion; and/or (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction, the withheld payment shall be made promptly. If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. r 12/2011 00700-27 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.13 DELAYED PAYMENTS. Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251.051 of the Texas Government Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7.01 CHANGE ORDERS. Without invalidating Agreement,A eement the OWNER may, at Y, any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Price, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which may result from the change. 7.02 In accordance with paragraph 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall, upon receipt of written notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Work Days, prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non-Work Day. 7.03 MINOR CHANGES. The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7.04 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work under the direction of the ENGINEER when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order,Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change 12/2011 00700-28 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods: Method(A) --By Contract unit prices applicable to the work, if any; or L; Method(B) --By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or Method (C) --If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus: a) for subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent, ten(10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor or b) For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto. In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and g g paid for under Method(C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents,plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be 7, determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "Actual Field Cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make written request to the ENGINEER for a written 12/2011 00700-29 of 36 n r, CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or instructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is • Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond in writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the OWNER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7.05 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty(30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.0. In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason, to timely file a Request for Mediation,the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. r 12/2011 00700-30of36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.0 DEFAULT 8.01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any materials, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of • such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand; or (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by r law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same L terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in 12/2011 00700-31 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed, the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Price, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 12/2011 00700-32 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES. If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE: All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, materials, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessories or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent jurisdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8.04 CROSS-DEFAULT. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8.05 INSOLVENCY. It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law. Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed r with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 12/2011 00700-33 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT. CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter. OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Price at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the right to inspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8.07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. 8.08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so. Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstances shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract 12/2011 00700-34 of 36 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 8.09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR an 1 undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6.13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated into the Work. And thereupon, the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially competed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR to carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder. 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION • Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and r CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party. The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier. 1 12/2011 00700-35 of 36 r Li CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the county where the Project is located. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 71, r r r. �.I 12/2011 00700-36 of 36 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") _ A copy of a certificate of insurance, a • certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project.includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty period has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner- operators, (as defined at Section 406.121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER: (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700-Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end L, of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE 1,7 REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." I. The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, too: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on L the Project, for the duration of the Project; (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR,prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: 05/2007 00700-A2 or► CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) provide the CONTRACTOR,prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. r L 05/2007 00700-A3 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between [Contractor's Company Name] (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter "OWNER") for the Project known as [Official Project Title] (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation, by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation: 1. The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that 8 p the Application for Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment in full for all other Applications for Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for LL Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action L ' of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, in contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3. The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4. It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification, waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. 05/2007 00700-B1 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 7 7 SIGNED and EXECUTED this, the_day of , 20_ CONTRACTOR: �r•r By: jL Signature Print Name: Title: [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign; if a partnership, each general partner p p must sign; if a corporation, the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the day of 20_by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter, By-Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. CONTRACTOR: By: r President ATTEST: Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a joint proprietorship, additional signature lines should be added for each individual.] L r 05/2007 00700-B2 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § rBEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: I(We) am(are)the person(s)who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we)have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I(we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR-Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me, the day of 20_. Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires: [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] 71' r r 07/2006 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said: We each are the persons whose names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation,pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation, the By-Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation; and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this, the day of 20_ Notary Public, State of Texas L My Commission Expires: r r r r r r 07/2006 00700-B4 r t_, CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS rum L' OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1.1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and(c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any. 1.2 Contractor. "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor. "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier. 1.4 ISO. "ISO"means Insurance Services Office. 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties 2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein: 2.1.1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection; and 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the L Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect, negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor ( will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner. In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. r 05/2007 00700-Cl r �•r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3. Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3.1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company. All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A-: VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner. 3.4 Limits of Liability. The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision: In the event of cancellation, non-renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. 3.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3.7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required L herein shall contain a deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner. All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4. Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with L limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required: L r 05/2007 00700-C2 r �* CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT L. 4.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance 4.1.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed L. in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability. 4.1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4.1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than: Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Product-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 4.1.4 Required Endorsements a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following: i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85; or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85; or iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 L 10 01; or iv. any form providing equivalent protection to Owner. rig b. Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Injury Liability. The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted. e. Primary and Non-Contributing Liability. It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non- contributing liability. f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. r L 05/2007 00700-C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned, hired, and non-owned). 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent). L 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$1,000,000. 4.2.4 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 4.3.1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows: 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than: Employer's Liability: $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in ( Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3.6, above. 4.4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4.4.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall include a drop-down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4.4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the commercial general liability insurance required above. r 05/2007 00700-C4 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$5,000,000. 4.4.4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5.1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. 4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims-Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$1,000,000. 4.5.4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.6 Builder's Risk 4.6.1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds; and b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. r r r 05/2007 00700-C5 7 CCITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover: 7 a. all structure(s) under construction, , including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, 7 underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b. all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false 7work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site; c. all property including materials and supplies on site for installation; 7 d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but intended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for 7 installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this 7Exhibit is attached. Form 7 a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed-value basis, and shall be 7 primary to any other coverage insurance available to the insured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. 7 b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c. Required coverage shall further include: 7 i. Additional expenses due to delay in $ TBD completion of project(where applicable) ii. Agreed value Included without sublimit 7 iii. Damage arising from error, omission or Included without sublimit deficiency in construction methods, design, specifications, workmanship or 7 materials, including collapse iv. Debris removal additional limit 25% of direct damage loss 7 v. Earthquake(where applicable) $ TBD vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where $ TBD applicable) 7 vii. Expediting expenses $ TBD viii. Flood(where applicable) $ TBD ix. Freezing Included without sublimit 7 x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot& Included without sublimit cold testing (where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation, non-renewal or Included 7 material reduction—60 days prior written notice to each insured 05/2007 00700-C6 7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT xii. Occupancy clause, as required in F, Included below xiii. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit xiv. Pollutant clean-up and removal $ TBD rul xv. Preservation of property Included without sublimit xvi. Replacement cost Included xvii. Theft Included without sublimit xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included below. 4.6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any single occurrence. 4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per $5,000 Occurrence, except b. Delayed Opening Waiting Period 5 Days c. Flood, Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of NFIP if in Flood Zone A, BorV d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000 Leakage, Per Occurrence C 4.6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the property. This insurance shall be maintained in effect, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates: a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated; b. the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. r r 05/2007 00700-C7 r E CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows: a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows: Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 5. Intentionally left blank. 6. Evidence of Insurance 6.1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, "Evidence of Property Insurance". 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance". 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify: 6.3.1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. 6.3.2 Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described C herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company. 6.3.4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3.6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3.7 Cancellation, non-renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 6.3.8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 05/2007 00700-C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3.10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3.11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6.4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6.6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, ty, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy. 6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner. 7. Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7.1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property. Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or r_.._ recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this risk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause its subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 05/2007 00700-C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8. Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use. 9. Release and Waiver. The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by insurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. p p p p p r p r p 05/2007 00700-C10 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT t" Section 00800 L SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions,Document 00700. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions,the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 11 1.01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1.01: The OWNER'S representative on the project site is: Cara Davis telephone: (281) 652-1642 ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4.05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4.05: t l A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for LL this Project. The cost of this bond shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No. 3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4.6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is Not Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5.08 Add Article 5.08: L The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records, the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract, the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year, proportionate to the original Contract Time. General Notes: Sections 00100 Invitation to Bidders, 00200 Instructions to Bidders and 01505 Mobilization all make reference to provision by the CONTRACTOR of a laptop computer for use by the OWNER'S representative or CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. BIDDER is Not Required to provide this equipment or include this cost in the Bid. See Section 13730 for full details regarding this computer equipment. r 12/2011 00800- 1 of 2 E CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide either a Field Office or any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents. Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day. Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this project. r END OF SECTION Lf r r r r r 12/2011 00800-2 of 2 r CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1.01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code), the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1.02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five (5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. L General Decision Number: TX120067 01/06/2012 TX67 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20100080 State: Texas Construction Type: Heavy �.e YP Counties: Brazoria, Fort Bend, Galveston,Harris,Matagorda, �• Montgomery,Waller and Wharton Counties in Texas. FLOOD CONTROL PROJECTS ONLY, (Does not Include any Water& Sewer Line work; Sewage Collection and Disposal Lines; Sewers (Sanitary Storm, etc.), or Shoreline Maintenance Water Mains and Water Supply Lines). Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/06/2012 SUTX1998-009 03/26/1998 Rates Fringes ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR $ 9.47 Asphalt Paving Machine $ 10.05 Asphalt Raker $ 8.28 Asphalt Shoveler $ 7.45 Batching Plant Weigher $ 11.11 Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 8.01 Bulldozer $ 9.91 CARPENTER $ 10.35 Concrete Curbing Mach $ 8.80 Concrete Finisher-Paving $ 9.87 Concrete Finisher-Structures $ 9.86 07/2006 00811 - 1 of 5 E 7 7, CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Concrete Finishing Machine $ 11.79 7 Concrete Joint Sealer $ 10:50 Concrete Paving Float $ 9.30 Concrete Paving Saw $ 10.01 "" Concrete Paving Spreader $ 9.32 i._. Concrete Rubber $ 9.00 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, 7 Derrick, Dragline, Shovel $ 11.35 Crusher or Screening Plant Operator $ 11.00 7 ELECTRICIAN $ 16.15 Flagger $ 7.25 Form Builder(Structures) $ 9.96 17 Form Liner-Paving&Curb $ 9.03 Form Setter(PAVING/CURB) $ 8.86 Form Setter-Structures $ 9.05 7 Foundation Drill Operator, Crawler Mounted $ 12.59 Foundation Drill Operator, 7 Truck Mounted $ 12.73 Front End Loader $ 9.29 Labor Common $ 7.45 7 Laborer-Utility $ 8.53 Lineperson $ 7.50 MANHOLE BUILDER(Brick) $ 8.49 7 MECHANIC $ 11.38 Milling Machine Operator $ 10.43 Mixer $ 7.94 7 Motor Grader FINE GRADE $ 11.11 Other $ 10.67 7 Oiler $ 9.56 Painter-Structures $ 14.00 Pavement Marking Machine $ 7.45 7 Piledriver $ 10.96 Pipe layer $ 8.49 Reinforcing Steel Setter 7 Paving $ 12.50 Reinforcing Steel Setter Structures $ 12.47 7 Roller, Pneumatic, Self Propelled $ 7.96 Roller, Steel Wheel Other 7 Flatwheel or Tamping $ 7.61 Roller, Steel Wheel Plant Mix Pavements $ 9.25 Scraper $ 8.69 Servicer $ 9.51 07/2006 00811 -2 of 5 7 CITY OFPEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION SIGN ERECTOR $ 10.06 Sign Installer $ 7.45 Slipform Machine Operator $ 9.20 Spreader Box Operator $ 9.08 Steelworker Structural $ 10.35 Tractor-Crawler Type $ 10.12 Tractor-Pneumatic $ 8.99 Traveling Mixer $ 9.35 Trenching Machine, Heavy $ 13.56 Trenching Machine, Light $ 10.50 Truck Driver Lowboy Float $ 11.29 Truck Driver Single Axle Heavy... $ 8.76 Truck Driver Single Axle, Light $ 8.15 Truck Driver Tandem Axle Semi-Trailer $ 8.00 Wagon Drill,Boring Machine $ 10.15 WELDER $ 10.43 Work Zone Barricade $ 7.45 r WELDERS -Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. _ _______ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of"identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is union or non-union. Union Identifiers An identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" denotes that the union classification and rate have found to be prevailing for that 07/2006 00811 -3 of 5 r E CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION classification. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2011. The first four letters , PLUM, indicate the international union and the four-digit number, 0198, that follows indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. The date, 07/01/2011, following these characters is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate/collective bargaining agreement which would be July 1, 2011 in the above example. Union prevailing wage rates will be updated to reflect any changes in the collective bargaining agreements governing the r rate. Non-Union Identifiers Classifications listed under an "SU" identifier were derived from survey data by computing average rates and are not union rates; however,the data used in computing these rates may include both union and non-union data. Example: SULA2004-007 5/13/2010. SU indicates the rates are not union rates,LA indicates the State of Louisiana; 2004 is the year of the survey; and 007 is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. A 1993 or later date, 5/13/2010, indicates the classifications and rates under that identifier were issued as a General Wage Determination on that date. Survey wage rates will remain in effect and will not change until a new survey is conducted. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate)ruling 71` On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial 07/2006 00811 -4 of 5 E CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION contact is not satisfactory,then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes,then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information(wage payment data,project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board(formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.)All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION • END OF SECTION r r 07/2006 00811 -5 of 5 r f1 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900-1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Date: May 22, 2012 i PROJECT: Cowarts Creek Regional Detention Facility Pump Station BID NO.: 0312-30 BID DATE: May 24, 2012; 2:00 pm fl FROM: David W. Warner, P.E. Project Manager Montgomery &Barnes, Inc. 450 Gears Road, Suite 200 Houston,Texas 77067 To: Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this IN" Addendum on the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1) Please see attached revised Section 00200-Instructions to Bidders. 2) Please see the attached revised Section 00300-Bid Schedule. The changes are listed below: • Bid Item No. 1 has been revised to include the following condition: Contractor shall not exceed 3% of his total bid. • Bid Item No.6 has been revised to reference Pearland Specification No. 01565 instead of 01505. • Bid Item No. 8 has been revised to reference Pearland Specification No. 01564 instead of 01578. • Bid Item No. 9 has been revised to reference Pearland Specification No. 02318 instead of 01578. Bid Item No. 9 also incorrectly noted a forcemain alignment. There is no forcemain alignment in this project. The revised bid schedule references wet sands construction as needed along the stormwater pipe installation alignment. • • Bid Item No. 10 has been revised to reference Pearland Specification No. 02317 instead of 01578. ti 12/2011 00900-1 1 of 2 r CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM • Bid Item No. 11 has been removed from the Bid Schedule. Please include the sign cost in I , Bid Item No. 1. • Bid Item No. 26 (now Bid Item No. 25) has been revised to also include Pearland Specification No.02630. • Bid Item No. 32 (now Bid Item No. 31)has been revised to include Pearland Specification No.02220. • Bid Item No. 34 (now Bid Item No. 33)has been revised to reference Pearland L Specification No.02751 instead of 03300. �.,. • Bid Item No. 39 (now Bid Item No. 38) has been revised from referencing well pointing to control of groundwater. . • Bid Item No.44 (now Bid Item No. 43) has been moved to Section 4—Extra Work Items in the revised bid schedule. Please note that the bid item estimates a 3-year storm event during construction (elevation 27.50). • Bid Item No. 45 has been removed from the Extra Work items and changed to Alternate Work Bid Item No. Al in the revised bid schedule. Do not add this cost to the Grand Bid Total. This Alternate Work Bid Item Bid Item has also been revised to include a larger pump(10,000 gpm) and a unit of days instead of lump sum. Please note that the elevation in the pond is estimated at the 10-year storm (elevation 31.50). SPECIFICATIONS: r No Changes. CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS: Sheet 8 of Construction Drawings: Please see attached revised Sheet No. 8 of the Construction Drawings. An error was found on the profile vertical grid. Also,please note that the vertical scale in profile is 1"=4 feet. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 .4�SE,OF TF 1�1 7 • David W.Warner, P.E. DAVID W.WARNER Project Manager r .._ c %. 93559 f L 12/2011 00900-1 2 of 2 I ) C CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS �+ Section 00200 i INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Defined Terms 1.1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used r" interchangeably with the term"the City". Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City. C 1.2 The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents r, (including all Addenda issued prior to receipts of bids). 1.3 The term "E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system that provides all Bid Documents electronically to potential Bidders and forms the pathway for interested Bidders to submit bids in response to advertisement and invitation. The term "e-bid" and/or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or"e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid process to submit an authorized bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. �•+, 1.4 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web-based contract administration and { construction records management system used by involved parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized information distribution hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1.6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). I 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at r.• www.cityofpearland.org/bids. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier. f" Potential Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. Registrants must provide data for all categories marked with a"*" and must select the following project bid categories: Building Construction Services,New(includes Maintenance and Repair) Construction Services, General " Construction Services, Heavy " 05-2012 00200-1 of 8 tim '•+ CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Construction Services,Trade (new construction) Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time. Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders list and the E- bid System will automatically send any and all updates, changes or addenda associated with that project. C 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form r' within the E-bid System. L , 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to: ebids@ci.pearland.tx.us. Ll 3. Copies of Bidding Documents 3.1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: www.cityofpearland.org/bids. +""' Interested Bidders must register as a "Supplier" on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer. All Bid Documents are available to download and print. j3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and �( all subsequent communications from the City or its Engineer. I 3.2 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan r. Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders, L 1 whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders bidding to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download the project Bid Documents. fi"i 3.3 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals; neither LOwner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including, but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.4 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a r license or grant for any other use. L_ 4.`� 4. Qualifications of Bidders 4.1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2) days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested: L 05-2012 00200-2 of 8 }•i CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; L 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete; A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project beingbid; 3) p p Pp � p J 4) A list of name, address and telephone number of references for projects completed by Bidder; and �. 5) A Financial Statement of Bidder, consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et L seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder. Prn 5. Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (c) consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract "i Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents, (f) to recognize and plan for use of the City's "Pro-Trak" software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review, but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contained in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. L 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon �•+ information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 5.4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, j subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may 05-2012 00200-3 of 8 L CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems �+ necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5.6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by Contractor. Easements for permanent L structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5.7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by L j Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or L procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6. Interpretations and Addenda 6.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed o"'I to Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days prior to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by ( I formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. �j 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer. Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. L 7. Bid Security 7.1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond ("Bid Security"). t j 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of their Bid Security (sealed Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check) as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City 05-2012 00200-4 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 r•e, business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to: Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2"d Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581. 7.3 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement, and furnished the required Performance and C_! Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security. The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid �. Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. ri8. Contract Time 8.1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time L I as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time"or"days" shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. L_) 9. Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9.1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus, if any, are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1 10. Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items �., 10.1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the selected materials and equipment described in the Plans or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the r Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or approved equal". The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. i 11. Bid Form 11.1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be printed and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any. Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. L 05-2012 00200-5 of 8 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11.2 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.3 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership { must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. r'; 11.4 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). �•+ 11.6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electronic bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder). E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at www.cityofpearland.org/bids. Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. rim L ' 13. Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals r" 13.1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without L i prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, 2nd Floor City Hall, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of sixty (60) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13.4 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a P ! duly signed,written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, +^I at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security. Thereafter, 05-2012 00200-6 of 8 7�I t_) r CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. r, 14. Opening of Bid Proposals 14.1 Bid Proposals will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential 1 information. ( 15. Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15.1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16. Award of Contract 16.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents; 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal; 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal; 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal; 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 3 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is t otherwise non-responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of one of the following criteria: A)provision of the"Best Value" or B)Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 Best Value. In determining the best value for the Owner, and in determining to whom to award a contract, Owner may consider: 1) purchase price; 2) reputation of the Bidder and Bidder's goods or services; 3) quality of Bidder's goods or services; 4) extent to which the goods or services meet the Owner's needs; 5) Bidder's past relationship with the Owner; 6) impact on the ability of Owner to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities; 7) total long-term cost to Owner to acquire Bidder's goods or services; 8) the Qualifications of Bidder; and 9) any other relevant criteria specifically listed in the Bidding Documents. A contract to be awarded to the Bidder offering the Best Value may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder. In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will { consider: Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work and Alternates, ,., if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include: the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed 05-2012 00200-7 of 8 I ri CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. IA contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. f j Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for l attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting. 16.4 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to L Owner's satisfaction,within the Contract Time. 1 17. Contract Security 17.1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to 1°" Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner. 18. Signing of Agreement 18.1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied IL I by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor P.' shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement L to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form t I of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner. 19. Pre-bid Conference 19.1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. Attendance at the pre-bid conference is MANDATORY to fulfill the prerequisite requirements for Bidders L bidding directly to the Owner. L_ 20. Retainage 20.1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. r END OF SECTION 05-2012 00200-8 of 8 } ii 1 =1 r 7 =1 [lull 3 7-7' f-1 �f r_1, 7-1 -i 11 I` - DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID Section 1 -General Requirements 1 COP 01505 1 LS Project Mobilization. The Contractor shall not exceed 3%of total bid, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Lump Sum $ $ 2 COP 01550 1 EA Install Stabilized Construction Exit at County Road 175D(Carrie)and Removed Upon Completion of Construction,as shown on Sheet 4 of Plan Set, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Each $ $ 3 COP 01560 1,570 LF Install Filter Fabric Fencing,as shown on Sheet 4 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ 4 COP 01561 160 LF Install Reinforced Filter Fabric Fencing, as shown on Sheet 4 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 1 of 15 1 7-1 i] '.7 Ti '.71111 " 7 .T-1 7-7l -1 li l ,^'f 11:71 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 5 COP 01565 1 EA TPDES General Permit No.TXR150000; Notice of Intent(NOI)Application Fees(Contractor's NOI Fee), Contractor to submit fee and paperwork to City of Pearland for filing of application. FOR Three Hundred Twenty-Five DOLLARS AND No CENTS Per Each $ 325.00 $ 325.00 6 COP 01565 1 LS SWPPP Monitoring and Inspections,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Lump Sum $ $ 7 COP 01570 129 LF Install Trench Safety System, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ 8 COP 01564 247 LF Groundwater Control for stormwater pipe installation as needed,Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 2 of 15 DOCUMENT 00300-BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 9 COP 02318 247 LF Wet Sands Construction for stormwater pipe installation as needed,Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ 10 COP 02317 1 EA Furnish and Install Crushed Stone Manhole Foundation for Wet Conditions,Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Each $ $ Subtotal Section 1 -General Requirements $ Section 2-Site Construction 11 COP 02200 0.77 AC Site Preparation of Project Area,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Acre $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 3 of 15 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 12 COP 02316 429 CY Roadway Excavation as required for Reinforced Concrete,Crushed Recycled Concrete and Asphalt Roadways as shown on Sheet 4 of Construction Plan Set,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Cubic Yard $ $ 13 COP 02335 1,326 SY 6-Inch Lime-Stabilized Subgrade as required for Reinforced Concrete and Crushed Recycled Concrete Access Roadways,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 14 COP 02335 25 SY 8-Inch Lime-Stabilized Subgrade as required for Asphalt Driveway Tie-in at County Road 175D, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 15 TxDOT 247 883 SY 10-inch Recycled Crushed Concrete Access Roadway, Type A,Grade 1,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 4 of 15 DOCUMENT 00300- BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 16 COP 02751 380 SY 7-inch Reinforced Concrete Driveway, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 17 COP 02741 24 SY 3-inch HMAC Surface Course Driveway Tie-in at County Road 175D(Carrie),Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 18 COP 02710 24 SY 8-inch Flexible Base for Driveway Tie-in at County Road 175D(Carrie),Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 19 COP 02744 24 SY Single Course Asphalt Surface Treatment for Driveway Tie-in at County Road 175D(Carrie),Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 5 of 15 ■ a DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 20 COP 02751 23 SY 4-inch Sidewalk on 2-inch Leveling Sand Bed at Motor Control Center,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 21 COP 02751 37 SY 6-inch Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving at 36"Pipe (pond side),as shown on Sheet 10 of Plan Set, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 22 COP 02751 55 SY 8-inch Reinforced Concrete Slope Paving at 60"Pipe (pond side),as shown on Sheet 10 of Plan Set, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 23 COP 02630,02255, 93 LF 36-inch RCP Storm Sewer,price to include 2" 02318 galvanized pipe runners on outfall channel side, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 6 of 15 7 7---1 EA tr_ -�_J' r,l r-! r� r,) :_r_) 1111 67171 Ti E_1 Eu, r— r—11 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 • BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 24 COP 02354,02255, 36 LF 8-inch PVC Storm Sewer from Transducer Manhole to 02318 outfall channel, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ 25 COP 02629,02630, 118 LF Jack&Bore 60-inch RCP intake piping from Pump 02255,02318 Station to Pond. Price to include connection to pump station Structure,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ 26 See Drawings 1 EA 36-inch Checkmate Inline Backflow Valve by Tideflex (or approved equal)to be installed on pond side of 36- inch storm sewer,as shown on Sheet 10 of Plan Set, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Each $ $ 27 See Drawings 1 EA 60-inch HDPE Trash Rack"Storm Rax"RS-60 Round Serices by Plastic Solutions, Inc.(or approved equal)to be installed on pond side of 60-inch intake piping,as shown on Sheet 10 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Each $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 7 of 15 r-1 ;r- i 1 j 1 r.-- 7_171r_7_1 r� 7 r�` ) r 7 3 E ! � i r `r i _ 1 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 28 COP 02542,2317, 1 EA Precast Concrete Manhole to house Level Transducer 02603 for outfall channel as shown on Sheet 13 of Plan Set, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Each $ $ 29 See Drawings 13 EA 4-inch Removeable Bollards,as shown on Sheet 5 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Each $ $ 30 COP 02821,See 403 LF 6'Chain Link Fence with Barbed Wire, price to include Drawings pedestrian gates and sliding gate as shown on Sheet 12 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ 31 COP 02220,See 168 LF Removal of Existing 3-strand barbed wire fence as Drawings shown on Sheets 4 and 5 of Construction Plan Set, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 8 of 15 r- r---1 r� - A 1 + ':1 71 71 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 32 COP 2751,See 667 SY 6-inch Concrete Slope Paving within outfall channel Drawings BDD4 Unit No.C107-10-00 as shown on Sheet 11 of Plan Set. Price to include turndown beams,weep holes and removal of adjacent interlocking blocks, as necessary,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 33 COP 2751,See 38 SY 6'Wide Reinforced Concrete Low Flow Pilot Channel Drawings as Shown on Sheets 4 and 11 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 34 See Drawings 510 LF Regrade Existing Backslope Swale as shown on Sheet 4 of Plan Set,Complete in Place. FOR _ DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Linear Foot $ $ 35 See Drawings 2,567 SY Regrading of Existing Pond Side Slope,as necessary, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 9 of 15 J 7 -) _IAii D 11 _l 1J ~ 1 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER -NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 36 COP 02921 0.34 AC Hydromulch Seeding of Disturbed Areas. Contractor to water until a stand of grass is established, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Acre $ $ 37 HCFCD 02921, 0.59 AC Dry Application Seeding of Pond and Outfall Channel 2923&2925 Side Slopes and Bottom as necessary,disturbed by construction. Contractor to water until a stand of grass is established,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Acre $ $ Subtotal Section 2 -Site Construction $ Section 3-Pump Station Construction 38 Drawing,COH 1 LS Stormwater Pump Station as per Plans and 02476&09901,MB Specifications to include 22'diameter wet well, all Specifications, structural and mechanical,discharge chambers, seal Structural and slab,piping and valves(within wet well and on top Electrical slab),painting and protective coatings, access doors Specifications and lifting chains, aluminum handrails and stairs, FRP grating,discharge chamber grating,control of groundwater and all associated appurtenances, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Lump Sum $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 10 of 15 r----y ;r - r i it '� 5G�— �--� :f �� r—V 7 `_ '----11 7-11 !r-- DOCUMENT 00300-BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 39 Drawing,MB 1 LS Electrical System Installation-Provide and Install all Specifications, work shown in plans and described in specifications Electrical including as follows: Provide and install motor control Specifications center, pump control panel,manual transfer switch, concrete pedestal(for equipment), lighting and receptacles, pump motor feeders and terminal boxes, electrical service equipment,autosensory controls, telephone service and all appurtenances as shown on plans and as described in specifications for a complete operating system, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Lump Sum $ $ 40 COP 02751 49 SY 8-inch Reinforced Concrete Discharge Chute on 6" Cement Stabilized Subgrade as shown on Sheet 15 of Plan Set. Price to include 6"curbs and 8"wing walls, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Square Yard $ $ 41 MB 11310 2 EA Submersible propeller pump with 100 H.P.motor as per plans and specifications,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Each $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 11 of 15 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 42 MB 11311 1 EA Submersible sump pump with 7.5 H.P. motor as per plans and specifications, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Each $ $ Subtotal Section 3- Pump Station Construction $ Section 4-Extra Work Items 43 None 20 DAYS Pumping of Detention Pond during construction to a 3- year Storm Depth(Water Surface Elev.=27.50, approximate depth 8.5 feet). One(1)Day is Defined as Pumping Continuously for Twelve(12)Hours with One (1)5,000 GPM Pump.Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Day $ $ 44 COP 02922 10 SY Installation of Sod. Water until a stand of grass is established,Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Cubic Yard $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 12 of 15 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 45 COP 02317,02318 10 CY Extra Hand Excavation Operations,Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Cubic Yard $ $ 46 COP 02317,02318 10 CY Extra Machine Excavation Operations,Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Cubic Yard $ $ 47 COP 02252 10 CY Extra Cement Stabilized Sand,Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Cubic Yard $ $ 48 COP 02255 10 CY Furnish and Place Select Fill, Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Cubic Yard $ $ Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 13 of 15 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID 49 COP 03300 10 CY Furnish and Install Reinforced Concrete, Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner, Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Cubic Yard $ $ 50 COP 02255 10 CY Extra Bank Sand Backfill, Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Cubic Yard $ $ 51 None 1 LS Permits and Miscellaneous Fees,Only as Directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR Two Thousand DOLLARS AND No CENTS Per Lump Sum $ 2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 Subtotal Section 4-Extra Work Items $ The items listed above(Section 4)are extra work items and are to be used only on the instructions of the project manager on the job. No Compensation will be received for any part of these items unless they are actually used on the job under the direction of the City of Pearland. Any additional items required over and above those listed above will have to be secured on a change in contract and are not to be used until same has been approved by the City of Pearland. The amount bid on the above listed items is to be included in the grand total of this contract. Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 14 of 15 DOCUMENT 00300 -BID SCHEDULE FORM CITY OF PEARLAND Document 00300 COWARTS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY PUMP STATION Addendum No. 1 PROJECT No. DR0602 BID No. 0312-30 BID SPECIFICATION BID ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE ITEM ITEM AND UNIT PRICE BID BID IN AMOUNT NUMBER NUMBER QUANTITIES UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS NUMBERS BID Section 5-Alternate Work Items Al None 9 DAYS Pumping of Detention Pond to a 10-year Storm Depth (Water Surface Elev.=31.50,approximate depth 12.5 feet)prior to Construction of Pump Station. One(1) Day is Defined as Pumping Continuously for Twenty Four(24)Hours with One(1) 10,000 GPM Pump. Only as directed by Engineer and approved by Owner,Complete in Place. FOR DOLLARS AND CENTS Per Day $ $ Summary Subtotal Section 1 -General Requirements (Bid Items 1 - 10) $ Subtotal Section 2-Site Construction (Bid Items 11-37) $ Subtotal Section 3-Pump Station Construction (Bid Items 38-42) $ Subtotal Section 4-Extra Work Items (Bid Items 43-51) $ GRAND TOTAL AMOUNT BID (SECTIONS 1 THROUGH 4): $ Subtotal Section 5-Alternate Work Items (Bid Item Al) -DO NOT ADD TO GRAND TOTAL $ COP=City of Pearland Standard Specification COH=City of Houston TxDOT=Texas Dept.of Transportation Standard Specification HCFCD=Harris County Flood Control District MB=Montgomery&Barnes Specification Document 00300-Bid Schedule Page 15 of 15 r---11 , -11 r_-----11 ,,..---__.,,,, __TI r- , Tli r-------11 .. r-^,--II ' . r---1-1 r"•••"" ^11 r----ii . ;r"-----11 -e r----il f'6'.--.."111 __-__• 7-----1 c----11 r":=1 .r........,, '; II r-----1, ....____. _______ , 1 , ,-71061.00 36".ECKMATE PUNE --1-- A , , 4 k ' % NACKFLOFF VALVE I (4...„4."---.3e, - , . :V I '-.'- -36•61.-)7.00 • • I P. 1 . Z A,/). • ,.. , , 03 IF 36"RCP 0 0.33% 1. I '4 I 0 I .. .."10111111100i -.."I0. ' ---C:= .-,. 4 F. F I . • FLYGT P7050,Pp HP not FLOW__, - 1 ' , a • t1-1 „. „., ,I.! III 3 a • 4 4 e 570101PATER PIMPS(2 3E50 • !•' I L--if-ii---ill-. --___ •. I . „. ' III0 " ., AVG FLOW P 0.500 GPM EACH• . • I. '!"...:,,,, --, • ---__ CONC,SLOPE PAVING(SEE ---. DETAIL ON SPEER 10) ' -• ,_ •I '' PROP.COMPETE SUPE PAVING •/ "I A /..... 1,I/09/"LARIN SlArEMELI I . a (SEE DE.II) I . M• •7•5„,I ".." 0 " ".... , INE SONECT PPOPERTI SIAn.KEMP 1., ' 1‘ N !'' -- 1 !, I , • /.4 •'I " ' .91' -\„ ',•,,,/ 764911P " e E , la 1.. LOEPIEIT IN(OM'A'',031%),IAL al000 1.10.1J.., I ',• I . I 'I:, L .- _ I. , 1 i Ei.ni 111.11A110 NY IRO ILA!)rinou-10 ,1,1.. A ; 4. 4 ,.,. 4 •' '‘d_4'' ' 't ^•11K./ "I'''' - "- ' ' ' •". . - . I ' '012'‘.'6H VrFOTIVV4V:4'.1P... .{-.g I_ 'I -I.'- siANAGEMmil AGENCY/1.000 INSURANCE WE A I• • / --1--•" I •-"" e 1a2 „ _').1 I•-• ,:' A .!_ !i • a- CONERET-71- oisc6wwqr .4.1 1 1.11-4 I 1 '1,,1; -11-- - - • ...e.--MAP NO 4.6033C013.5 I.VAUD SIFILINII II TA 1939.1165 CETCM/1.1.HAI nM/ 0 0 MAR 06 SCAIING TM°RUMMY III ilat a• II a • ,• CILUTE 1111 [7- ...__ ,- • \ 6' '6' [ 1 6 --- - ----arreat.-tn 11AP kin tS Not A nram or L____{,_ .A • l'- TS45.27 I L 1 "- -22 DV,WET WEL,(GOES. 1 A.1.1 Famr011 SURVEy I•, 1.! e , 4 e -_ _ _, ---.--.- s.... cousnAxmont union) , ,. . I . ....,-•LI • . r.. n • u , .' 1-6:DISCAPRGE •• • • • • '• Ii•I '-,..... • t 1! • 'I , A . ., r. , , a le ' -3%3'ACCESS HATCH \ --60.RCP INLET PPE 111.11CI IMAITE F"..!%40 01 NGcs7 76 lot. no 61,...i'I'1E711..11.-- , i. ..).' (ABOVE GROu30) •Ice--,,,[..-'---.-! I__,----,p ,I: (JACP IND°ORE FROM 1.1101,4 TM,...C/ION 0,SIAM 11.1wAT 3.5 PumP 5/600,1 WET WELL). 0 ' e "PIVOT NP3127.7.5 HP ANO ru 516 al PRENVID,40 SOpiti 00 . ..... .01.19EIERE SUMP PumP MAE NEHWA5 35 IGR 2.2.()•1/10 10 • '1•" '' -. • IA AVG FLOW-500 GPM mArean.ROAD ON DE RENT,T.J.1001.1 • . ...,'II 1-1,1, --F1 ' -. '0 .1 iiittg.M r'xt°Z.V'ZisTiZE il za ix a'PVC STORM seweR---.." . '....... , .. IrSIII'RACP(SEE 1-t 12). 05 1-26111 AND THE GRANM COO..COmapely a!!' ......., ON TIP irn TURN R1GM.ENTRANCE . • . • atm DPEE FOR.00,.30 LETEPS(loom TO A Ilr I' . PROP;STORP SEVIER 0030101.1"- 1 -I a!' , 'ERTRANSIPPIWITI '' • ! ' 1 - Irma_ANO 51010.0.TIE it,. 4.0 EV Pi_422: • I' r ---; . - 7 REINFORCED CAI/CRETE T I:,M , . .' PAVEMENT e A -IN HWES1 CORNER A N.C CO IN F NOM POMP wrwnow conrrkx Pwl4a '44I NI50 114 1 I' OF ME hEADWAI_L CA A MIDGE O.MUM.• - i[cy, / ,', •.\ ,. , , STREET LOCALE°/p1mtpmeTTET 4,3'EAST OF, 11,/501.11°1041 paita.LIE,$01114014 01 nit. soutc,0001 ----1----------- -,-7-1-----7--- -- , I I --- _,._ ! . 1 I t --- I , .13D0 Dal UNITIC107-10-0O • 1 / __ ----HANDRAIL AND STAIRS I I --DISCH/PGP GRATING 1 a I I I I\ RCE CNAMSERS - 86[50,[5E1.SDTE/,r I0E3'[211 1I01i!"C0-PFefrI11l -a _ ; . I -;,, ,--- ----- -- , 1 7.OF+11E,4 4.4 I, ---, -1 I - 1 1 , I ' 1 ' 42 N '\ , '1 T,2 ":7-1---;:. ,g_ - ., .0 1155 1.42.4[3. -‘ - --'t"---'--4---F---1-1-------1-7---1-!!• !!, ' -! --- ! i t ---- 1 ! ! [ ! ! ! --.. , I ' I . . - --___ . -- ------ t _tit _ , _ 4 - . .106 511.1.0..- . -- NI\‘`...4 , [ I 8.-00 • I-,, i / -.., A 38 1.4F /11.4Ci0r4.24....._ r.lAir IINNi(77'.,1 38 I ','\.,, I ; - ; ' 36"51.-.57.0D- .----_-_-.---__--_.,_-- , -,-,- ' .I 1 , --- -- 1 I 11, i , mow.BaITON.,3880 , i• r /---7--"---'-"I 't-- - --- I, '--ti I 1! . •••••...„4„! ' ... -- I -5 1-1 1 4" I - , 1 1 : 1 I./ -I,I I/ - ! v31-11,At I .„[[[[ , I 34 1 *.4,.... /-1, 5-PVC;ORR SEWOR i 1. 11 -I-, 1 . : .;,... ___03 IF 36"RCP STORM SEWER 0 0-1.35 ..., ,1i . .- , 1, , ( ),#),( , 1 ._ , I, I- i i I - -- • ' I ---:;11---r-------; :30-1 ESC/IP/GE 113061716 - - - f>11...,, 1---• : 1- 4 _.-.-,',7-101YR 5/5-__.11.sa_,_ 116-(1frx.61,'4 30 . , ' 1- 1 I ; . 1--I ---- 'I , 1 1 11.--th"...t. --,Iilf-91-1,-,t, - 1 -!!!-- E - _ , 3 1 1 30 ! ! t ! ! 11; ,!, ,1,-S TOMA WATER RAP I r I ',."...„..: ' ;? .11YR wq-21.90..._ t - --, -1 i . i- I . 1:,; - I I L.. 1 OF -, - ,-1 PIAIP-P417fON wraI r -T- - , ' 1 I I I 26 I 17"`°71'&n'T'''I- L 26 _ t_ -; • I - 1 ;;I 7-- ;II ' . I IS I-- I' [ ' ' I I N..... 1 [ , - I i I ,-,---- .MI.:464,FAA,.lono.44C0 I, '').F4.1. I '.- •'.. 1,4,FA I _ __ 22 i ; . ;I; ; . 1 1 ; , I '""5„....1 ' ,. ::' I .i-, 22 _ ,.. i --- Ig ;;t ; ,' / I I- __ 1 - 1 4 t[7.5 is 60'Rcp o 0.05% 1 "-1 h 1 ': 1 -'1 I -I It'y----7 i ';"---; LP.\EA1,21AND 1 I I . I 1 . (I I JACX1 AND FIORE PPE)! I I , 1 t 1- --!-'-4-A./"' " ! I! 'I.•'..- • /1 "' 'a' 4" 1" • " . "-)/- 18 18 I ; ; , 1 ; 1 ,' I,-[.. ," 1 [[_. ,.. I-[--[[ -L _ City of Pearla6d,TOXE1S I , • i i ..-..„.., I COWAR TS CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION I I [ I. ' I I' I '- I [ `----;1,-15.94 ' ' I I - . FACULTY PUMP SIATR1N 6 I I , I -- - I ' .. [..'' [ 1 14 1 ;_ -- _ _ ,1 [--- ',t_1,'l':, -.:_.F-i,.,, _-_ 60 INCA I STORM I . 1 4 1 1 -T- ' . - --- --7 • "' -1-- li-.°:, ' , I 1 1 I SEWHR l'1101711_11. ...'1 l' . _..... • • •• 1 l- i +- I -1- I -I-- I ! I 1 ' ,,,..,,,,. ,ONOSE, sap. sNmr ; 10 ' / --1-- ' , 1 ' ' .1_ I_..1__ .1_ 1 I 1 -1- 1 I , 10_ 20i2 -_ •,;•1 /'11. 4 8 0+00 0+50 1+00 1+50 2+00 2+60 . ;.,;-,,,..,. - - -- ,,,,, OVul`l 0128 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100- 1 of 2 Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work.to be performed under this Contract,work by Owner,Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the construction of a Stormwater Pumping Station and associated site work to serve the Cowarts Creek Regional Detention Facility. 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A None. 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A Testing Laboratory Services. B Owner will coordinate and pay for electrical service from CenterPoint Energy to the Site. 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A Contractor to construct the Pump Station in the following sequence: L 1. Contractor shall establish all SWPPP measures prior to stripping or earthwork. Contractor shall then establish access to the site from County Road 175D (Carrie), strip and grade the site and construct a temporary Li access road to the construction site. The temporary access road shall be separate from the 10" crushed recycled concrete final access road and will not have a separate pay item. The final access roadways shown on Sheet 4 of the Plan Set shall not be used during the construction of the wet well and heavy equipment packages. 2. Contractor will then begin construction of the stormwater pump station wet well. Establish well pointing, if necessary. 3. Contractor will then construct the intake piping from the structure to the detention pond by jack and bore construction. The contractor shall notify Brazoria Drainage District 4 (BCDD4)prior to any work within the detention basin. 4. Contractor will then construct all remaining pump station structure elements including discharge tubes,piping, internal separation walls, etc. After CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100- 1 of 2 E CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100-2 of 2 completion of the wet well elements, the Contractor shall proceed on to the top slab, and above ground structural elements. fl 5. Contractor shall then complete all electrical,pond and slope paving improvements, site and access roadway improvements. B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer&Owner for approval as specified in Section 01300—Submittals. C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01040 - Coordination and Meetings. 1.06 FUTURE WORK A None 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights-of-way as specified in Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer. B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS-NotUsed 7 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION l n CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK 05/2008 01100-2 of 2 1 CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION TUNNEL GROUT Section 02431 TUNNEL GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Mix design requirements,testing, furnishing and production of grout for: 1. Pressure grouting of bolted liner plates for shafts 2. Pressure grouting of primary tunnel liner. 3. Pressure grouting of jacked-pipe 4. Annular grouting of cased or uncased sewer pipe 5. Grouting of annular space between carrier pipe and primary tunnel liner 6. Grouting voids in ground resulting from caving, loss of ground, or settlement 7. Grouting of manholes constructed in.shafts B. Compaction grouting is not part of this specification. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. No separate payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of such work in contract unit prices for work of which it is component part. 2. Refer to Section 01270-Measurement and Payment for Unit Price procedures. B. Stipulated Price (Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Pressure Grouting. Filling void behind liner or pipe with grout under pressure sufficient to ensure void is properly filled but without overstressing temporary or permanent ground support, or causing'ground heave to occur. 02431-1 10/01/2002 E CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION TUNNEL GROUT B. Back Grouting. Secondary pressure grouting to ensure that voids have been filled between primary tunnel or shaft liners and surrounding ground. C. Annular Grouting. Filling annular space between carrier pipe and primary tunnel liner, casing, or ground,by pumping. j D. Ground Stabilization Grouting. Filling of voids,fissures, or under-slab settlement due to caving or loss of ground by injecting grout under gravity or pressure to fill void. E. Carrier Pipe. Sanitary or storm sewer or water line installed inside primary tunnel support. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C 138. Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content(Gravimetric) of Concrete. B. ASTM C 144. Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 1 C. ASTM C 150. Standard Specification for Portland Cement. D. ASTM C 494. Standard Specification for Chemical Admixture for Concrete. E. ASTM C 618. Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcinated Natural Pozzolan for use as Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. F. ASTM C 869. Standard Specification for Foaming Agents Used in Making Preformed Foam for Cellular Concrete. G. ASTM C 937. Standard Specification for Grout Fluidifier for Pre-placed Aggregate Concrete. H. ASTM C 942. Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Grout for Pre-placed Aggregate Concrete into Laboratory. I. ASTM C 1017. Standard Specification for Chemical Admixture for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. B. Submit description of materials, grout mix, equipment and operational procedures to accomplish each grouting operation. Description may include sketches as appropriate, indicating type and location of mixing equipment,pumps, injection points, venting method, flow lines,pressure measurement,volume measurement, grouting sequence, schedule, and 02431-2 1 10/01/2002 1 CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION TUNNEL GROUT stage volumes. Tests and certifications shall have been performed within last 12 months prior to date of submittal. C. Submit grout mix design report, including: 1. Grout type and designation 2. Grout mix constituents and proportions, including materials by weight and volume 3. Grout densities and viscosities, including wet density at point of placement 4. Initial set time of grout 5. Bleeding, shrinkage/expansion 6. Compressive strength 7. Detailed description of grout pressure limiting equipment 8. For annular space grouting,buoyant force calculations and bulkhead designs (See Section 02517 -Water Line in Tunnel for further requirements) D. For cellular grout, also submit the following: 1. Foam concentrate supplier's certification of dilution ratio for foam concentrate. 2. A description of proposed cellular grout production procedures. E. Maintain and submit logs of grouting operations indicating pressure, density, and volume for each grout placement. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Grouting materials: Conform to Section 03315 - Concrete for Utility Construction, except as modified in the following paragraphs. B. Grout Type Applications. 1. Grout for pressure grouting,backfill grouting and annular grouting: Sand-cement mortar mix. 2. Grout for annular grouting of sanitary sewer Low density(cellular) grout,unless otherwise approved by Project Manager. 02431-3 10/01/2002 r L. 7 CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION TUNNEL GROUT 1 3. Grout for filling space around manholes in shafts: Sand-cement mortar mix. 7 4. Ground stabilization: Sand-cement mortar mix. C. Do not include toxic or poisonous substances in grout mix or otherwise inject such J J substances underground. r� I 2.02 GROUT A. Employ and pay for commercial testing laboratory, acceptable to Project Manager,to prepare °� and test grout mix design. Develop one or more mixes based on following criteria as J applicable: 1. Size of annular void between sewer pipe and liner, or size of void between primary liner 1 and surrounding soil 2. Absence or presence of groundwater 1 3. Adequate retardation7 4. Non-shrink characteristics 5. Pumping distances J J B. Prepare mixes that satisfy required application. Provide materials conforming to the 7 following standards: 1. Cement: ASTM C 150 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618 3. Water: Potable 7 4. Foam: ASTM C 869 fl i 5. Slurry: ASTM C 138 6. Cellular Grout: ASTM C 138 7 7. Sand for sand-cement mortar mix: ASTM C 144 '1 1 C. Provide grout meeting the following minimum requirements: 1. Minimum 28-day unconfined compressive strength: 1500 psi for water lines, 1000 psi for 7 other carrier pipes for mortar grout and 300 psi for cellular grout. J 02431-4 1 10/01/2002 An CITY OF HOUSTON L STANDARD SPECIFICATION TUNNEL GROUT L 2. Determine strength by ASTM C 942. 3. Maximum:allowable density: Less than 130 pcf CD. Fluidifier. Provide fluidifier,meeting ASTM C 937 that holds solid constituents of grout in colloidal suspension and is compatible with cement and water used in grouting operations. E. Admixtures. L 1. Use admixtures meeting ASTM C 494 and ASTM C 1017 as required,to improve pump ability, control time of set,hold sand in suspension and reduce segregation and bleeding. 2. For cellular grout, do not use foam or admixtures that promote steel corrosion 3. Ensure that admixtures used in mix are compatible. Provide written confirmation from admixture manufacturers of their compatibility. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Notify Project Manager at least 24 hours in advance of grouting operations. B. Select and operate grouting equipment to avoid damage to new or existing underground utilities and structures. • C. In selection of.grouting placement consider pipe flotation,length of pipe,length of tunnel, depth from surface, and type of sewer pipe,type of pipe blocking and bulkheading, grout volume and length of pipe to be grouted between bulkheads. D. Operate dewatering systems until grouting operations are complete-and grout has reached initial set. 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. Batch and mix grout in equipment of sufficient size and capacity to provide necessary quality and quantity of grout for each placement stage. B. Use equipment for grouting of type and size generally used for work, capable of mixing grout to homogeneous consistency, and providing means of accurately measuring grout component quantities and accurately measuring pumping pressures. Use pressure grout equipment which delivers grout to injection point at steady pressure. 3.03 PRESSURE-GROUTING FOR PRIMARY TUNNEL AND SHAFT LINER 02431-5 10/01/2002 E CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION TUNNEL GROUT A. Perform grouting operations to fill voids outside of primary tunnel or shaft liner. B. For nonexpendable primary liners installed behind shield or tunnel boring machine(TBM), fill voids with sand-cement grout promptly after each ring of liner is out of shield. Keep grout pressure below value that may cause damage or distortion to installed liner plate rings. Provide seals on tail of shield or TBM which will prevent grout from spilling. C. For nonexpendable primary liners installed by hand mining or in shafts, grout once every 4 ri feet or more frequently when conditions dictate. D. Control grout pressures so that tunnel or shaft liner is not overstressed, and ground heave is avoided. E. For liner requiring grout,perform back grouting once each shift, or more often when required to ensure that all voids are filled. 3.04 ANNULAR GROUTING FOR SEWER LINE IN TUNNELS AND IN CASED OR UNCASED AUGERS A. Fill annular space between sewer pipe and tunnel primary liner, casing or ground,with grout. B. Placement 1. Placement Limits: Predetermine limits of each grout placement stage by size and capacity of batching equipment and initial set time of proposed grout. Under no circumstances shall placement continue at grout port longer than that period of time for mix to take initial set. Locate grout hole spacing and locations according to number of stages necessary to grout tunnel liners. Stage or lift cannot be installed on another lift until proper set has been attained. Have placement procedures approved by admixture or additive manufacturer. 2. Limit pressure on annular space to prevent damage or distortion to pipe or liner. Define 'l limiting and estimated required pressure range. Provide an open ended,high point tap or _ J equivalent vent and monitor it at bulkhead opposite to point of grouting. 3. Pump grout until material discharging is similar in consistency to that at point of injection. 4. In primary lined tunnel, limit length of pipe installed to 200 feet or less before grouting same length of sewer line. Repeat this cycle until all pipe is installed and grouted. C. Remove temporary bulkheads installed for grouting. J D. Batch and mix cellular grout mechanically to ensure consistency of mix. Wet solids thoroughly before introduction of foaming agent. Operate batching system to maintain slurry 02431-6 10/01/2002 CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD;SPECIFICATION TUNNEL GROUT weight within'3 percent of design density. Introduce foam into slurry. in accordance with Cmanufacturer's recommendations. 3.05 PRESSURE GROUTING FOR JACKED PIPE or greater,pressure grout annulus after installation, For jacked pipe 60 inches in diameter displacing bentonite lubrication. Jacked pipes less than 60-inch diameter-may be left ungrouted unless excavated diameter exceeds external pipe diameter by more than one inch. B. Inject grout through grout holes in sewer pipe. Drilling holes from surface or through carrier pipe walls is not allowed. Perform grouting by injecting it at pipe invert with bentonite displacement occurring through high point tap or vent. C. Control ground water as necessary to permit completion of grouting without separation of grout materials. D. Limit pressures to prevent damage or distortion to pipe or to keep flexible pipe within acceptable tolerances. L! E. Pump grout until material discharging is similar in consistency to that at point of injection. 3.06 GROUND STABILIZATION GROUTING A. Completely fill voids outside limits of excavation caused by caving or collapse of ground. Fill with gravity or pressure injected sand-cement grout as necessary to fill void. B. Take care in grouting operations to prevent damage to adjacent utilities or public or private property. Grout at pressure that will not distort or imperil portion of work or existing t installations or structures. C. Verify that void has been filled by volumetric comparisons and visual inspection. In case of settlement under existing slabs,take cores as directed by Project Manager, at no additional cost to City,to demonstrate that void has been filled. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Pressure Grouting for Primary Tunnel and Shaft Liners. 1. For each shaft, make one set of four compressive test specimens for each 30-foot depth and one set for remaining portion less than 30-foot increment. 2. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every 200 feet of primary lined, (non-expandable)tunnel requiring grout. B. Annular Grouting for Sewer Line in Tunnels and in Cased or Uncased Augers. 02431-7 r10/01/2002 CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION TUNNEL GROUT 1. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every 200 feet of sewer pipe installed in primary lined tunnel. 2. For cased or uncased augers,make one set of four compressive test specimens for each grouting operation, or for each 100 feet of pipe installed,whichever is more frequent. 3. For cellular grout, check slurry density both at point of batching and placement at least twice each hour in accordance with ASTM C 138. Record density,time, and temperature. Density must be within 3 percent of design density at point of batching and 5 percent of design density at point of placement. C. Pressure Grouting for Jacked Pipe. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every 400 feet of jacked pipe pressure grouting. D. Ground Stabilization Grouting. Make one set of four compressive test specimens for every location where ground stabilization grouting is performed. END OF SECTION fl I d 1 I I *"'1I 02431-8 ioiov2002 a CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD-SPECIFICATION CAISSON FOR LIFT STATION Section 02476 CAISSON FOR LIFT STATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Constructing external walls of lift station wet well structures by caisson method,including base slab and excavation cell partitions.Valve/pump chamber to be constructed by open cut. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices. 1. No separate payment will be made for lift station construction using caisson method. Include cost for caisson construction in lump sum for lift station.- 2. - No separate measurement will be made for payment ofconcrete in wet well caisson except listed in an approved schedule of values. 3. Refer to Section 01270-Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. B. Stipulated Price(Lump Sum). If Contract is Stipulated Price Contract,payment for work in this Section is included in total Stipulated Price. 1.03 DEFINITION A. Caisson is defined as external walls of concrete structure,-together with excavation cell partition walls,erected at-grade or in starter pit and sunk by gravity to final position through excavation inside structure under dry or wet conditions. Complete caisson includes structural base slab. Caisson walls provide ground support during construction and for permanent installation. B. Dry construction means that Contractor operates sufficient external ground water control system to maintain ground waterlevel and piezometric head safely below excavation bottom within caisson. C. Wet construction means that external hydrostatic ground water pressure is counteracted by water or slurry within caisson. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS C E C fl CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAISSON FOR LIFT STATION fl A. ASTM D 698 -Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lb/ft3(600 kN-m/m3)). 1.05 SUBMITTALS fl A. Conform to requirements of Section 01330 -Submittal Procedures. B. Submit safety plan to meet OSHA requirements.These procedures will not be subject to approval by Project Manager and are for record purposes only.Address in plan,as minimum but not limited to the following: fi 1. Protection against caisson instability,soil instability, and ground water inflow. 2. Safety for caisson access and exit,including ladders,stairs,walkways, and hoists. 3. Protection against equipment operations,and for lifting and hoisting equipment and material. - 4. Support of surcharge weights. 5. Ventilation systems. 6. Monitoring for hazardous gases. 7. Protection against flooding of caisson and inflow into sewers when connected to caisson +-y structure. 1 8. Protection of workers and public,including traffic barriers, accidental or unauthorized entry,and falling objects. 9. Safety supervising responsibilities. C. Building and Structures Assessment. Submit for review prior to construction,Building and Structures Assessment Plan.Provide preconstruction and post-construction assessment reports for buildings and structures located within distance equal to depth of caisson but at least 50 feet in plan from proposed caisson perimeter.Include photographs or video of existing damage to structures in vicinity of caisson in assessment reports. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE 1 E CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD;SPECIFICATION: CAISSON FOR LIFT_STATION A. Concrete is to be in accordance with Section 03310-.Structural Concrete. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcement is to be in accordance with Section 03211 -Concrete Reinforcement. 2.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Embedded items are to be in accordance with Section 15140-Pipe Hangers, Supports,and Restraints. 2.04 BACKFILL A. Select material is to be in accordance with Section 02316-Excavation and Backfill for Structures. B. Cement stabilized sand is to be in accordance with Section 02321 Cement Stabilized Sand. 2.05 GROUT A. Use grout conforming to Section 02431 -Tunnel Grout. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 SI11,PREPARATION A. Perform site preparation for site clearing and for grading of site to required elevation. Provide for.site drainage. B. Relocate and protect utilities to remain that maybe affected by caisson construction area, including starter pit. C. Install security fencing around caisson construction areas to prevent accidental or unauthorized entry. D. Provide for control of ground water and surface water according to Section 01578 -.Control of Ground Water and Surface Water. disturbed soils to 95 percent of maximum density.as determined byASTM D 698. E. Compact Compact soil at moisture content sufficient to develop the required density. 3.02 CAISSON WALL CONSTRUCTION E CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAISSON FOR LIFT STATION A. Place concrete as specified in Section 03310-Structural Concrete. 7-1 B. Inspect concrete surfaces after form removal and repair defects before wall section is sunk into ground. 3.03 CAISSON CLEAN UP AND INSPECTION A. Clean interior of caisson after seal slab has been poured. Remove soil,mud,slurries, spilled grout or concrete,or other materials not part of structure from caisson and clean surfaces. B. Inspect caisson for possible structural damage or damage to embedded items occurring during excavation and caisson sinking.Notify and allow Project Manager to witness caisson inspection. Repair and replace damage before proceeding with construction. 3.04 CAISSON CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum acceptable deviation of caisson from vertical is 1 inch in 5 feet. B. Maximum acceptable horizontal deviation from design location of center of caisson at ground surface level is 12 inches. .� C. Install elevation of base of caisson structure equal to or lower than elevation shown in Drawings. Show top of caisson structure elevation on Drawings. D. Provide block-outs with allowance for pipe entry deviations of plus or minus 1.5 inches vertically and plus or minus 6 inches horizontally,plus caisson construction tolerances. E. Tolerances defined above are only acceptable provided that Contractor can adjust sewer connections, structural,mechanical and electrical components to resolve deviation from plumpness and horizontal or vertical location as approved by Project Manager. Adjustments must be made without adversely affecting operation or maintenance of lift station. F. Monitor caisson installation to verify that no settlement or heave is observed for 10 consecutive days starting not later than 50 days after structural completion. 3.05 BACKFILL A. Remove starter pit shoring to depth of at least 8 feet below ground surface and for at least 5 feet from pipes and tunnels penetrating shoring.Remove shoring concurrent with backfilling operations.Perform shoring removal and backfilling so that stability of pit is maintained. B. Compact backfill material in accordance with Sections 02316 -Excavation and Backfill for Structures. 1 CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD:SPECIFICATION CAISSON FOR LIFT STATION 3.06 MONITORING A. Settlement. Install series of settlement monitoring points on ground and structures within area of potential influence due to soil movements at caisson,before start of caisson or starter pit construction. 1. As minimum, equally space 4 monitoring points around caisson at distance of 15 feet and 4 more at distance 30 feet from caisson for total of 8 monitoring points. 2. Survey monitoring point elevations before start of caisson excavation and weekly thereafter until structure has been completed and dewatering terminated. B. Caisson 1. Determine plumpness of caisson at least once each shift at two locations,90 degrees apart,during caisson sinking operations until caisson is secured by grout and base slab hardened, . 2. As soon as caisson has been secured,install 3 benchmarks, 120 degrees apart, on top concrete placement for settlement monitoring of installed caisson. Transfer benchmarks to higher elevation on structure as required due to continued lift station construction. �! Continue weekly monitoring of settlement points until 60 days after completed {� construction of structure. 3. Install and monitor borehole heave points in caisson for dry construction as defined on Drawings. Survey heave points before excavation starts and upon retrieval when fmal excavation bottom has been reached. C. Submit monitoring results to Project Manager weekly. 3.07 CAISSON SURVEY A. When caisson has been secured,seal slab poured,and,in case of wet construction,when fluid has been pumped out, survey installed caisson for compliance with tolerances defined in Paragraph 3.04,Caisson Construction Tolerances.Include in Survey: 1. Location of center of caisson at ground level 2. Elevationtop ofand bottom of caisson and structural slab connection 3. Elevation and locations of penetrations and embedded items and other support points for lift station installation completion • r r CITY OF HOUSTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION CAISSON FOR LIFT STATION fl 4. Deviation from plumb from caisson top to structural slab at two locations 90 degrees apart 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 03310- Structural Concrete and Section 01450 -Contractor's Quality Control. 3.09 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL A. Remove excavated material from job site in accordance with Section 01576 -Waste Material Disposal. END OF SECTION 1 I 1 I `l Section 09901 PROTECTIVE COATINGS r PART 1 •GENERAL - 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing surfaces, providing adequate conditions for proper workmanship, and furnishing and applying the protective coating materials required for metallic, concrete, masonry and plastic surfaces. B. Color code painting of piping and piping identification signs and markers. C. Refer to Section 09900 — Painting for Decorative and Protective Coatings to be used on Interior and Exterior Architectural Surfaces, such as wood, gypsum board and masonry. D. Refer to Section 09971 —Painting and Protective Coatings for Potable Water,Storage Tanks for painting and protective coatings to be used on potable water storage tanks. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Unit Prices 1. No separate payment will be made for protective coatings unless specifically listed in Document 00410 —Bid.Form. Include payment,for protective coatings, in unit prices for items to which coatings are applied. 2. Measurement for protective coatings, when included as a separate pay item, is on a square-foot basis for completed protective coating systems. 3. Refer to Section 01270—Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A13.1 —Color Schedule B. ANSI/AWWA C213 — Fusion-bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipe lines C. Federal Specification TT-P-28 —Paint,Aluminum,Heat Resisting 1200 degrees F D. Federal Standard 595A—Federal Standard Colors r Li E. Military Specification DOD-P-23236—Paint Coating Systems, Steel Ship Tank,Fuel and Salt Water Ballast, Class 2 F. NSF Standard 61 —Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects G. SSPC-PA 1 —Paint Application Specification No. 1 - Shop,Field and Maintenance Painting H. SSPC-PA 2—Paint Application Specification No. 2—Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages I. SSPC-Paint 16—Coal Tar Epoxy-Polyamide Black(or Dark Red)Paint J. SSPC-SP 1 —Solvent Cleaning K. SSPC-SP 2—Hand Tool Cleaning L. SSPC-SP 3 —Power Tool Cleaning 1.1 M. SSPC-SP 5/NACE 1 —White Metal Blast Cleaning N. SSPC-SP 6/NACE 3—Commercial Blast Cleaning O. SSPC-SP 7/NACE 4 -Brush-Off Blast Cleaning P. SSPC-SP 10/NACE 2—Near White Metal Blast Cleaning Q. SSPC-SP 11 —Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal R. SSPC-VIS 1-89—Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel S. SSPC-VIS 3 —Visual Standard for Power-and Hand-Tool Cleaned Steel T. SSPC-QP 1 — Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Painting Contractors U. SSPC-QP 2 - Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Painting Contractors to Remove Hazardous Paint V. SSPC-SP12/NACE 5—Surface Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and Other Hard Materials by High-and Ultrahigh-Pressure Water Jetting Prior to Recoating 1.04 DEFINITIONS �II A. Paint, coatings, or finishes as used in this Section include surface treatments, emulsions, . 1 enamels, paints, epoxies, polyurethanes, acrylics, zincs, and other protective coatings with the exceptions of galvanizing or anodizing, whether used as a pretreatment, primer, intermediate coat, or finish coat. 1 1 E r B. DFT Means minimum dry. 'film thickness. C. VOC means Volatile Organic Components 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. See the Drawings and other Specifications to determine how coatings under this Section will be applied. Paint or"coatnew and modified surfaces in conformance with this Section. B. Coating system schedules summarize surfaces to be coated, required surface preparation, and coating systems to be applied. Coating notes on Drawings are used to show exceptions to schedules, to show or extend limits of coating systems, or to clarify or show details for application of coating systems. 7_ C. Do not apply protective coatings to the following surfaces unless specifically named or shown to be coated: 1. Concrete 2. Stainless steel, bronze, or brass 3. Machined surfaces 4. Grease fittings 5. Glass 6. Equipment nameplates 7. Platform gratings,stair treads, door thresholds, and other walk surfaces 8. Galvanized steel electrical conduit and associated galvanized and factory-coated junction boxes and electrical panels 9. Galvanized surfaces inside buildings and not exposed to view 10. Manhole and valve covers and rings, storm water inlet gratings, covers, and frames D. Provide decorative and protective coatings for interior architectural surfaces such as wood, gypsum board, and masonry in accordance with Section'09900—Painting. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330—Submittal Procedures. B. Submit the followinginformation at least 10 days prior toprotective coatingwork: _ Y 1. Coating Materials List: Eight copies of a coating materials list naming the manufacturer and the coating number, keyed to the coating systems,described in this Section. Submit the list prior to or at the time of sample submittal. 2. Paint Manufacturer's Information: For,each_coating system to be used, submit the following data: a) Paint manufacturer's Product Data Sheet for each product proposed, including statements on the suitability of the material for the intended use. E E 7 I b) Technical and performance information that demonstrates compliance with the system performance and material requirements. c) Paint manufacturer's instructions and recommendations on surface 1 preparation, application and curing. d) Colors available for each product,where applicable. e) Compatibility of shop and field applied coatings,where applicable. f) Material Safety Data Sheets for each product used. g) VOC of each paint or coating proposed, stated in grams per litre. rn 3. Samples a) Submit color samples of paint, finishes, and other coating materials on 8-1/2 ,.l inch by 11-inch sheet metal or heavy cardstock. Have each sheet completely coated over its entire surface with one protective coating material, type, and color. b) .Provide two sets of color samples to match each color selected by the City Engineer from the manufacturer's standard color sheets. If custom-mixed colors are indicated, prepare color samples using color formulations prepared to match the color samples furnished by the City Engineer. c) Submit one 15-pound sample of each abrasive proposed,to be used for surface preparation for submerged and severe service coating systems. 1 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Submit five (5) references which show that the painting Contractor has previous successful rl experience with the indicated or comparable coating systems. Include the name, address, and the telephone number for the owner of each installation for which the painting Contractor provided the protective coating. As an alternative, submit proof of certification in accordance 7 with SSPC-QP 1. B. For any project which involves removal or repair of lead based paints, submit proof of7 certification in accordance with SSPC-QP 2. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL RESTRICTIONS '--\ A. Ventilate area where coating is being applied. Post and enforce NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAME signs until coating has cured. 7 B. Provide lighting level of 80-foot candles (860 lx)measured mid-height at substrate surface. C. Restrict worker access and construction traffic from area where coating is being applied or is __ curing. 7 D. Comply with City of Houston and all applicable OSHA confined space entry regulations including but not limited to OSHA Permit-Required Confined Space Standard 1910.146. 1.09 WARRANTY INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE - I 11 1 A. Warranty Inspection: 1. A warranty inspection may be conducted during''-the eleventh month following completion of coating and painting. The Contractor and a representative of the coating material manufacturer must attend the inspection. At the option of the City, the City may be represented by a NACE certified coating inspector. 2. The City Engineer may, by written notice to the Contractor, reschedule the warranty inspection to another date within the one-year correction period, or may cancel the warranty inspection altogether. Cancellation of the warranty inspection does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. 3. Repair defective work discovered during the warranty inspection in accordance with these Specifications. B. Extended Maintenance of Chemical Tank Lining YPromptlyS stems: repair defects in the chemical resistant sheet lining system for a period of 2 years after the lining has been placed into service. Such maintenance includes repair of the chemical tank and any equipment or facilities damaged by the corrosive action of the chemicals. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COATINGS CRITERIA A. Suitability:Use suitable coating materials as recommended by the manufacturer. Recommendations must be accompanied by test methods used to determine suitability and results Of these tests. B. Compatibility: In any coating system, use only. compatible materials from a single t manufacturer. Give particular attention to compatibility of primers, intermediate coats and nish coats. If necessary, apply.a barrier coat`or tie coat between existing prime me coat and subsequent field coats to ensure compatibility. C. Containers: Supply coating materials in sealed containers that plainly show the designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, color, date of manufacture, and name of manufacturer, all plainly legible at the time of use. D. Colors: Use colors and shades of colors of all coats of paint as,indicated on the coating schedules or as selected by the City Engineer. Make each coat a contrasting shade to the previous and following coats to facilitate inspection of surface coverage of each coat. The City Engineer will select finish colors from the manufacturer's standard color samples. E. Substitute or Equal Products: 1. To establish equality under Section 01630—Product Substitution Procedures, furnish satisfactory documentation from the manufacturer of the proposed substitute product r r that the material meets the indicated requirements and is equivalent to or better in the following properties: a) Resistance to abrasion and physical damage. b) Resistance to chemical attack. c) Life expectancy. d) Ability to recoat in the future. e) Solids content by volume. f) Dry film thickness per coat. g) Compatibility with other coatings. h) Suitability for the intended service. i) Temperature limitations in service and during application. j) Type and quality of recommended undercoats and topcoats. k) Ease of application. 1) Ease of repairing damaged areas. 1 m) Stability of colors. n) VOC content expressed in grams per liter. 2. For substitutions, submit protective-coating materials which are standard products produced by recognized manufacturers who are regularly engaged in production of such materials for essentially identical service conditions. Where requested, provide the City Engineer with the names of not less than 10 successful applications of the proposed manufacturer's products, which comply with these requirements. Applications must be in similar service environments to the job being contracted. 2.02 INDUSTRIAL COATING SYSTEMS 1")A. Material Sources: Each of the following manufacturers is capable of supplying many of the specified industrial coating materials. Manufacturers and specific paint designations (numbers) are listed to indicate the required type and quality of coating. Contractors are to base their bid on the use of products supplied by one of the named manufacturers. These named manufacturers are designated to establish a level of acceptable product quality or manufacturing experience and are not to be construed as the only manufacturers of products ,s.j acceptable for use. Other manufacturers will be considered on an individual basis, and may be submitted for consideration in accordance with Document 0700, Article 3.8, Product Options and Substitutions (excluding 3.8.3), Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures, Section , 01630—Products Substitution Procedures, and this Section. 1. AKZO/International Coatings 2. Ameron International 3. Carboline Coatings Company 4. Hempel Coatings USA, Inc. 5. ICl/Devoe Coatings 6. Sigma Coatings USA, Inc. - 7. Tnemec Company 8. Sherwin Williams Co. 1 1 r r B. System 1 — Aliphatic Polyurethane Finish Coat: Use a two-component aliphatic acrylic polyurethane coating that provides superior color and gloss retention,- resistance to splash from acid and alkaline chemicals, resistance to chemical fumes and-severe weathering, and has a minimum solids content of 58 percent by voluble. As primer,use a rust inhibitive 2- component epoxy coating with minimum solids content of 66 percent by volume. 1. Prime Coat: a) DFT=4-6 mils(100-150 microns). b) Products: Ameron 385, Carboline 893, Tnemec 69, VyGuard V75, SW Macropoxy 646 FC Epoxy, or equal. 2. Finish Coats (one or more): a) DFT =2-4 mils (50-100 microns). b) Products: Ameron 450 GL, Carboline 134 HG, Tnemec 74, VyGuard V54, Sherwin Williams Hi-Solids Polyurethane, or equal. 3. Total System=6-10 mils (150 250 microns). 4. Apply more than one finish coat as necessary to produce a finish with uniform color and texture. C. System 2 —Inorganic Zinc/Epoxy Polyurethane: For prime coat, use 'a 2-component water or solvent-based inorganic:zinc silicate which .contains at least 85 percent of metallic zinc by weight in the dried film, and is recommended by the coating manufacturer as a primer for this system. As intermediate coat,use a high-build, 2-component epoxy with a solids content of at least 70 percent by volume. For finish coat, use a 2-component aliphatic acrylic or polyester polyurethane coating material that provides superior color and gloss retention, resistance to chemical fumes and severe weathering, and has a minimum solids content of 58 percent by volume. 1. Prime Coat: a) DFT=2.5-4.0 mils (65-100 microns). b) Products: Ameron Dimetcote 21-5 or 21-9, Carboznc 11 or D7WB, VyGuard 13F6 or 13F7, SW Zinc Clad II L.V. or equal. " 2. Intermediate Coat: a) DFT=4-6 mils (100-150 microns). b) Ameron 385, Carboline 893,VyGuard V75, or equal. 3. Finish Coats (one or more): a) DFT_=2.5 to.4.0 mils (65-100 microns). b) Ameron 450 GL, Carboline 134 HG, VyGuard V54, Sherwin Williams Hi-Solids Polyurethane, or equal. 4. Total System DFT= 9-14 mils(225.-600 microns). 5. Apply intermediate coat in .excess of 4 mils (100 microns) DFT using the mist coat/full coat technique to completely cover the inorganic zinc primer and prevent bubbling of the epoxy or polyurethane finish coat. 6. Apply more than one finish coat as necessary to produce a finish with uniform color and texture. 7. If inorganic zinc primer is used.as a pre-construction-or shop-applied primer, and there are damaged or uncoated areas, spot blast the damaged areas with abrasive to an SSPC-SP 10 Near White Metal Standard and then coat with the specified material. U U _J D. System 3 — Inorganic Zinc: Use a 2-component water-based inorganic zinc silicate which contains at least 85 percent of metallic zinc by weight in the dried film. 1. Prime Coat and Finish Coat(one). a) DFT=2.5.to 4.0 mils (65-100 microns). b) Products: Ameron Dimetcote 21-5, Carbozinc D7WB, VyGuard 13F6 or 13F7, S.W. Zinc Clad XI, or equal. 2. Total System DFT=2.5 to 4.0 mils (65-100 microns). E. System 4 — Acrylic Latex: Use a single component, water-based acrylic latex with a fungicide additive having a minimum solids content of 35 percent by volume. Apply a prime coat as recommended by manufacturer. Select coating material, which is available in ANSI safety colors. 1. Prime Coat ,-- a) DFT=2-3 mils (50-75 microns). b) Products: Carboline D3358, Ameron 148, Hemucryl 1803, Sherwin Williams DTM Primer/Finish. 2. Finish Coats (2 or more): a) DFT=6-8 mils (150-200 microns). b) Products: Carboline D3359, Ameron 220, Hemucryl 4803, Sherwin Williams DTM Acrylic Coating or equal. 3. Total System DFT= 8-11 mils (200-275 microns). F. System 5 _ Epoxy: Use a two-component, rust inhibitive, polyamide-cured epoxy coating material with a recoatable finish that is available in a wide selection of colors. Use a coating with a minimum solid content of 66 percent by volume and resistant to service conditions of condensing moisture, splash and spillage of lubricating oils, and frequent washdown and 741 cleaning. 1. Prime Coat: a) DFT= 3-5 mils (75-125 microns). b) Products: Ameron 385PA, Carboline 193, Tnemec 69, VyGuard V75, Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646 FC, or equal. 2. Prime Coat (where shop applied): a) DFT=3-5 mils(75-125 microns). b) Products: Ameron 370, Carboline 193, Tnemec 161, VyGuard V75, Sherwin y Williams Recoatable Epoxy Primer, or equal. 3. Finish Coats (2 or more): a) DFT= 5-7 mils (125-175 microns). b) Products: Ameron 385, Carboline 893, Tnemec 69, VyGuard V75, Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646 FC,or equal. 4. Total System DFT= 8-12 mils(200-300 microns). G. System 6 —Aliphatic Polyurethane, Fiberglass: Use a two-component aliphatic polyurethane coating material with superior color and gloss retention, resistance to splash from acid and alkaline chemicals, and resistance to chemical fumes and severe weathering. Use a primer,tie coat, or mist coat as recommended by the manufacturer. ri 1. Prime Coat (Tie Coat): Ameron 385, Carboline 893, Tnemec P66, VyGuard V75, Macropoxy 646 FC, or equal: • r, 2. Finish Coats (2 or more): a) DFT-2-4,mils (50-75-microns). b), Products: Ameron Amershield, Carbothane 134 HG, Tnemec 74, VyGuard V54, ! or.equal.: H. Section 7 — Alkyd Enamel: Use a high quality, gloss, or semi-gloss, medium long oil alkyd Lfinish with a minimum solids content of 49 percent by volume. Apply primer as recommended by:manufacturer. 1. Prime Coat: a) DFT=2-3 mils(50 to 75 microns). b) Products: Ameron 5105, Carboline AD29, Tnemec P4-55, VyGuard 13R29, kern Kromik Universal, or equal. 2. Finish Coats (2 or more): a) DFT=2-4 mils(50-75 microns). b) Products: Ameron 5401HAS, Carboline .GP62, Tnemec 2H, VyGuard V20, Sherwin Williams Indusrial Enamel, or equal. 3. Total System DFT=4-7 mils(100-175 microns). I. System 8—Aluminum Metal Isolation: Use one coat of a high-build polyamide epoxy paint. 1. Products: Tnemec P66, Ameron 385, Carboline 893, Tnemec P66, VyGuard V75, Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646 FC, or equal. 2. Total System DFT= 6-8 mils (150-200 microns). J. System 9—Aluminum Silicone Resin: Usean aluminum silicone resin material suitable for a service temperature of up to 1000 degrees F (538 degrees C).-Coating must comply with Federal Specification DOD-P-28. 1. Prime Coat and Finish Coat.(2 or more): a) DFT=2-4 mils(50-100 microns) b) Products: Tnemec 3.9-1.0.61, Ameron 878,.Carboline 4631, VyGuard V437A1, Sherwin Williams Steel Master'.9500 or equal c) Total System DFT=2-4 mils (50-100 microns) K. System 10—Zinc Rich Epoxy:Use a polyamide Epoxy resin material that contains at least 76 percent zinc in the dried film. 1. Prime Coat and Finish Coat(2 or more): a) DFT= 3-5 mils (75-125 microns) r ,b) Products: :Ameron 68HS, Carboline 858, VyGuard 13F4, Sherwin Williams Zinc Clad IIIor equal . c) Total System DFT `3'=5'mils(75-125 microns) 4. Installation: Install lining materials in accordance with the material manufacturer's written installation instructions. Line interior surfaces including piping, vents, fittings;flange faces,manhole covers, and blind flanges. 5. Testing: Test the lining system for holidays in accordance with this Section before and after curing. 6. Curing: Cure the lining system by steam using the time and temperature as required by the material manufacturer. G. System 105 —Vinyl Ester: Use vinyl ester resin coating material with an inert flake pigment that is suitable for immersion service in 30 percent hydrochloric acid and 30 percent sulfuric acid solutions. —" 1. Coating (2 or more coats): a) DFT=40-45 mils (1000-1125 microns). b) Products: Plasite 4100, Sherwin Williams Magnalux 304 FF,or equal. c) Prime Coat: As recommended by the material manufacturer. H. System 106 100% Solids Epoxy: Use a solventless epoxy resin coating suitable for severe service areas subject to splash, spillage or intermittent immersion in wide range of industrial chemicals and wastewater. Coating to resist normal abrasion from rolling vehicles. 1. Coating (2 or more coats): a) DFT= 15-20 mils (325-500 microns). b) Products: Aineron, Carboline, Sherwin CorCote HCR. c) Prime Coat: As recommended by manufacturer. f System 107 — 100% 'solids Epoxy Sealer: Use a clear, unpigmented solventless epoxy suitable for application over marginal surfaces, including damp surfaces, tight rust and tight old coatings. Coating serves as primer for alkyd, acrylic, epoxy, and polyurethane finish coats. 1. Coating (1 coat only): a) DFT= 1-2 mils(25-50 microns). b) Products: ICl/Devoe 167 PrePrime, Carboline Rust Bond, Sherwin Williams 920 PrePrime, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION _ 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Require the protective coating manufacturer to furnish a qualified technical representative to visit the project site for technical support as may be necessary to resolve field problems tom{ attributable to or associated with manufacturer's products. �' r B. For submerged and severe service coating systems; require the paint manufacturer to furnish the followingservices: 1. Provide at least 6 hours of on-site instruction on the proper surface preparation, use, mixing, application,and curing of the coating systems. 2. Observe the start of surface preparation, mixing, and application and curing of the coating systems. 3. Provide the services of a.NACE Certified Coating, Inspector at all times during the surface preparation, mixing, application, curing and testing of all coatings applied in submerged or acid spill areas. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP Use skilled craftsmen and experienced supervision. For all involvinglead based paint A. P P jobs removal or repair, require the presence of-a certified Competent Person, Lead per OSHA requirements. B. Apply coating to produce an even film of uniform thickness. Give special attention to edges, corners, crevices, and joints. Ensure thorough cleaning and an adequate thickness of coating material: Apply coatings to produce finished surfaces free frond runs, drips, ridges, waves, laps, brush marks, and variations in color,texture and finish. Effect complete hiding so that the addition of another Coat would not increase.the hiding. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and similar areas receive a film thickness equivalent to adjacent areas. Apply a brushed stripe coat to all edges and welds after priming submerged or severe service areas. C. Remove, mask or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts; bearings, name plates on machinery, and other surfaces not to be painted. Provide drop cloths to prevent coating materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces: Protect the.working parts of mechanical and electrical 'equipment from damage during surface preparation and coating operations. Mask openings in motors to prevent entry of coating or other materials. D. Do not damage adjacent work during blast cleaning operations. Perform spray painting under carefully controlled conditions. Promptly repair any.damage to adjacent work or adjoining property occurring from blast cleaning or coating operations. E. Coordinate cleaning and coating so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly-coated surfaces. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS A. The following referenced surface preparation standards of the Society for Protective Coatings -(SSPC) form a part of this Specification: 1 1. Solvent Cleaning (SSPC-SP1): Removal of oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other soluble contaminants from steel surfaces .by cleaning with solvent, vapor degreasing, emulsion or alkaline cleaners, or steam. 2. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP2): Removal of all loose rust, loose mill scale, loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter by hand chipping, scraping, sanding, and wire brushing. 3. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP3): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter, by rotary or impact power tools, power wire brushing, or power abrading. 4. White Metal Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP5/NACE 1): Removal of all visible oil, grease, soil, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coating, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter by blast cleaning. 5. Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP6/NACE 3): Removal of all visible oil, grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coating, oxides, corrosion products, .and other foreign matter, except limit random staining to no more than 33 percent of each unit area of surface. 6. Brush-Off Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP7/NACE 4): Removal of all visible oil, grease, -- dirt, dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose coating, all of which are considered tightly adherent if they cannot be removed by lifting with a dull putty knife. 1 7. Near-white Blast Cleaning(SSPC-SP10/NACE 2): Removal of all visible oil, grease, dirt, mill scale, rust, coating, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except limit random staining to no more than 5 percent of each unit area of surface. 3.04 METAL SURFACE PREPARATION (UNGALVANIZED) 1 A. Provide the minimum abrasive-blasted surface preparation as indicated in the coating system schedules at the end of this Section. Where there is a conflict between these specifications and the coatings manufacturer's printed recommendations for the intended service, the higher degree of cleaning applies. B. Perform metal surface preparation in conformance with the current SSPC/NACE Standards and this Section. Blast cleaned surfaces must match standard samples in SSPC-VIZ 1. C. Remove oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants prior to blast cleaning using solving cleaning as per SSPC-SP1. D. Round or chamfer sharp edges. Grind to smooth finish burrs, surface defects, and weld splatter prior to blast cleaning. E. Select the type and size of abrasive to produce a surface profile that meets the coating manufacturer's recommendation for the particular coating and service conditions. As r r abrasives for submerged and severe service coating systems use clean, hard, sharp cutting r crushed slag. Do not use automated blasting systems and metal shot or grit for surfaces that will be in submerged service, even if subsequent abrasive blasting is planned with hard, sharp-cutting slag. F. Do not reuse abrasive except when an automated blasting system is used for surfaces that will be in non-submerged service. For automated blasting systems, use clean, oil-free abrasives. In the abrasive mix, use at least 50 percent steel grit. Replenish abrasive mix with new shot/grit combination as necessary to maintain the anchor profile within %2 mil (13 microns) of the specified profile. G. Comply with the applicable federal, state, and local air pollution control regulations for blast Cleaning. H. For air-blast cleaning, supply compressed air at adequate pressure from well-maintained compressors.equipped with oil and a moisture separator whkch delivers oil and water-free air as checked with white blotter, white cloth, or plastic sheets at the beginrimg of each blasting sequence. I. Clean surfaces of dust and residual particles of the cleaning operation using dry air-blast cleaning, vacuuming, or another approved method prior to ipainting. Vacuuming must be the final cleaning method immediately prior to painting areas that will go into submerged service. J. In enclosed areas and other areas where dust may settle, vacuum the surface clean and wipe it with a tack cloth. K. Remove damaged or defective coatingb the specified blast orpower tool cleaningto meet g.: Y P the clean surface requirements before recoating. rs L L. If the specified abrasive blast cleaning will damage adjacent work, the area to be cleaned is less than 100 square feet, and the coated surface will not be in submerged service, then SSPC-SP2—Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP3 —Power ool Cleaning, may be used. If the coated area to be cleaned is less than l00 square feet,and. ill be in submerged service, then SSPC-SP11 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal may be used. M. Completely remove shop-applied coatings of unknown omposition before the specified coatings are applied. Examine valves, castings,ductile or cast iron pipe, and fabricated pipe or equipment for the presence of shop-applied_ temporary. coatings. Completely remove temporary coatings by solvent cleaning per SSPC-SP1 method before starting abrasive blast cleaning. Alternate cleaning methods such as Baking Soda Blasting or Sponge Jet Blasting may be used as appropriate. N. Use the solvent cleaning method (SSPC-SP1) to clean shop-primed equipment in the field before finish boats are applied. 3.05 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR GALVANIZED FERROUS METAL r L �1 A. For galvanized ferrous metal, use the alkaline cleaning method per SSPC-SP1 to remove oil, grease, and other contaminants detrimental to adhesion of protective coatings. Alternate methods with biodegradable surfactant type cleaners followed by fresh water washing may be used as appropriate. B. Apply pretreatment coatings of surfaces in accordance with the printed recommendations of -, the coating manufacturer. 3.06 SURFACE PREPARATION OF FERROUS SURFACES WITH EXISTING COATINGS -- A. Remove grease, oil, heavy chalk, dirt, or other contaminants by solvent or detergent cleaning prior to abrasive blast cleaning. Determine the generic type of the existing coatings by laboratory testing. B. Provide the degree of cleaning specified in the coating system schedule for the entire surface to be coated. If the degree of cleaning is not indicated in the schedule, remove deteriorated coatings by abrasive blast cleaning to meet the requirements of SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast '`l Cleaning. Clean areas of tightly adhering coatings to meet the requirements of SSPC-SP7 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning, with the remaining thickness of pre-existing coating not to exceed 3 mils. C. If coatings to be applied are not compatible with existing coatings, apply intermediate coatings conforming to the paint manufacturer's recommendation for the indicated coating system or completely remove the existing coating prior to abrasive blast cleaning. Make a small trial application for compatibility prior to painting large areas. Allow the trial application to cure for 7 days at 50° F (10°C) or higher before determining compatibility. . .i D. Completely remove coatings of unknown composition prior to application of new coatings. E. Where specified or where job site conditions do not permit dry-abrasive blasting for industrial coating systems due to dust or air pollution considerations, water jetting or wet- abrasive blasting may be used. In both methods, use inhibitors approved by the manufacturer r, of the coating system, which will be applied over the cleaned area. Begin the coating application as soon as the surface has dried, and before the formation of any flash rusting. Perform water jetting with or without abrasive injection, as appropriate, to achieve the specified degree of surface cleanliness. Do not use water jetting methods for submerged or severe-service coating systems,unless specified for that area. 3.07 PLASTIC, FIBERGLASS, AND NONFERROUS METALS SURFACE PREPARATION A. Unless otherwise indicated, for equipment or parts of equipment which are not submerged in service, shop-prime, and then finish-coat in the field after installation. For methods, materials, application equipment, and other details of shop painting, comply with this Section. If the shop primer requires topcoating within a specified period of time, apply the ,. finish coating in the shop and then touch-up the paint after installation. r B. Perform surface preparation and coating work in' the fie�I ld for equipment, or parts,and surfaces of equipment.which are submerged,or inside an enclosed hydraulic structure when in service, with the exception of pumps and valves:. C. , For certain pieces.of equipment, it may be undesirable or impractical to apply finish coatings in the field. Such equipment may include engine generator sets, equipment such'as electrical control panels, switch gear or main control boards, submerged parts of.punips,-ferrous metal passages in valves, or other items where it is not possible to' obtain the required quality in the field. For such:equipment, prime.and'finish-coat in the shop:and touch-up in the field after installation. Use the identical material for touch-up that was used for shop painting. Require the manufacturer of each such piece of equipment to certify as part of its shop drawings that the surface preparation is In accordance with these specifications. -Submit the coating material product data sheet with the shop drawings for the equipment. D. For certain small pieces of equipment, the-manufacturer_will have a standard coating system, which is suitable for the intended service conditions.In such cases, the final determination of suitability will be made during review of the shop drawing submittals. Equipment of this type generally includes _only indoor equipment such as. instruments, small compressors, and chemical metering pumps. E. Protect shop-painted surfaces during shipment and handling. Protect surfaces with padding or blocking. Lift equipment with canvas or nylon slings. Before being topcoated, do not expose primed surfaces to the weather for more than 2 months or less when recommended by the coating manufacturer. - F. Repair damage to shop-applied coatings in accordance with this Section and the coating L manufacturer's printed instructions. L G. Make certain that ;the shop primers and field topcoat are ;compatible and meet the requirements of this Section. Submit copies of applicable coating manufacturer's product data sheets with equipment shop drawings. 3.08 APPLICATION OF COATINGS A. Apply protective_.coatings to steel substrates in accordance.with SSPC=PA1 — Paint Application Specification No. 1. Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting: B. Inspect cleaned surface's and each coat prior to succeeding coats. Schedule inspections with the City Engineer in advance. C. Paint blast-cleaned ferrous metal surfaces before rusting or other deterioration of the surface occurs.,Limit blast cleaning to only those surfaces that can be coated in the same working day.unless the area to be coated is protected by humidity control equipment'set to maintain humidity below 50 percent at all times. D. Apply coatings in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and this Section, whichever has the most stringent requirements. L r 1 E. Give special attention to edges, angles, weld seams, flanges, nuts and bolts, and other places where insufficient film thickness is likely to occur. Use stripe painting by brush, after application of the primer, for these areas. F. Give special attention to materials, which will be joined so closely that proper surface preparation and application are not possible. Coat such contact surface prior to assembly or installation. Use only inorganic zinc primers on faying surfaces. G. Apply finish coats, including touch-up and damage repair coats, in a manner which will present uniform texture and color-matched appearance. H. Do not apply coatings under the following conditions: 1. Temperature outside of the manufacturer's recommended minimum and maximum range. 2. Dust or smoke laden atmosphere. 3. Substrate or air temperature less than 5°F (3° C) above the due point. 4. Air temperature is expected to drop below 40°F (14°C) or less than 5°F (3° C) above the dew point within 8 hours after application of the coating. 5. Wind conditions in excess of 15 MPH or dust laden. I. Determine the dew point by use of a sling psychrometer in conjunction with the U.S. Depaitiiient of Commerce,Weather Bureau psychometric tables. J. For steel piping which will not be buried, have the surface abrasive blast cleaned and primed before installation. K. Apply finish coats after concrete, masonry, and equipment installation is complete and the work areas are clean and dust free. Concrete must have cured for a minimum of 28 days @ 75° F (24° C) unless an approved epoxy sealer has been applied to green concrete within 12 hours of finishing the concrete. 3.09 CURING OF COATINGS A. Maintain curing conditions in accordance with the recommendations of the coating material manufacturer and this Section, whichever is the most stringent. Complete curing before placing the coating systems into service. �l B. In the case of enclosed areas, forced air ventilation using heated air may be required until the coatings have fully cured. '1 C. Forced air ventilation is required for the application and curing of coatings on the interior surfaces of. enclosed hydraulic structures. During application and curing periods, r 1 continuously exhaust air from the lowest level of the structure using portable ducting to force air into all compartments and around baffles. After interior coating operations have been completed, provide a final curing period that meets the minimum temperature and time requirements of the manufacturer of the coating system being applied, while operating the forced air ventilation system continuously. r1 it 3.10 SHOP AND FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Give the City Engineer a minimum of 3 days,advance notice of the start of any field surface preparation work Or coating application work, and a minimum of 7 days advance notice of the start of any shop surface preparation work. rrn B. Perform surface preparation and coating applications in the presence of the.city Engineer, or his appointed NACE certified coating inspector, unless the City Engineer has granted prior approval to perform the work in their absence. C. Inspection by the City Engineer or the NACE certified inspector, or the waiver-of inspection of any particular portion of the work, does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with these Specifications. D. , Erect and move scaffolding where requested by the City Engineer to facilitate inspection. Provide additional illumination to light areas to be inspected. Remove or grind smooth all scaffolding clips welded to,the structure prior to surface preparation of the structure. E. Until final acceptance of the coatings, furnish inspection devices in good working condition for the detection:of holidays and measurement of.dry-film thickness .(DFT) of protective coatings. Make ;DFT gauges available for the,City Engineer's use.throughout the coating process until final acceptance of the coatings.. Provide'the services of a NACE certified coating inspector for all holiday detection work until the fmal acceptance of the coatings. Operate holiday inspection devices in the presence of the cy Engineer. F. Perform holiday tests on coated_ferrous surfaces inside a steel reservoir, other surfaces that will be submerged in water or other liquids, or surfaces which are enclosed in a vapor space in such structures. Perform holiday tests on;surfaces coated with any of the submerged and severe service coating systems. Mark and repair or recoat areas which contain holidays in accordance with the coating manufacturer's printed instructions and,then retest. DO NOT PERFORM HOLIDAY TESTING AFTER STRUCTURE HAS BEEN SUBMERGED. 1. Coatings with Thickness Exceeding 20 mils (500 microns): For surfaces having a total DFT exceeding 20 mils (500 microns); use a.pulse-type holiday Detector such as Elcometer 136, or equal.Adjust and operate in accordance with NACE RP0188. 2. Coatings with Thickness of 20 mils (500.microns) or-Less: For surfaces having a total DFT of 20 mils or less, use Elcometer 269 non-detructive type holiday detector, or q,ual. Instrument must operate at less than 75 volts. For thicknesses between 10 and 20 mils (250 and 500 microns), a non-sudsing type wetting agent such as Kodak Photo-Flo, or equal, may be added to the water prior to'wetting the detector sponge. For submerged or severe service areas, the residue of the wetting agent must be removed with clean, fresh water prior to application of any additional coats. G. On ferrous metals, measure the DFT in accordance with SSPC-PA2 Measurement of Dry Filth Thickness with magnetic gauges using either a pull-off type gauge (Elcometer 211) or r r fl constant pressure gauge (Elcometer 345F), or equal. Test each coat for the correct thickness. Calibrate the DFT gauge at the beginning of each workday or shift in accordance with the directions of the manufacturer of the gauge. Do not take measurements until at least 8 hours after coating application. On non-ferrous metals, measure the DFT with positive pressure eddy current gages (Elcometer 345N) or equal. r'! H. Evaluation of blast-cleaned surface preparation work will be based upon comparison with photographic samples contained in SSPC-VIZ 1. Evaluation of surface profile will be based upon the use of TesTex pressure sensitive tapes. 3.11 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING 1 A. Painting and Color Coding: 1. Use colors and signs to identify all piping which is exposed to view in buildings or tunnels, above suspended ceilings or exposed above grade, and all outdoor piping. Identify each pipe by a color complying with the following schedule of colors and by applied markers. 2. Coat pipes with the number of coats and type of material specified. Base coats for pipeline painting may be a neutral color. Make each succeeding base coat a contrasting color. For the final coat, comply with the pipe identifying color schedule. 3. Apply pipe identification markers to exposed piping, except for the following pipe at wastewater lift stations: a) Discharge piping for wastewater pumps. b) Vent piping. c) Any piping inside wet wells. B. Pipe Identification Markers: 1. Identify all pipes with applied signs or markers at 15-foot centers, at both sides of penetrated walls or floors, adjacent to valves, at connected equipment, at branch fittings, and in congested pipe layouts. a) Apply markers consisting of signs with legends as follows: OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF LENGTH OF SIZE OF PIPE OR COVERING COLOR FIELD LETTERS (INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES) _ 3/4 to 1- 1/4 8 1/2 S 1- 1/2 to 2-3/8 8 3/4 2- 1/2 to 5-7/8 12 1- 1/4 6to7-7/8 12 1- 1/4 _ 1 8 to 10 24 2- 1/2 Over 10 32 3- 1/2 b) As pipe markers, use semi-rigid outdoor grade acrylic plastic, Seton Name Plate _ Corp., SetMark, or equal. Use Type SNA for outside diameters 3/4 through 5-7/8 7 7 inches and Type STR for plirich'CUtS'ide diameter or larger. For pipes less than 7 , ,_ . ,, . 3/4-inch in diameter,•tse applied marker of brass identification tags 1-1/2 inches square with depressed.letteril/4-ineh'-high,'blaak=filled. Apply tightly to pipeline with metal or plastic straps. 7 C. Pipe Identification Color Schedule: ., 7 1. For wastewater faCilities refer to current version of TCEQ'Cliapter 217. For piping systems not found in TCEQ chapter 217, use the colors listed in the following pipe identification color'SChedule: 7 PIPE IDENTIFICATION COLOR SCHEDULE 7 tt PIPING SYSTEM _ COLOR STD FED..STD , _ .NO. Fire Mains 11105 Oxygen Orange 12246 Sodium Hypochlorite- Yellow 13655 Raw Polymer, -. . -__ Pink 11156 L: Purple , , 17142 ,Diluted Polymer Natural Gas Yellow... . 13655, 7 Heating Water Pink, , 11158, . Domestic Hot Light Pink , 11668 . Potable Water Blue 15102 r Non-Potable Water • White 178/5 . L Instrument Air Green 14187 Plant Air- _ _ , , Dark.Green ,. 14110 7 Raw.Sewage _ - : Gray 16473, Grit .. _ Dark Gray 16187 Cyclone Return . .._ Cray _ 16473: LTPIPING SYSTEM,Classifier Return , . _ '" Gray 16473-, , . , COLOR CO_ FED. STD.NO. __ _ _ Heavy Solids '' Dark Brown - •- , 10080- • 7 Return Sludge '."- " • Brown' :10091 Waste Sludge ' Yellow-Brown .10266.: . Scum ' . ' " Light Brbw--ii ' -10334 - Chilla Water Supply(CWS) ' ' - Blue=Green 14329 7 Chilled Water Return(CWR) Condensing Water Supply(Cond-WS) Bliie-Green'- ' ' " 14325 Light Green - 14533 CondenSing Water Return(Cond-WR) Light Giden ' ' ' 14533 __ ,_. . . _ . , . Deionized Water(DW) Light Blue Vacuum(Vac) White 15526 17875 Vent ' - - Light Gray ' ' 16492 r . , r . , - . . . 1 .: • LI 2. For pipe identification colors not listed above, follow American National Standard (ANSI 413.1-81) Color Scedillet 7 a) Materials inherently hazardous, flammable or explosive; chemically active or toxic; extreme temperature or pressure; radioactive: Yellow Field with Black Letters. 7 7 b) Material of inherently low hazard_— liquid or liquid admixture: Green Field with White Letters; gas or gaseous admixture: Blue Field with White Letters. c) Fire quenching materials, water, foam, carbon dioxide, Halon, etc.: Red Field with White Letters. n 3.12 COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULES —FERROUS METALS A. Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal—Not Galvanized SCHEDULE NO. AND SURFACE SYSTEM NO./ APPLICATION PREPARATION DESCRIPTION FM-1: Surfaces indoors and outdoors, exposed or Near White Metal (2) covered, except those listed below. blast cleaning SSPC- Inorganic zinc/epoxy/ SP 10/NACE 2 polyurethane FM-2: Surfaces in chlorination room, chlorine Near White Metal (100) storage room, sodium hypochlorite storage room blast cleaning SSPC- Amine-cured epoxy SP10/NACE 2 FM-3: Surfaces of pumps and equipment and White Metal Blast (100) other ferrous surfaces submerged or Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Amine-cured epoxy intermittently submerged in potable water,utility NACE 1 water, and wastewater; including surfaces lower than 2 feet above high-water level in hydraulic structures, and surfaces inside enclosed hydraulic structures, pump state wet wells, and vents (excluding shop-coated valves, couplings, and pumps). FM-4: Surfaces exposed to high temperature Near White Metal (3) between 150°and 600°F (65°and 315°C). blast cleaning SSPC- Inorganic Zinc, water- SP 10/NACE 2 based FM-5: Surfaces exposed to high temperature Near White Metal (9) between 600°and 1000°F. blast cleaning SSPC- Aluminum silicon resin SP 10/NACE 2 FM-6: Where indicated,ferrous surfaces in water White Metal Blast (101) passages of valves 4-inch size and larger, exterior Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Polyamide-cured epoxy surfaces of submerged valves. NACE 1 FM-7: Where indicated, ferrous surfaces in water White Metal Blast (101) passages of pumps which have discharge size of Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Polyamide-cured epoxy 4 inches or larger; exterior, submerged surfaces NACE 1 - of pumps. FM-8:Ferrous surfaces of sleeve couplings. White Metal Blast (103) Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Fusion-bonded epoxy NACE 1 FM-9: Ferrous surfaces of sluice gates, flap White Metal Blast (101) gates, and shear gates, including wall thimbles. Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Polyamide-cured epoxy NACE 1 FM-10: Structural steel, miscellaneous metal Commercial Blast (10) work, and supports for prefabricated metal Cleaning(SSPC- Zinc Rich Epoxy buildings, not exposed to view in finished SP6/NACE 3 building. FM-12: Ferrous metal exposed to view, inside Near White Metal (2) 1 r 7 and outside of buildings. blast cleaning SSPC- Inorganic zinc/ 7 SP10/NACE 2 epoxy/polyurethane FM-13: Surfaces of indoor equipment not Commercial Blast (5) submerged. 'Clea11ing'SSPC-SP6/ Epoxy, equipment 7 _ . _NAGE`3 __- FM14: Exterior (exposed) surfaces shop-coated Light abrasive blast to (6) with fusion-bonded epoxy. . _roughen surface Aliphatic polyurethane . 7 B. Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal-Galvanized: Apply pretreatment coatings,barrier coatings, or washes as recommended by the coating manufacturer. 7 i . SCHEDULE NO. AND SURFACE SYSTEM NO./ PRE PARATION EPARATION DESCRIPTON FMG-1: Exposed surfaces indoors and outdoors, Alkaline cleaning (1)or(4) 7_ except those listed below. SSPC-SP1 AliphaticPolyurethane, or Acrylic FMG-2: Surfaces in chlorination room, chlorine Alkaline Cleaning (100) 7 1 storage room, and sodium m hypochlorite storage SSPC-SP 1 Amine-cured epoxy room. FMG-3: Surfaces submerged in water or Alkaline cleaning (100) 7 wastewater, including surfaces lower than 2 feet SSPC-SP 1 followed by Amine-cured epoxy above high-water . level and. surfaces inside Brush-Off blast hydraulic structures and vents cleaning SSPC-SP7/ _ NACE.4 „ . 7 FMG-4: Surface exposed to view, inside and Alkaline Cleaning ,(1)or(4) outside of building. SSPC-SP 1 Aliphatic polyurethane, orAcrylic 7C. •Coating System Schedule, Interior Surface of Welded Steel Tanks: Coat interior surfaces, including tank nozzles, manholes,nozzle necks, and flange faces.For steel tank exterior- r., coating systems, see paragraph 3.15.1, Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal—Not L Galvanized. PRODUCT STORED SURFACE PREPARATION SYSTEM NO:./DESCR PTION 7 Zinc Orthophosphate , White metal;blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 , Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene Liquid Alum White metal blast cleaning (104) 7 SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene Polymer White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACEI Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene 7 Sodium Bisulfite White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP51NACE1 Natural rubber(soft)or neoprene Ferric Chloride White metalblast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Natural rubber(hard) L Aqueous Ammonia White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Chlorobutyl rubber Caustic Soda Commercial Blast Cleaning No Coating r SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Sodium Hypochlorite White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Chlorobutyl Rubber 7 ri- Sulfuric Acid(max. 45% White metal blast cleaning (107) concentration) SSPC-SP5/NACE1. Hypalon Sulfuric Acid(above 40% White metal blast cleaning (107) concentration) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Viton Hydrofluosilicic Acid White metal blast cleaning (107) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Chlorobutyl Rubber Water,Potable Water,Utility White metal blast cleaning (100) Water SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Amine-Cured Epoxy rr- 3.13 COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULES,NONFERROUS METAL, PLASTIC, FIBERGLASS Where isolated non-ferrous parts are associated with equipment or piping,use the coating system for the adjacent connected surfaces. Do not coat handrails, gratings, frames, or hatches. Use primers recommended by coating manufacturer. SCHEDULE NO.AND SURFACE PREPARATION SYSTEM NO./DESCRIPTION 1 APPLICATIONS NFM-1: Exposed surfaces, indoors Solvent cleaned SSPC-SP1 (1) and outdoors, except those listed Aliphatic Polyurethane below. NFM-2: Chlorination room, chlorine Solvent cleaned SSPC-SP1 (100) storage room, sodium .hypochlorite Amine-Cured Epoxy storage room. - - NFM-3: Aluminum surfaces in Solvent cleaned SSPC-SP 1 ($.) contact with concrete, or with any Aluminum Metal Isolation other metal except galvanized ferrous metal. - NFM-4: Polyvinyl chloride plastic, Solvent cleaned SSPC-SP 1 (4) indoors and outdoors, not Acrylic submerged. NFM-5:Fiberglass surfaces. Per paragraph 3.09,Plastic, (6) Fiberglass, and Non-Ferrous Aliphatic Polyurethane I Metals Surface Preparation Fiberglass 1 END OF SECTION 1 I I SECTION 02921 TURF ESTABLISHMENT Ilgrris[oun{yr �., flood Control Disfrid PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. -Section includes requirements for preparation of the seedbed and planting of turfgrass. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Refer to Section 01270 — -Measurement and- Payment for unit price procedures. C. Areas with existing turfgrass cover not disturbed under this Contract, channel bottoms and areas not requiring turf establishment will'not be paid for. D. Areas beyond limits of the construction work which are disturbed due to the Contractor's techniques, access and related activities are not included in the measurement and are incidental. E. Irrigation will be.paid for per Section 02940—Irrigation. - F. Sod rolls greater than 24 inches wide will be paid for as 24 inch wide sod unless shown otherwise on the Plans. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 SOD A. Refer to Section 02922—Sod. 2.2 SEED A. Refer to Section 02923—Seed. 2.3 MULCH AND TACKIFIER A. Refer to Section 02925-Mulch and Tackifier. 2.4 FERTILIZER A. Refer to Section 02936--Fertilizer. r 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood-Control District Standard Specifications 02921 - 1/6 Turf Establishment r PART 3 —EXECUTION �II - 1 3.1 GENERAL F`1 A. Perform turf establishment as soon as practical after construction activities, but not later than 14 calendar days. Long term exposure of bare earth will not be permitted. Engineer may stop work on the project until exposed areas receive the designated turf establishment. _ B. Do not perform work on wet areas so that equipment operation causes rutting of the ground or when the soil is in a non-tillable condition. n 3.2 SEEDBED PREPARATION - A. Seedbed is defined as the soil designated to support turfgrass and/or sod, 4-6 inches in depth below the design surface or as directed by the Engineer. B. Correct irregularities in finished seedbed surfaces to eliminate depressions. C. Disk, harrow, rake or grade the seedbed until it is free of clods and roots. D. Remove roots and woody plants over 1 inch in diameter. E. Leave final surface in a loosened condition. F. Avoid surface crusting of the seedbed after rainfall, prior to turf _ establishment. Disk, harrow or rake to loosen soil surface. G. Grade the seedbed adjacent to existing turfgrass or pavement for areas receiving sod to permit sod to be flush with adjacent surfaces. H. Protect prepared seedbeds from damage by pedestrian or vehicular traffic. I. Obtain prepared seedbed inspection and acceptance from the Engineer prior to other turf establishment activities. 3.3 SEEDING A. Seed shall be applied in accordance with the following. SEED PLANTING SEEDING RATE PLAN DATES PLANT SPECIES (pounds/acre) 1 October 1 *"KY-31" Tall Fescue 15 to Common Bermudagrass 50 March 31 (60% Hulled and 40% Unhulled by weight) *"Gulf'Annual Ryegrass 15 Crimson Clover& Inoculant 20 2 April 1 *Foxtail Millet 15 to Common Bermudagrass 60 1 Sept. 30 (60% Hulled and 40% Unhulled by weight) - I 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Turf Establishment 02921 - 2/6 Standard Specifications r C r SEED PLANTING SEEDING RATE PLAN DATES PLANT SPECIES (pounds/acre) r" 3 April 1 *Foxtail Millet 15 to Hulled Common Bermudagrass 60 Sept.-30 "Pensacola" Bahiagrass 15 4 As Directed Hulled Common Bermudagrass '50 5 As Directed Crimson Clover 20 6 As Directed "Gulf Annual Ryegrass 30 7 As Directed *"KY-31" Tall Fescue 15 Common Bermudagrass 50 (60% Hulled and 40% Unhulled by weight) Winter Wheat or Winter Oats 10 Crimson Clover& Inoculant 20 8 As Directed Green Sprangletop. - 3 Sideoats Grama Grass 5 Wildrye 8 Little Bluestein 8 Lovegrass 2 Three-awn 4 Indicates MAXIMUM APPLICATION RATE ALLOWED. B. Planting dates are approximate. Engineer will determine which Seed Plan to use prior to the start of seeding. C. Seed Plan 1 is used when the average maximum daylight air temperature for the preceding two calendar weeks is less than 75 degrees F. D. Seeding rate is for "Pure Live Seed (PLS)." Percentage of purity, germination and dormant seeds,:as shown on the seed tag, shall be used to determine the actual application rate of bulk material to obtain required amount of PLS per acre. PLS = (%germination + %dormantseed) x %purity. E. Seed Plans 4-8 are used only when shown on the Plans or when directed by the Engineer. 3.4 PLANTING METHODS A. Method of planting is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule, on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. r 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications - 02921 -3/6: Turf Establishment C 1 3.5 DRY APPLICATION 1 A. Spread fertilizer evenly and uniformly. Incorporate fertilizer by disking, raking or harrowing into the seedbed prior to seeding. "l B. Seeding. 1. Plant seed with a broadcast seeder or a culti-packer seeder. Plant grass seed no deeper than 1/4 inch and the distance between rows 12 inches or less. Distribute seed uniformly. 2. Roll the planted seedbed with a culti-packer immediately after seeding and prior to applying mulch cover. 3. Seed may be broadcast by hand for small areas or areas inaccessible to seeding equipment, as approved by the Engineer. Areas seeded by hand shall be rolled or lightly compacted, if possible. C. Mulching. 1. Spread straw or hay mulch on seeded areas with a slope steeper than - - 6H:1V immediately after application of seed. 2. Apply straw or hay mulch at a rate per acre to create a uniform mat of coverage a minimum of 1/2 inch thick to protect the seedbed. _ 3. Secure straw or hay mulch with hydromulch or other approved methods. a. Apply a hydromulch, consisting of an homogeneous aqueous mixture of recycled paper fiber, water and tackifier or soil stabilizer, to achieve a rate of 1,000 pounds of paper fiber mulch per acre over the straw mulch. Apply guar gum tackifier at a minimum rate of 50 pounds (dry weight) per acre. b. Application rate for other tackifier or soil stabilizer compounds shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and approved by the Engineer. 3.6 HYDROSEEDING WITH MULCH A. Hydroseeding with mulch is the application of an homogeneous.aqueous mixture of seed, water, fertilizer, dye, wood fiber mulch and tackifier/soil �1 stabilizer to the seedbed. B. Add completely water soluble synthetic fertilizer, e.g., 1:2:2 ratio fertilizer at rate per Section 02936 .— Fertilizer (do not use slow release fertilizer containing sulfur coated urea (scu)) or organic fertilizer per Section 02936 — Fertilizer to the aqueous mixture no more than 30 minutes prior to application to prevent damage to the seed. C. Apply guar gum tackifier at a minimum rate of 50 pounds (dry weight) per acre. D. Apply wood fiber mulch at a rate of 2,000 pounds (dry weight) per acre. E. Application rate for other tackifier or soil stabilizer compounds shall be in 1 accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and approved by the Engineer. 1 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Turf Establishment 02921 - 4/6 Standard Specifications 1 r E 3.7 OVERSEEDING A. Overseeding is the broadcast application of seed (per Seed Plan 4, 5 or 6) and fertilizer to an area with existing vegetation. B. Mow site prior to overseeding at the direction of the Engineer. C. Lightly disk or harrow soil surface no more than 1 inch deep. D. Culti-pack area to cover seed with 1/4 inch of soil. 3.8 SODDING A. Place sod in areas as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. B. Refer to Section 02922—Sod. As a minimum: 1. Spread slow release fertilizer evenly and uniformly and incorporate by disking, harrowing or raking into the seedbed prior to placing sod. Li 2. Sod Panels. a. Place sod panels tightly against each other in rows. b. Stagger lateral joints. Exercise .care to ensure the sod is not stretched or overlapped and joints are butted tightly with no spaces between strips. c. Place a minimum of 4 staples per sod panel. 3. Sod Rolls. a. Provide rolls 24 inches wide. Sod roll is equivalent to two rows of sod panels. Do not provide rolls wider than 24 inches unless shown otherwise on the Plans. For sod rolls greater than 24 inches wide, provide a staple plan for approval. b. Exercise care to ensure the sod rolls are not stretched and joints are butted tightly with no spaces between roll ends. c. Place staples every 24 inches along each side. Stagger staples on opposing sides by 12 inches. Place additional staples in corners at roll ends and at the center of each end. d. Cut ends of sod rolls at 45 degree angle before placing adjacent rolls together. 4. Tamp or roll the sod after placement to ensure good contact with the seedbed. 5. Water sod during installation to prevent excessive moisture loss. 6. Immediately after installation of sod, remove extraneous clumps of sod or soil on sod and rake or wash off plant remnants on sod or adjacent pavements. C. Provide irrigation for a minimum of 60 days or as directed by the Engineer. 3.9 ACCEPTANCE AND CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBLITIES A. Engineer will approve turf establishment when specified planting method is complete. B. Replace dead sod panels for a period of 60 days after installation. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications 02921 -5/6 Turf Establishment r _ 1 3.10 DISPOSAL A. Refer to Section 02120 —Material Disposal. END OF SECTION I I J 7 7 I I 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Turf Establishment 02921 - 6/6 Standard Specifications 1 SECTION 02923 SEED Harris County flood Control District PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes-requirements for seed in support of turf establishment. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement and payment is made under this Section. Include cost for work under this Section in the related item listed on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. C. Refer to Section 01270 — Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Texas Seed and Plant Certification Act and Standards, Sections 21.9, 31.10 & 21.11. B. U.S. Department of Agriculture Rules and Regulations— Federal Seed Act. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01330—Submittal Procedures. B. Submit seed certification (copy of seed bag tag(s)). 1. Certification shall include common name; botanical name; percent by weight of each plant species; year of harvest; percent purity, germination and dormant seed; percent noxious weed content (maximum 1%); and date of certification. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Provide seed that complies with the referenced standards in this Section. B. Provide seed bags with tags affixed for inspection in the field. Bags without tags will be considered nonconforming. C. Seed shall be tested and certified by a commercial or State laboratory not more than 9 months prior to the date of planting. D. Provide seed in clean, unopened and undamaged bags. E. Provide seeds containing no objectionable material, such as sticks, stems and unthrashed seed heads, which will hinder proper distribution. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications. 02923 - 1/2 Seed E 1 1 F. Seed that is wet, moldy, starting to germinate or otherwise damaged, will be considered nonconforming. PART 3- EXECUTION — Not used END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 1 7 1 t 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Seed 02923 - 2/2 Standard Specifications 7 1 SECTION 02925Ask MULCH AND TACKIFIER Harris County flood Conirol District PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for mulch and tackifier or soil stabilizer in support of turf establishment. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement and payment is made under this Section. Include the cost for the work under this Section in the related item listed on the Unit Price Schedule. B. Measurement and payment is as noted on the Unit Price Schedule. C. Refer to Section 01270 — Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01330—Submittal Procedures. B. Submit product cut sheets for mulch and tackifier which clearly shows the amount of tackifier to be used per pound of mulch. C. Submit product information for mulch. D. Submit product information for tackifier. L E. Submit product information for soil stabilizer (if used) including application rate for required duration (months). PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 MULCH ioweeds A. Provide mulch products free of noxious and foreign materials. B. Provide mulch free of mold and rot. C. Provide commercial quality paper mulch consisting of paper cellulose fiber mulch made from post-consumer recovered paper materials such as Pro-Mate or approved equal. D. Provide commercial quality wood fiber mulch consisting of wood cellulose fiber mulch made from recovered wood materials such as Silva-Fiber® or approved equal. E. Provide straw mulch of oat, rice or wheat stem or other straw as approved by the Engineer. F. Provide hay mulch of prairie grass, Bermudagrass or other hay as approved by the Engineer. 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Standard Specifications 02925 - 1/2 Mulch and Tackifier E G. Provide screened, mature compost or other organic materials as approved F1 by the Engineer. _ 2.2 TACKIFIER A. Provide organic biodegradable tackifier manufactured from muciloids or guar gum. 2.3 SOIL STABILIZER A. Use a soil stabilizer in place of the guar gum tackifier when shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Soil stabilizers include products such as SoilMaster-WR®, Soil Sement®, UltraBond 2000®or approved equal. PART 3—EXECUTION—Not used END OF SECTION `1 1 fl 1 1 8/31/2005 Harris County Flood Control District Mulch and Tackifier 02925 - 2/2 Standard Specifications 1j 1 7 n r216.1 to 247.2 7 ...... 7 areas- 7 21 . . . 2-5,13.fisThe4fla*i÷a4111-fteeePt'alE4e-164€101"7-Prei4ele-fLetler-g-that 7 meet the requirements of Section 210.2.D,"Pneumatic.Tire Rollers." B. Alternative Equipment.Instead of the 3pccificd equipment;tho7 pr-elzkieequivalent--p&Aulis-ifkhe-seine-per46421-ef-tiftteDiseentinuthe the desired results arc not achieved. 7 . . . . . . . ' fahulatiensr 7 Offset each trip of the roller by at most 1 tiro width.Operate.rollers at.a speed between 2 and 6 miles per hour,as directed.If an unstable or non. Item. 7 . . . . surfaces being tested. E « _ „ will be paid for at the unit price bid for"Proof Rolling.".This price is full 7 , EITEM 247 FLEXIBLE BASE 7 247.1. Description.Construct a foundation course composed of flexible base. 7 247.2. Materials.Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of the plans and specifications.Notify the Engineer r 138 7 E. I �. 7 7 247.2 to 247.2 of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources.The 7. Engineer may sample and test project.materials at any time before compaction throughout the duration of the project to assure specification compliance.Use Tex=100-E material definitions. A. Aggregate.Furnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on the plans and conforming to the requirements of Table 1.Each source must meet Table 1 requirements for liquid limit,plasticity index,and wet ball mill for the grade specified.Do not use additives such as'but not limited to lime,cement,or fly ash to Modify aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1,unless shown on the plans. a� Table 1 )I _ Material Requirements Property Test Method Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3. Grade 4 7 Master gradation sieve size(%retained) 2-1/2 in. — 0 0 1-3/4 in. 0 0-10 0-107 Tex-110-E As shown 7/8 in. 10735 — — on the plans 3/8 in. 30-50 — — I� Na.4 45-65 45-75 45-75 J No.40 70-85 '60-85 50-85 Liquid limit,%max.' Tex-104-E 35 40 40 As shown on the plans7 • Plasticity index,max.' 10 12 12 As stiowri Tex-106-E on the plans Plasticity index,min.' • As shown on the plans Wet ball mill,.%max? 40 ' 45 - 7 Wet ball mill,%max. Tex-116-E As shown increase passing the 20 20 — on the plans No.40 sieve Classification' 1.0 1.1-2.3 — As shown 1 on the plans 1 Min.compressive strength3,psi Tex-117-E As shown lateral pressure 0 psi 45 35 — on the plans 7 lateral pressure 15 psi . 175 175 — 1.Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex-107-E(linear shrinkage)when liquid limit-is unattainable as defined in Tex-104-E. 2.When a soundness value is required by the plans,test material in accordance with 7 Tex-411-A. 3.Meet both the classification and the minimum compressive strength,unless otherwise shown'on the plans: • ^1 1397 7 247.2 to 247.2 1. Material Tolerances.The Engineer may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent gradation testslas an individual sieve,outside the specified limits of the gradation. When target grading is required by the plans,no single failing test .may exceed the master grading by more than 5 percentage points on sieves,No.4 and larger or 3 percentage points on sieves smaller than.No.4.. The Engineer may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent plasticity index tests is outside the specified limit.No single failirig`testmay exceed the allowable limit bymore than 2 points. 2. Material Types.Do not use fillers or binders unless approved. Furnish.the type specified,on the plans in accordance with the w1 following. L I a. Type A.Crushed stone produced and graded from oversize quarried aggregate that originates from a single,naturally occurring source.Do not use gravel or multiple sources. b. Type.B:Crushed or uncrushed graveL Blending of 2 or more sources is allowed. c. Type C.Crushed gravel with a minimum of 60%of the particles retained on a 11o.'4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by Tex=460-A,Part I.Blending of 2 or - more sources is'allowed. �' d. Type D.Type A,material,or,crushed concrete. Crushed .concrete containing gravel will be considered Type D material. Crushed concrete must meet the requirements in Section 247.2.A.3.b,"Recycled Material(Including Crushed Concrete)Requirements,"and be managed in a way to provide for uniform quality' .The Engineer May'require separate dedicated stockpiles in order to verify compliance. e. Type E.As shown on the plans. 3. Recycled'M'aterial.Recycled asphalt pavement(RAP)and other recycled materials may be used when shown on the plans.Request approval to blend 2 or more sources Of recycled materials. a. Limits on Percentage.When RAP is allowed,do not exceed 20%RAP by weight unless othertivise'shown on the plans.The percentage limitations for other recycled materials will be as shown On the plans: 140 247.2 to 247.2 b. Recycled Material(Including Crushed Concrete) Requirements. (1) Contractor Furnished Recycled Materials.When the Contractor furnishes the recycled materials,including crushed concrete,the final product will be subject to the requirements of Table 1 for the grade specified. Certify compliance with DMS-11000,"Evaluating and Using Nonhazardous Recyclable Materials Guidelines,"for Contractor furnished recycled materials.In addition, recycled materials must be free from reinforcing steel and other objectionable material and have at most 1.5% deleterious material when tested in accordance with Tex-413-A.For RAP,do not exceed a maximum percent loss from decantation of 5.0%when tested in accordance with Tex-406-A.Test RAP without removing the asphalt. (2) Department Furnished Required Recycled Materials. When the Department furnishes and requires the use of recycled materials,unless otherwise shown on the plans: • Department required recycled material will not be subject to the requirements in Table 1, • Contractor furnished materials are subject to the requirements in Table 1 and this Item, • the final product,blended,will be subject to the 1-1 requirements in Table 1,and • for final product,unblended(100%Department furnished required recycled material),the liquid limit, plasticity index,wet ball mill,classification,and compressive strength is waived. Crush Department-furnished RAP so that 100%passes the 2 in.sieve.The Contractor is responsible for uniformly blending to meet the percentage required. (3) Department Furnished and Allowed Recycled Materials.When the Department furnishes and allows the use of recycled materials or allows the Contractor to furnish recycled materials,the final blended product is subject to the requirements of Table 1 and the plans. c. Recycled Material Sources.Department-owned recycled material is available to the Contractor only when shown on the plans.Return unused Department-owned recycled materials to 141 1 247.3 to 247.4 the Department stockpile location.designated by the Engineer unless otherwise shown,on the_plans. The'use'of Contractor-owned recycled materials is allowed when shown on thee'plans.Contractor-owned surplus recycled materials remain the propertyof the Contractor.Remove Contractor-owned recycled materials from the project and dispose of them in accordance with federal,state,and local regulations before project acceptance.Do not intermingle Contractor-owned recycled material with Department-owned recycled material unless approved by the Engineer. B. Water.Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. C. Material Sources.When non-commercial sources'are used,expose the vertical faces of all.strata.of material proposed for use. Secure and process the material by successive vertical cuts extending through all exposed strata,:when directed. 247.3. Equipment.Provide machinery,tools,and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work.Provide rollers in accordance with Item 210, "Rolling."Provide proof rollers in accordance with Item 216,"Proof Rolling,"when required. 247.4. Construction.Construct each layer uniformly,free of loose or segregated areas,and with the required density and moisture content. Provide'a smooth surface that conforms to the typical sections,lines,and grades Stockpile shownbase onm the plans or directed. aterialtemporarasily at an approved location before delivery to the roadway.Build stockpiles in layers.no greater than 2 ft.thick:: Stockpiles must have a.total height between 10 and 16 ft.unless otherwise shown on the plans.After construction and acceptance of the stockpile, loading from the stockpile for delivery is allowed.Load by making successive vertical cuts through the entire depth of the:stockpile. Do not add or remove material from temporary'stockpiles that require sampling and testing before delivery unless otherwise approved.Charges for additional sampling and testing,required as a result of adding or removing material will be deducted from the Contractor's estimates. Haul approved flexible base in clean trucks.Deliver the required quantity to each 100-ft.station or designated stockpile site as shown on the plans. Prepare stockpile sites as directed.When delivery is to the 100-ft.station, manipulate in accordance with the applicable Items. 142 • L_' 7 fl 247.4 to 247.4 A. Preparation of Subgrade or Existing Base.Remove or scarify existing asphalt concrete pavement in accordance with Item 105, "Removing Stabilized Base and Asphalt Pavement,"when shown on the plans or.as directed. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the plans or as directed. When new base is required to be mixed with existing base,deliver, place,and spread the new flexible base in the required amount per station.Manipulate and thoroughly mix the new base with existing 1 material to provide a uniform mixture to the specified depth before shaping. When shown on the plans or directed,proof roll the roadbed in accordance with Item 216,"Proof Rolling,"before pulverizing or scarifying. Correct soft spots as directed. B. Placing.Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer with an approved spreader the same day as delivered unless otherwise approved.Construct layers to the thickness shown on the plans. Maintain the shape of the course.Control dust by sprinkling,as directed.Correct or replace segregated areas as directed,at no additional expense to the Department. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same fl construction methods required for the first course. C. Compaction.Compact using density control unless otherwise shown on the plans.Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the plans or approved.Bring each layer to the moisture content directed.When necessary,sprinkle the material in accordance with Item 204, "Sprinkling." Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller unit. On superelevated curves,begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side.Offset alternate trips of the roller. Operate rollers at a speed.between 2 and 6 mph as directed. Rework,recompact,and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture,density,stability,or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. Continue work until specification requirements are met.Perform the work at no additional expense to the Department. 1. Ordinary Compaction.Roll with approved compaction equipment as directed.Correct irregularities,depressions,and weak spots immediately by scarifying the areas affected,adding or 143 247.5 to 247.5 removing approved material as required,reshaping,and . recompacting. 2. Density Control.Compact to at least 100%of the maximum density determined by Tex-113-E unless otherwise shown on the Plans.Determine the moisture content of the material at the beginning and during compaction in accordance with Tex-103-E. The Engineer will determine roadway density of completed sections in accordance with Tex-1157E.The Engineer may accept the section if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent density tests is below the specified density and the failing test is no more than 3 pcf below the specified density. D. Finishing.After completing compaction,clip,skin,or tight-blade the surface with a maintaine•r or subgrade trimmer to a depth of Lapproximately 1/4 in.Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location:Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth surface is attained.Add small increments Of water'as needed during rolling. Shape arid maintain the course and surface in conformity'with the typical sections,lines,and grades as.shown On'the'plans'or as'directed. In areas where surfacing is to be placed,correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 in.in 16 ft.`measured'longitudinally or greater than 1/4 in:'over the entire width of the cros -section. Correct by loosening, adding,or' removing material.Reshape and recompact in accordance {� with Section 247:4.C,"Compaction:" E. Curing. Cure the finished section until the moisture content is at least 2 percentage.points below optimum.or as directed before applying the next successive course or prime coat. 247.5. Measurement.Flexible base will be measured as follows: • Flexible Base(Complete In Place).The ton,square yard,or any cubic LLB yard method. • Flexible Base(Roadway Delivery).The ton or cubic yard in vehicle. • Flexible Base(Stockpile Delivery).The tan,cubic yard in vehicle,or cubic yacdin stockpile. Measurement by the cubic yard in final position and square yard is a plans quantity measurement.The quantity to be paid for is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2,"Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurenierits or calculations will be made'if adjustments of quantities are required. 144 r E 1 n 247.6 to 247.6 Measurement is further defined for payment as follows. A. Cubic Yard in Vehicle.By the cubic yard in vehicles of uniform capacity at the point of delivery. B. Cubic Yard in Stockpile.By the cubic yard in the final stockpile position by the method of average end areas. C. Cubic Yard in Final Position.By the cubic yard in the completed and accepted final position.The volume of base course is computed in place by the method of average end areas between the original subgrade or existing"base surfaces and the lines,grades,and slopes of the accepted base course as shown on the plans. 7 D. Square Yard.By the square yard of surface area in the completed and accepted final position.The surface area of the base course is based on the width of flexible base as shown on the plans. 4-1 E. Ton.By the ton of dry weight in vehicles as delivered.The dry weight is determined by deducting the weight of the moisture in the material at the time of weighing from the gross weight of the material.The Engineer will determine the moisture content in the material in accordance with Tex-103-E from samples taken at the time of weighing. When material is measured in trucks,the weight of the material will be determined on certified scales,or the Contractor must provide a set of standard platform truck scales at a location approved by the Engineer. Scales must conform to the requirements of Item 520,"Weighing and Measuring Equipment." 247.6. Payment.The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under"Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for the types of work shown below.No additional payment will be made for thickness or width exceeding that �-{ shown on the typical section or provided on the plans for cubic yard in the 1 final position or square yard measurement. Sprinkling and rolling,except proof rolling,will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to this Item unless otherwise shown on the plans.When proof rolling is shown on the plans or directed,it will be paid for in accordance with Item 216,"Proof Rolling." p-iWhere subgrade is constructed under this Contract,correction of soft spots in the subgrade will be at the Contractor's expense.Where subgrade is not constructed under this project,correction of soft spots in the subgrade will 145 .l s1 1 n 251.1 to 251.2 be paid in accordance with pertinent Items or Article 4.2,"Changes in the Work." A. Flexible Base(Complete In Place).Payment will be made for the type and grade specified.For cubic yard measurement,"In Vehicle,""In LLL Stockpile,"or"In Final Position"will be specified.For square yard measurement,a depth will be specified.This price is full compensation r, for furnishing materials,temporary stockpiling,assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations to level stockpiles for measurement, loading,hauling,delivery of materials,spreading,blading,mixing, 7.1 shaping,placing,compacting,reworking,fmishing,correcting locations where thickness is deficient,curing,furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring,and equipment,labor,tools,and incidentals. B. Flexible Base(Roadway Delivery).Payment will be made for the type and grade specified.For cubic yard measurement,"In Vehicle"will be specified.The unit price bid will not include processing at the roadway. This price is full compensation for furnishing materials,temporary stockpiling,assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations to level stockpiles for measurement,loading,hauling,delivery of materials,furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring,and equipment,labor,tools,and incidentals. L C. Flexible Base(Stockpile Delivery).Payment will be made for the type and grade specified.For cubic yard measurement,"In Vehicle"or"In Stockpile"will be specified.The unit price bid will not include L processing at the roadway.This price is full compensation for furnishing and disposing of materials,preparing the stockpile area, temporary or permanent stockpiling,assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations to level stockpiles for measurement,loading, hauling,delivery of materials to the stockpile,furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring,and equipment,labor,tools,and incidentals. IT-FM-VA SJ 2 1 T ti 77e.C._ie a ist:....L___m te_ia er er e..:sting b..s_ b -- l it ithe.L.. phalti L - s T_ N _ . ..b ..l L ' L` L _ _ _ ifertm a alit.that meet-tL _ q nts of tL p r l i f t AT til tL L 146 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE Section 03315 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes the requirements for all labor, equipment, and material necessary for placement of cast-in-place, normal-weight concrete. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement shall be made under this Section. Payment shall be 1 included in unit prices for items to which this Section applies, unless otherwise noted. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACI 117— Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. I B. ACI 211.1 — Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. C. ACI 302.1R—Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. D. ACI 304R—Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. E. ACI 308—Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 1 F. ACI 309R—Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. G. ACI 311 —Guide for Concrete Plant Inspection and Field Testing of Ready-Mix Concrete. H. ACI 315 —Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. I. ACI 318-Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary. J. ACI 350—Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures K. ACI 544—Guide for Specifying, Mixing, Placing, and Finishing Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete. May 2012 Page 03315-1 4-1 1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602' CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE L. ASTM A 82—Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. M. ASTM A 185—Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. N. ASTM A 615 —Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.' O. ASTM A 767— Standard Specifications for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. P. ASTM A 775—Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. Q. ASTM A 820— Standard Specification for Steel Fibers for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete. R. ASTM A 884—Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Reinforcement. S. ASTM A 31 — Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. T. ASTM C 33 — Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. U. ASTM C 39—Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. V. ASTM C 42— Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. W. ASTM C 94—Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. X. ASTM C 138—Standard Test Method for Unit Weight Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. Y. ASTM C 143 —Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. Z. ASTM C 150— Standard Specification for Portland Cement. AA. ASTM C 172—Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. BB. ASTM C 173 —Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed ( Concrete by Volumetric Method. May'2012 Page 03315-2 r 1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE CC. ASTM C 231 —Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. DD. ASTM C 260—Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. EE. ASTM C 309— Standard Specifications for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. _ , FF. ASTM C 494— Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. GG. ASTM C 685 — Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric - Batching and Continuous Mixing. HH. ASTM C 1064— Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement Concrete. II. ASTM C 1077— Standard Practice for Laboratory Testing of Concrete and 1 Concrete Aggregate for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory -- Evaluation. JJ. CRSI MSP-1 —Manual of Standard Practice. KK. CRSI—Placing Reinforcing Bars. 1 LL. Federal Specification SS-S-210A— Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic, for Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints. I MM. NRMCA—Concrete Plant Standards. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. Unless specified otherwise, a minimum of six(6) copies shall be provided to the Engineer for approval. Up to four(4) copies of the submittal may be retained by the Engineer. I B. Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. C. Submit laboratory reports prepared by independent testing laboratory stating that materials used comply with requirements of this Section. 1 D. Submit manufacturer's mill certificates for reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by Engineer. May 2012 Page 03315-3 1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.'DR0602= ;, CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE ' E. Submit certification from concrete supplier that materials and equipment used to produce and deliver concrete comply with this Specification. F. Submit shop drawings showingleinforcement.type, quantity, size, length, location, spacing, bending, splicing, support, fabrication details, and other pertinent information. G. For waterstops, submit product information sufficient to indicate compliance with this Section,,includin g manufacturer.'s descriptive literature and specifications. 1.5 HANDLING AND STORAGE . A. Cement: Store cement off of ground in well-ventilated, weatherproof building. B. Aggregate: Prevent mixture of foreign materials with aggregate and preserve gradation of aggregate. ' C. Reinforcing Steel: Store reinforcing steel to protect it from mechanical injury and formation of rust: Protect epoxy-coated steel from damage to coating. PART 2 —PRODUC TS 2.1 . CONCRETE MATERIALS . . A. Cementitious Material: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I and II. For concrete in contact with sewage use Type II cement. 2. When aggregates are potentially reactive with alkalis in cement, use cement not exceeding 0.6 percent alkali content in form'of Na2O + 0.658K20. B. Water: Clean, free from harmful amounts of oils;acids, alkalis, or other deleterious substances, and meeting requirements of ASTM C 94. C. Aggregate: 1. Coarse Aggregate:- ASTM C 33. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as follows: a. Normal weight coricrete;iexcept as noted below— 1-1/2 inches (ASTM C 33, size No. 467). b. Formed members,6 inches Or less in least dimension—3/4 inch maximum (ASTM.0 33, size No..67). c. Slab 6 inches or less in depth—3/4 inch maximum (ASTM C 33, size No. 67). . . d. . Concrete:fill and seal slab—:3/8 inch(ASTM C 33, size No. 8). 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33. . May 2012 Page 03315-4 I City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 - . CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 3. .Determine potential reactivity of fine and coarse aggregate in accordance with Appendix to ASTM C 33. D. Air Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C 260. E. Chemical Admixtures: _ 1. Water Reducers: ASTM C 494, Type A. 2. Water Reducing Retarders: ASTM C 494, Type D. 3. High Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers): ASTM C 494, Types F and G. F. Prohibited Admixtures: Admixtures containing calcium chloride, thiocyanate, or materials that contribute free chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. G. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Use new billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A 615, ASTM A 767, or ASTM A 775, Grade 40 or Grade 60, as shown on Drawings. Use deformed bars except where smooth bars are specified. When placed in work, keep steel free of dirt, scale, loose or flaky rust,paint, oil, or other harmful materials. 2. Where shown, use welded wire fabric with wire conforming to ASTM A 185 or ASTM A 884. Supply gauge and spacing shown, with ,. longitudinal and transverse wires electrically welded together at points of intersection with welds strong enough not to be broken during handling or placing. 3. Wire: ASTM A 82. Use 16'h gauge minimum for tie wire, unless otherwise indicated. H. Fiber(where shown on Drawings): 7 1. Fibrillated Polypropylene Fiber: - a. Addition Rate: 1.5 pounds of fiber per cubic yard of concrete. b. Physical Properties: i. Material: Polypropylene ii. Length: '/ inch or graded iii. Specific Grayity: 0.91 c. Acceptable Manufacturer: W.R. Grace Company, Fibermesh, or approved equal. 2. Steel Fiber: Comply with applicable provisions of ACI 544 and ASTM A 820. a. Ratio: 50 to 200 pounds of fiber per cubic yard of concrete. b. Physical Properties: i. Material: Steel ii. Aspect Ratio (for fiber lengths of 0.5 to 2.5 inch, length divided by diameter or equivalent diameter): 30:1 to 100:1 May 2012_ Page 03315-5 r City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project"No.=DR0602 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE iii. Specific Gravity:, 78 iv. Tensile.Strength: 40-400_ksi v. Young's Modulus: 29,000 ksi vi. Minimum Average Tensile,Strength: .50,000 psi vii. Bending Requirements: Withstand bending around 0.125- inch diameter mandrel to angle of 90 degrees, at temperatures not less than 60 degrees F, without breaking. d I. Curing Compounds:,.Type 2:white-pigmented liquid membrane-forming compounds conforming to ASTM C 309. 2.2 FORMWORK MATERIALS A. Lumber-and Plywood: Seasoned and of good quality, free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay and other imperfections which would affect strength or impair finished surface of concrete. Use S4S lumber for facing or sheathing. Forms for bottoms of caps: At least 2 inch (nominal) lumber or 3/4 inch form plywood backed adequately to prevent misalignment. For general use,provide lumber of 1-inch nominal thickness or form plywood or approved thickness. B. Formwork for Exposed Concrete Indicated to Receive Rubbed Finish: Form or form-lining surfaces free of irregularities; plywood of inch minimum thickness, preferably oiled at mill. C. Chamfer Strips and Similar Moldings: Redwood, cypress, or pine that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to true line. Use mill-cut molding dressed on all faces. D. Form Ties: Metal or fiberglass of approved type with tie holds not larger than 7/8 inch in diameter. Do not use wire ties or snap ties. E. Metal Forms: Clean and in good condition, free from dents and rust, grease, or other foreign materials that tend to disfigure or discolor concrete in gauge and condition capable of supporting concrete and construction loads without significant distortion. Countersink bolt and rivet heads on facing sides. Use only metal forms which present smooth surface and which line up properly. 2.3 PRODUCTION METHODS A. Use either ready-mixed concrete conforming to requirements of ASTM C 94, or concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C 685. 2.4 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS May 2012 Page 03315-6 E 7 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station r� Project No.DR0602 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE I! A. Measure dry materials by weight, except volumetric proportioning may be used when concrete is batched and mixed in accordance with ASTM C 685. 7 B. Measure water and liquid admixtures by volume. r, 1 2.5 DESIGN MIX A. Use design mixes prepared by certified testing laboratory in accordance with 7 ASTM C 1077 and conforming to requirements of this Section. _, B. Proportion concrete materials based on ACI 211.1 to comply with durability and strength requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 4 and 5, ACI 350, and this i Specification. Prepare mix design of Class A and AB concrete so minimum cementitious content is 564 pounds per cubic yard. Submit concrete mix designs to Engineer for review. 1 C. Proportioning on basis of field experience or trial mixtures in accordance with ---, requirements at Section 5.3 of ACI 318 may be used, when approved by Engineer. 7 _, 7 D. Classification: 1 MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE CONSISTENC STRENGTH MAXIMUM AIR y RANGE IN CLASS TYPE (LBS/SQ. IN.) W/C RATIO CONTENT SLUMP (PERCENT) "' 7-DAY 28- (INCHES) i DAY - ' Structural 5.5±1 (1- A (concrete in 3200 4000 0.45 1/2")* 1 to 3 contact with 6±1 (3/4")* 1 to 4*** -i sewage) 5.5±1 (1- 1 to 3** AB Structural 3200 4000 0.45 1/2")* 1 to 4*** - 6±1 (3/4")* 4 to 6 **** BB Unreinforced 1500 8±2 (3/8")* 5 to 7 Concrete May 2012 Page 03315-7 1 7 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602, . : CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE * Value to right of percent air content represents the corresponding maximum aggregate size used. ** Concrete for footings, caissons,substructure walls. *** Concrete for slabs, beams reinforced walls, columns. ****.Concrete for drilled piers. . Note: When ASTM.0 494, Type F or G admixture is used to increase workability, the slump range of Class A and.AB,concrete may be 4 to.9., , E. Add steel or polypropylene fibers only when called for on Drawings. F. Determine air content in accordance with ASTM C 138, ASTM C 173, or ASTM C231. G. Use of Concrete Classes: Use,classes of concrete as indicated on Drawings. Use Class BB for unreinforced concrete used for plugging pipes, seal slabs, thrust blocks, trench dams, tunnel inverts and concrete fill unless indicated otherwise. Use Class A and AB for all other applications, where applicable. 2.6 PVC WATERSTOPS A. Extrude from virgin polyvinyl chloride elastomer..Use no reclaimed or scrap material. Submit waterstop manufacturer's current test reports and manufacturer's written certification that material furnished meets or exceeds Corps of Engineers Specification CRD=C572 and other specified requirements. B. Flat Strip and Center-Bulb Waterstops: 1. Thickness: Not less than 3/8 inch. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: - a. Kirkhill Rubber Co., Brea, California b. Water Seals, Inc., Chicago, Illinois c. Progress Unlimited, Inc.,New York,New York d. Greenstreak.Plastic Products Co., St. Louis, Missouri re. Approved equal. 2.7 RESILIENT WATERSTOP 0 A. Resilient Waterstop: Either.bentonite or adhesive-type material. B. Bentonite Waterstop: 1. Material: 75 percent bentonite, mixed with butyl rubber-hydrocarbon containing less than 1.0 percent volatile matter, and free of asbestos fibers or asphaltics. . 2. Manufacturer's Rate Temperature Ranges: For application, 5 to 125 degrees F; in service, -40 to 212 degrees F. 3. Cross-sectional dimensions, unexpanded waterstop: 1 inch by 3/4 inch May 2012 Page 03315-8 r 7 1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 4. Provide with adhesive backing capable of producing excellent adhesion to concrete surfaces. C. Adhesive Waterstop: 1. Preformed plastic adhesive waterstop at least 2 inches in diameter. ' 1 2. Meets or exceeds requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210A. 3. Supplied wrapped completely by 2 part protective paper. 4. Submit independent laboratory tests verifying that material seals joints in concrete against leakage when subjected to minimum of 30 psi water pressure for at least 72 hours. 5. Provide primer, to be used on hardened concrete surfaces, from same manufacturer who supplies waterstop material. 6. Acceptable Manufacturer: Synko-Flex Preformed Plastic Adhesive Waterstop, Synko-Flex Products, Inc.; or approved equal. --J PART 3 —EXECUTION 3.1 FORMS AND SHORING A. Provide mortar-tight forms sufficient in strength to prevent bulging between supports. Set and maintain forms to lines designated such that finished dimensions of structures are within tolerances specified in ACI 117. Construct forms to permit removal without damage to concrete. Forms may be given slight draft to permit ease of removal. Provide adequate clean out openings. Before placing concrete, remove extraneous matter from within forms. B. Install rigid shoring having no excessive settlement or deformation. Use sound timber in shoring centering. Shim to adjust and tighten shoring with hardwood timber wedges. C. Design Loads for Horizontal Surfaces of Forms.and Shoring: Minimum fluid pressure, 175 pounds per cubic foot; live load, 50 pounds per square foot. Maximum unit stresses: 125 percent of allowable stresses used for form materials and for design of support structures. D. Back form with sufficient number of studs and wales to prevent deflection. I E. Re-oil or lacquer liner on job before using. Facing may be constructed of 3/4 inch plywood made with waterproof adhesive backed by adequate studs and wales. In such cases, form lining will not be required. F. Unless otherwise indicated, form outside corners and edges with triangular 3/4 inch chamfer strips (measured on sides). - n May 2012 Page 03315-9 1 1 r City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 ' CAST IN PLACE.CONCRETE G. Remove:metal form ties to depth of at least 3/4 inch from surface of concrete. Do not bum off ties:Do not use pipe spreaders. Remove spreaders which are separate from forms as concrete is being.placed.7: - H. Treat facing of forms with approved form coating before concrete is placed. When directed by Engineer, treat both sides of face forms with coating. Apply coating before reinforcement is placed. Immediately before concrete is placed, wet surface of forms which will come in contact with concrete. 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT r, A. Place reinforcing steel accurately in accordance with Drawings and approved shop drawings. Secure steel adequately in position in forms to prevent misalignment. Maintain reinforcing steel in place using approved concrete and hot-dip galvanized metal chairs and spacers. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication"Placing Reinforcing Bars". Request inspection of reinforcing steel by Engineer and obtain acceptance before concrete-is placed.B. Minimum spacing center-to-center of parallel bars: 2/2 times nominal bar diameter, unless otherwise noted. Minimum cover measured from surface of concrete to face of reinforcing bar unless shown otherwise on Drawings: 3 inches for surfaces cast against soil or subgrade, 2 inches for other surfaces. C. Detail bars in accordance with ACI 315. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication MSP-1 "Manual of Standard Practice". Bend reinforcing steel to required shape while steel is cold. Excessive irregularities in bending will be cause for rejection. D. Do not splice bars without written approval of Engineer:Approved bar bending schedules or placing drawings constitute written approval. Splice and development length of bars shall conform to ACI 318, Chapters 7 and 12, and as shown on-Drawings. Stagger splices or locate at points of low tensile stress. 3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS ' A. Install conduit and piping as shown on Drawings. Accurately locate and securely fasten conduit,piping, and other embedded items in forms. B. Install waterstops as specified in other sections and according to manufacturer's instructions. Securely position waterstops at joints as indicated on Drawings. Protect waterstops from damage or displacement during concrete placing operations. 3.4 BATCHING, MIXING, AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE May 2012 Page 03315-10 r City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE A. Measure,batch, mix, and deliver ready-mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94, Sections 8 through 11. Produce ready-mixed concrete using automatic batching system as described in NRMCA Concrete Plant Standards, 1) Part 2—Plant Control Systems. B. Measure, mix, and deliver concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C 685, Sections 6 through 8. C. Maintain concrete workability without segregation of material and excessive bleeding. Obtain approval of Engineer before adjustment and change of mix proportions. D. Ready-mixed concrete delivered to site shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing information required by ASTM C 94, Section 16. Concrete produced by continuous mixing shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing information required by ASTM C 685, Section 14. r- E. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete,postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and ,� rising. Take temperature readings in shade, away from artificial heat. Protect 1{ concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until concrete has cured for minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F for 5 days at 50 degrees F. F. Clean, maintain, and operate equipment so that it thoroughly mixes material as required. G. Hand-mix only when approved by Engineer. 3.5 PLACING CONCRETE A. Give sufficient advance notice to Engineer(at least 24 hours prior to commencement of operations) to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing steel, embedded items and other preparations for placing concrete. Place no concrete prior to Engineer's approval. B. Schedule concrete placing to permit completion of finishing operations in - daylight hours. However, when necessary to continue after daylight hours, light site as required. When rainfall occurs after placing operations are started, provide covering to protect work. C. Use troughs, pipes, and chutes lined with approved metal or synthetic material in placing concrete so that concrete ingredients are not separated. Keep chutes, �I troughs, and pipes clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete. Allow no aluminum material to be in contact with concrete. May 2012 Page 03315-11 j 1-1 7 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station 7 Project No.DR0602, : CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE D. Limit free.fall of concrete to 4 feet. Do not deposit large quantities of concrete P"' . at one location so that running or working concrete along forms is required. Do L not,jar forms after concrete has taken initial set; do not place strain on projecting reinforcement or anchor bolts.7 . E. Use tremies for placing concrete in walls and similar narrow or restricted locations. Use tremies made in sections, or provide in several lengths, so that 7 outlet may be adjusted to proper heights during placing operations. F. Place concrete in.continuous horizontal layers approximately 12 inches thick. 7Place each layer while layer below is still plastic. G. Compact each layer of concrete with concrete spading implements and 7mechanical vibrators of approved type and adequate number for size of placement. Apply vibrators to concrete immediately after depositing. Move vibrator vertically through layer of concrete just placed and several inches into 7 plastic layer below. Do not penetrate or disturb layers previously placed which have partially set.. Do,not use vibrators to aid lateral flow.concrete. Closely supervise. consolidation to ensure uniform insertion and duration of immersion. 7 H. Handling and Placing Concrete: Conform to ACI 302.1R, ACI 304R, and ACI 309R. 7 3.6 WATERSTOPS A. Install waterstops at joints in concrete as shown on Drawings. PVC or resilient 7waterstops may be,used provided that waterstop type selected meets the requirements of this specification and are not otherwise specified on the Drawings. Waterstops shall be continuous for extent of joint; make splices 7 necessary to provide continuity in accordance with:manufacturer's instructions. Support and protect waterstops during constructions operations; repair or replace waterstops damaged during construction. 7 B. Install waterstops in concrete on one side of joints,-leaving other side exposed until next pour. When waterstop will remain exposed for 2 days or more, shade 7 and protect exposed waterstop from direct rays of sun during entire exposure and until exposed portion of waterstop is embedded in concrete. 7 C. Splicing.PVC Waterstops: 1. ' Splice waterstops by heat-sealing adjacent waterstop sections in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 7 2. Butt end-to end joints of two identical waterstop sections may be made in forms during placement of waterstop material. 3. Prior to placement.in formwork, prefabricate waterstop joints involving 7 more than two ends to be joined together, angle cut, alignment change, or joining of two dissimilar waterstop sections, allowing not less than 24 7 May 2012 Page 03315-12 7 I City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 • CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE inch long strips of waterstop material beyond joint. Upon inspection and approval by Engineer, install prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies in formwork, and butt-weld ends of 24 inch strips to straight-run portions of waterstop in forms. �II D. Setting PVC Waterstops: 1. Correctly position waterstops during installation. Support and anchor waterstops during progress of work to ensure proper embedment in concrete and to prevent folding over of waterstop by concrete placement. Locate symmetrical halves of waterstops equally between concrete pours at joints, with center axis coincident with joint openings. Thoroughly work concrete in joint vicinity for maximum density and imperviousness. 2. Where waterstop in a vertical wall joint does not connect with any other waterstop, and is not intended to be connected to waterstop in future concrete placement, terminate waterstop 6 inches below top of wall. E. Replacement of Defective Field Joints: Replace waterstop field joints showing evidence of misalignment, offset,porosity, cracks, bubbles, inadequate bond or other defects with products and joints complying with Specifications. F. Resilient Waterstop: 1. Install resilient waterstop in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 2. When requested by Engineer, provide technical assistance by manufacturer's representative in field at no additional cost. 3. Use resilient waterstop only where confinement by concrete is provided; do not use in expansion or contraction joints. 4. Where resilient waterstop is used in combination with PVC waterstop, lap resilient waterstop over PVC waterstop minimum of 6 inches and place in contact with PVC waterstop. Where crossing PVC at right angles, melt PVC ribs to form smooth joining surface. 5. At free top of walls without connecting slabs, stop resilient waterstop Fl and grooves (where used) 6 inches from top in vertical wall joints. _-J 6. Bentonite Waterstop: a. Locate bentonite waterstop as near as possible to center of joint and extend continuous around entire joint. Minimum distance -=� from edge of waterstop to face of member: 5 inches. b. Where thickness of concrete member to be placed on bentonite waterstop is less than 12 inches, place waterstop in grooves at least 3/4 inch deep and 13/4 inches wide formed or ground into concrete. Minimum distance from edge of waterstop placed in groove to face of member: 2.5 inches. c. Do not place bentonite waterstop when waterstop material temperature is below 40 degrees F. Waterstop material may be warmed so that it remains above 40 degrees F during placement _ May 2012 Page 03315-13 I L City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station 7 Project No:°DR0602 . CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE but means used to warm it shall in-no way harm material or its 7 , . properties:Do not install waterstop where air temperature falls ,. , outside.manufacturer's,recommended.range. .. d., . •.Place bentonite waterstop only on smooth and uniform surfaces; 7 grind concrete-smo.oth`when necessary to produce satisfactory substrate;.or bond-waterstop to irregular surfaces using epoxy grout-which completely fills voids and irregularities beneath waterstop material.:Prior to installation,wire brush concrete 7 surface to remove laitance and other substances that may interfere with bonding of epoxy. , . e. •• ; In addition to�adhesive backing provided with waterstop, secure 7 benonite waterstop in place with concrete nails and washers at 12 inch maximum spacing. 7 7. Adhesive Waterstop: a. With wire brush thoroughly clean concrete surface on which waterstop is to he placed and then:coat with primer. 7 b. If surface is-too rough to allow waterstop to form complete contact; grind to form,adequatelysinooth surface. c. :Install waterstop with top protective paper left in place. Overlap :joints between strips minimum of.1 inch and cover back over with protective paper. d. Do not remove protectivencret .before final completion. Place.coe.immediatepaperuntilly.just Time that waterstopformwork - material is.uncovered prior to concrete placement shall be • minimized and shall not exceed 24 hours. 73.7 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS • A: Definitions: - . f -1. Construction Joint: Contact surface between plastic (fresh) concrete and concrete that has attained initial set. - - 2. Monolithic: Manner of concrete placement to reduce or eliminate 7 construction joints;joints other than those indicated on Drawings will :not be permitted without written approval,of Engineer. Where so approved, make additional construction joints with details equivalent to 7 those indicated for joints in similar locations.: 3. Preparation for Construction Joints: .Roughen surface of concrete previously placed, leaving some aggregate particles exposed. Remove 7 laitance and loose materials.'Reinforcement shall be continuous through joint. Install keyway and waterstops where shown on Drawings. Keep surface wet for several hours prior to placing of plastic concrete. 7 3.8 CURING • - • 7 A. Comply-with ACI•308: Cure by preventing.loss of-moisture, rapid temperature change, and mechanical injury for period of 7 curing days. Start curing as soon 7 May 2012 Page 03315-14 7 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which temperature is above 50 degrees F for f1 at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted when air temperature adjacent to _I concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather, when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at end of calendar days equal to twice required number of curing days. However, leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached specified 28 day strength, unless directed otherwise by Engineer. fen B. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rubbed-finished surface by leaving forms in place for full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during curing period. Add water as needed for other types of forms. Or, at Contractor's option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied. C. Rubbed Finish: 1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging surface. 2. After rubbed-finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete. r-, D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1. After concrete has received final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal surface withuniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by Engineer. Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items, hand-powered spray equipment may be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. 3. Do not apply compound to dry surface. When concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to r,} application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes, or other defects, or when rainfalls on newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply additional coat of compound at specified rate of coverage. 3.9 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING A. Remove forms from surfaces requiring rubbing only as rapidly as rubbing -- operation progresses. Remove forms from vertical surfaces not requiring rubbed-finish when concrete has aged for required number of curing days. When �I May 2012 . Page 03315-15 _ 1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No:_DR0602- CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE curing compound is used; do not remove forms before 2 days after concrete placement. ' B. Leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached specified 28- day strength, unless directed otherwise by Engineer. 3.10 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Immediately repair defective work discovered after forms have been removed. When concrete surface is bulged,uneven,-or shows excess honeycombing or form marks which cannot be repaired satisfactorily through patching, remove and replace entire section. 3.11 FINISHING A. Patch honeycombing; minor,defects and form tie holes in concrete surfaces with cement mortar mixed one part cement to two,parts fine aggregate. Repair defects by cutting,out unsatisfactory material and replacing with new concrete, securely keyed and bonded..to existing concrete. Finish to make junctures between-patches and existing concrete as inconspicuous as possible. Use stiff mixture and thoroughly tamp into place. After each patch has stiffened sufficiently to allow for greatest portion of shrinkage, strike off mortar flush with surface. B. Unless indicated otherwise on Drawings or approved by the Engineer, all surfaces to be finished shall be free of exposed aggregate. C. Finishing of Formed Surfaces: 1. Unfinished Surfaces: Finish is not required on surfaces concealed from view in completed structure by earth,unless otherwise specified and indicated otherwise on Drawings. 2. - Rough Form Finish: , a. No form facing material is required on rough form fmish surfaces. b. Patch tie holes and defects. Chip off fins exceeding 1/4 inch in height. c. A rough form finish may be used on concrete surfaces which will be concealed from view by earth in the completed structure except the top 2 feet of walls below final top of ground elevation and full depth grade beams shall have a smooth form finish. In addition, surfaces scheduled to.be permanently exposed during future expansion shall have a smooth form finish. 3. Smooth Form Finish: {"‘ May 2012 Page 03315-16 r City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 . CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE a. Form facing shall produce-a smooth, hard, uniform texture on concrete. Use plywood or fiberboard linings or forms in as large fl sheets as practicable, and with smooth, even edges and close joints. b. Patch tie holes and defects. Rub fins and joint marks with wooden blocks to leave smooth, unmarred finished surface. c. Provide smooth form finish on all exposed formed surfaces, not concealed from view by earth. Walls that will be exposed after future construction, at locations indicated.on Drawings, shall have smooth form finish. Smooth form finish on exterior face of exterior walls shall extend 2 feet below final top of ground elevation. Exterior face of all perimeter grade beams shall have smooth form finish for full depth of grade beam. 4. Rubbed Finish: Rubbed finish shall be used on all exposed formed surfaces not concealed by earth or water. Rubbed finish shall extend one J foot below the top of minimum water surface elevation based on the hydraulic profile. Conduct rubbed finish after defects have been repaired and fins removed. Remove form oil, curing compound and other foreign matter that would prevent proper rubbed finish. a. After pointing has set sufficiently, wet surface with brush and perform first surface rubbing with No. 16 carborundum stone, or approved equal. Rub sufficiently to bring surface to paste,to - - remove form marks and projections, and to produce smooth, ,. dense surface. Add cement to form surface paste as necessary. Spread or brush material, which has been ground to paste, uniformly over surface and allow to reset. In preparation for final acceptance, clean surfaces and perform final finishing rubbing with No. 30 carborundum stone or approved equal. After rubbing, allow paste on surface to reset; then wash surface with clean water. Leave structure with clean, neat and uniform-appearing finish. 5. Related Unformed Surfaces: Tops of piers, walls, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces shall be struck smooth after concrete is placed. Float unformed surfaces to texture reasonably consistent with that of formed surfaces. Continue final treatment on formed surfaces uniformly across unformed surfaces. D. Finishing Slabs and Similar Flat Surfaces: - 1. Apply Class B finishes. 2. Shaping to Contour: Use strike-off templates to bring concrete surface to proper.contour. 3. Consolidation and Leveling: Concrete to be consolidated shall be as stiff as practicable. Thoroughly consolidate concrete in slabs and use internal vibration in beams of framed slabs and along bulkheads of slabs on grade. After consolidation and leveling, do not permit manipulation of surfaces prior to finish operations. May 2012 Page 03315-17 I City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.-DR0602 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 4. Tolerances for Finished Surfaces:..Check tolerances by placing straightedge of specified length anywhere on slab. Gap between slab and straightedge shall not exceed tolerance:listed for specified class. . Class Straightedge Length Tolerance 7. in Feet in Inches 10. 1/4 5. Float Finish: a. After concrete has been placed, struck off, consolidated and leveled, do not work further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared. Use hand floating with wood or cork-faced floats. Do not re-temper concrete surfaces. b. After initial floating,recheck tolerance of surface with 10-foot straightedge applied at not less than two different angles. Cut down high spots and fill low spots to Class B tolerance. Immediately refloat slab to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. c. Provide a floated finish for floor slabs of liquid-containing structures. 6. Broom or Belt Finish: a. Apply float finish as previously specified. Immediately after completing floated finish,draw broom or burlap belt across surface to give coarse transverse scored texture. b. Provide a broom or belt finish at walkways, sidewalks, ramps, and at locations not otherwise specified and not otherwise indicated on Drawings. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Concrete testing required in this Section, except concrete mix design and testing of deficient concrete, will be performed by an independent commercial testing laboratory employed and paid for by the Owner. B. Provide material for and cooperate fully with Owner's testing laboratory technician in obtaining samples for required test. C. Unless otherwise directed by Engineer, following minimum testing of concrete is required. Testing shall be performed by qualified individuals employed by approved independent testing agency, and conform to requirements of ASTM C 1077. 1. Take concrete samples in accordance with ASTM C 172. 2. Make one set of four compression test specimens for each mix design at least once per day and for each 150 cubic yards or fraction thereof. rMake, cure, and test specimens in accordance with ASTM C 31 and May 2012 Page 03315-18 r City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 7 ASTM C 39. Testing 2 specimens at 7 days and 2 specimens at 28 days, reporting test results averaging strengths of two specimens. fl 3. When taking compression test specimens, test each sample for slump _ according to ASTM C 143, for temperature according to ASTM C 1064, for air content according to ASTM C 231, and for unit weight according to ASTM C138. 4. Inspect, sample and test concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94, Section 13, 14, and 15, and ACI 311-5R. r" D. Test Cores: Conform to ASTM C 42. E. If 7-day test strengths fail to meet established strength requirements, extended curing or resumed curing on those portions of structure represented by test specimens may be required. When additional curing fails to produce required •-? strength, strengthening or replacement of portions of structure which fail to develop required strength may be required by Engineer, at no additional cost. 3.13 PROTECTION 1 A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by Engineer. B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow. Provide protection while concrete is still plastic, and whenever precipitation is imminent or occurring. 1 C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until components of structure needed to resist loading are complete and have reached specified 28 day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise - by Engineer. END OF SECTION 1 1 n May 2012 Page 03315-19 _ J City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 ALUMINUM STAIR SYSTEMS Section 05510 ALUMINUM STAIR SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes the requirements for all materials, fabrication, and erection of aluminum stair systems including all necessary accessories required for a complete installation as shown or specified. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement shall be made under this Section. Payment shall be included in the base bid price for the pump station, unless otherwise noted. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the requirements of the.contract documents.,Unless specified otherwise, a minimum of six (6) copies shall be provided to the Engineer,for approval. Up to four (4) copies of the submittal may be retained by the.Engineer.. B. Shop Drawings shall,include the following at a minimum: 1. Submit;shop drawings for fabrication and erection of aluminum stairs showing dimensioned layouts and details and d indicating design loads and deflections. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the provisions of the following codes, standards, and specifications, except as otherwise shown or specified. 1. Aluminum Association Specifications and Guidelines for Aluminum Structures. 2. ANSI/ASW D1.2-97 GMAW B. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.2-97 GMAW process. C, Comply with applicable safety requirements of.OSHA and applicable building codes plus handicapped accessibility requirements of Section 7, Article 601B of Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes. D. "Prefabricated" adjustable aluminum stairs such as those bySAPA Extrusions May 2012 Page 05510-1 17 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 ALUMINUM STAIR SYSTEMS (REDD Team), etc., shall be used, subject to the requirements of this Section. n 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING - A. Contractor shall store and handle all material in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. - J B. Any material that is damaged during shipment shall not be unloaded on site and shall be returned to the manufacturer. C. In all cases, material shall be stored in a manner to prevent damage from dirt, mud, water, rain, construction equipment, etc. D. Material shall not be stored on site for more than 90 days without approval of (" the manufacturer and Owner. _ 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA 1 A. Construct stair units to conform to sizes and arrangements shown. Contractor shall field verify dimensions, where required, prior to fabrication. Construct entire assembly to support a live load of 100 pounds per square foot and a _ concentrated load of 300 pounds loaded at a point that produces the maximum stress in member. Provide aluminum framing, hangers, columns, struts, brackets, bearing plates, or other components as required for the support of stairs. Handrails shall be designed to resist a concentrated load of 200 pounds applied at any point and in any direction at the top of the rail. Handrails shall also be designed to resist a simultaneous load of 50 pounds per linear foot _ I applied horizontally and 100 pounds per linear foot applied vertically downward at the top of the rail. B. Contractor is responsible for the structural design of all aluminum stairs, including structural members, supports, and connections. Drawings show minimum size of main structural members for stair units. C. Maximum deflection under live load shall be span length/240 but not to exceed 0.25 inches. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All landing rails, legs, treads, and stair rails shall be aluminum construction alloy 6061-T6 & 6063-T5. B. Rail Pipe: 1.25" (Schedule 40) aluminum pipe. I May 2012 Page 05510-2 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 ALUMINUM STAIR SYSTEMS C. All Legs shall have %4"X 6"X 10"pads. D. Standard Nuts and Bolts: Stainless Steel Grade 304. E. Stair treads shall be prefabricated to a 4'--2" width. All treads shall have ADA compliant nosing. E. Anchor bolts shall be galvanized, carbon steel wedge anchor bolts, KWIK Bolt II by Hilti, Inc., or approved equal. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.2 FABRICATION GENERAL A. Use materials of the required size and thickness to produce adequate strength and durability in the finished product for the intended use. Work to the dimensions or in accordance.with job measurements. Use type of materials shown or "specified for the various components of the work. B. Form exposed work true to line and level, with accurate angles and surfaces, and sharp, straight edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch. Form bent aluminum corners to the smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the work. C. Weld corners and seams continuously and in accordance with the AWS code. Grind exposed welds:smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining S� surfaces. C_ D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, which are flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. E. Provide for anchorage coordinated with the supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices as required to provide adequate support of the work. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap miscellaneous aluminum work as may be required to receive other items of work. 2.3 FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY A. Use welding for joining pieces together, unless otherwise shown or specified. Fabricate units so that bolts or other fastenings do not appear on finished surfaces. Make joints tight and true. Provide continuous welds ground smooth where exposed. B. Provide brackets and bearing surfaces as required to anchor stairs and bridges to supporting structure. May 2012 Page 05510-3 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 ALUMINUM STAIR SYSTEMS C. Fabricate stringers of structural steel channels or plates, or a combination thereof. Provide closures for exposed ends of stringers. D. Construct platforms of structural steel headers and miscellaneous framing members. Bolt headers to stringers or other framing members. _ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION A. Erect stair work to line, plumb, square, and true with runs registering level with finished floor and platform levels. B. Perform all cutting,drilling, and installation of stair systems. Fit exposed _ connections together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections, that are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind joints smooth and touch-up shop finish. C. Stairs shall be firmly anchored to building structure and braced as required to resist sideway, buckling, and deflection. 3.2 FINISH r„1 A. Landing rails and stair rails shall be mill finished. END OF SECTION - 7 1 _ n May 2012 Page 05510-4 1 I r City of Pearland-Cowart Creek Pump Station Projec"t No:DR0602 HANDRAILS Section 05520 HANDRAILS . PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. The work covered by this Section includes furnishing:all labor, equipment, and rmaterials required to furnish and install aluminum component handrail including all fittings, anchors,bases, and accessories as required by the contract documents. B. All handrails shall be furnished with a toe board, except where concrete curbs are shown. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement or payment will be made under this Section. Payment shall be included in the base bid price for wastewater treatment plant construction, unless otherwise rioted. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. Unless specified otherwise, a•minimum of six (6) copies shall be provided to-the Engineer for approval. Up to four (4) copies of the submittal may be retained by the Engineer. B. "Shop Drawings shall include the following at a minimum: 1. Submit complete shop drawings and product data indicating profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type`of fasteners, and accessories. 2. Submit samples which are representative of the material and finish to be provided. 3. Submit structural calculations, including anchorages, if requested by the Project Engineer. C. Submit the following after manufacture and/or installation of the items covered under this specification: 1. Certification from.supplier that all items included in this specification Section have been installed in accordance with the contract documents and the suppliers recommendations. 2. Submit.warranty certificate from handrail supplier. May 2012 Page 05520-1 p City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 HANDRAILS fl 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Golden Railings �II 2. TUFrail 3. Interna-Rail 4. Alumagard 5. Approved equal 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Contractor shall store and handle all material in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Any material that is damaged during shipment shall not be unloaded on site and shall be returned to the manufacturer. . 1 C. In all cases, material shall be stored in a manner to prevent damage from dirt, mud, water, rain, construction equipment, etc. D. Material shall not be stored on site for more than 90 days without approval of the manufacturer and Owner. _ _1 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. Component aluminum handrails system shall be designed and constructed in strict compliance with the requirements of OSHA and the Standard Building Code. B. Handrails shall be designed to withstand a uniform horizontal load of 50 pounds per foot with as simultaneous vertical load of 100 pounds per foot applied to the - top rail. C. In addition, handrails, and stair rails shall be designed to withstand a concentrated load of 200 pounds applied in any direction, at any point on the railing system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION _ 1 A. Railing shall be shop assembled in lengths not to exceed 24 feet for field erection. PII B. Post spacing shall be a maximum of 6'-0". Posts and rails shall be a minimum of May 2012 Page 05520-2 1 1 r City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 HANDRAILS PA inch Schedule 40 aluminum pipe,alloy.6063-T6 or 6105-T5, ASTM B 429 or ASTM B 221. Provide the one intermediate rail (two rail handrail). • C. Handrail shall be made of pipe and fittings mechanically fastened together with stainless steel hardware. Handrail systems which use fittings that are glued or pop-riveted will not be acceptable. P� D. Toe board shall conform to OSHA standards. Toe board shall be a minimum of 4" high and shall attach to the post using clamps, which will allow for expansion and contraction between posts. Toe board shall be set 1/4 inch above the walking surface. E. A safety factor of 4 shall be used on pullout values published by the manufacturer. Wedge anchors shall be Type 303 stainless steel. F. Openings in the railing shall be guarded by a self closing gate (OSHA 1910.23). G. All handrail and components shall be clear anodized per Aluminum Association M10C22A41 (215-R1). The pipe shall be plastic wrapped to protect the finish. H. All aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete, grout, or dissimilar metals will be protected with a coat of bituminous paint, mylar isolators or other approved material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Handrail shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Field fabrication of the railing system is not permitted. C. Set handrails plumb within 1/8 inch of vertical and align horizontally to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet. D. Install wedge anchors to proper depth to develop full pullout and shear values. Check all fasteners and bolts in base connections and splices for tightness. E. Adequate provisions for expansion and contraction shall be incorporated into the rail. Expansion joints shall be placed at 60 foot maximum intervals and at all concrete expansion joints. F. Toe boards shall be shipped loose and attached to the handrail in the field. Attachment to the posts will be made.with clamps which will allow for expansion and contraction while maintaining a straight line. May 2012 Page 05520-3 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 HANDRAILS G. Base Plate Mounted Railing Post on Top of Concrete: Anchor base plates to concrete with expansion anchors. Minimum anchor size, spacing, and embedment of expansion anchors shall be as detailed. Install as required for _ alignment. H. Bracket Mounted Railing Post to Side of Concrete: Anchor bracket to the side 1 of the concrete with expansion anchors. Minimum anchor size, spacing, and embedment of expansion anchors shall be as detailed. fa" I. All defective, damaged or otherwise improperly installed handrails shall be removed and replaced with material, which complies with this Section, at no additional cost to the Owner. J. Following installation, aluminum handrail shall be cleaned with a mild soap and clean water. Acid solutions, steel wool, or harsh abrasives shall not be used. _ END OF SECTION 1 1 I 1 May 2012 Page 05520-4 - I r City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No:.DR0602. FRP GRATING AND STAIR TREADS Section 06632 FRP GRATING AND STAIR TREADS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes the requirements for all materials, fabrication, and q erection of fieinforced l .(FRP) grating, covered grating, and stair treads, includingberglass all necessary r accessoriespastic required fora complete installation as shown or specified. See the plans for where FRP. grating, covered grating, or stair treads are required. 1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate measurement or payment shall be made under this Section. [_ Payment shall be included in the base bid price for wastewater treatment plant construction,unless otherwise noted. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. Unless specifi ed otherwise,:a,minimum of six (6) copies shall be provided to the Engineer for approval. Up to four(4) copies of the submittal may be retained by the Engineer. - B. Shop.Drawings shall include-the following at a minimum:: 1. Submit shop drawings indicating thickness;and spacing,of bars, top surface treatment, color, hold-down clips, side clips,curb angles, and the manufacturer's name and,grating type. Show fabrication details,piece mark numbers and.;piece locations. Reproduction of design drawings for use as,shop drawings will not be allowed. . 2. Manufacturer's Product Data: a. Submit the'rnanufacturer's,published literature, including structural design data, structural properties data, grating load/deflection tables, corrosion resistance tables, certificates of compliance, and test reports as applicable. i 3. Submit-samples, which are representative of the material and finish to be provided. C. . Submit the following after manufacture and/or installation of the items covered under this specification: 1. Submit warranty certificate from material supplier. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE May 2012 Page 06632-1 f City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 FRP GRATING AND STAIR TREADS A. Manufacturer shall have been engaged in the manufacture of specified products for at least five (5)years. B. Field Measurement 1. Prior to fabrication, take necessary field measurements of previously installed construction or existing basins so that work will fit properly. Members that do not fit properly must be replaced unless written approval for their modification has been obtained from the Engineer. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: rj 1. Fibergrate Corporation 2. McNichols Co. 3. Approved equal 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Contractor shall store and handle all material in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Each grating section must be tagged with a weatherproof tag showing piece mark number corresponding with reviewed shop drawings. C. Delivery of Materials: Manufactured materials shall be delivered in original, unbroken pallets, packages, containers, or bundles bearing the label of the manufacturer. Adhesives, resins, and their catalysts and hardeners shall be crated or boxed separately and noted as such to facilitate their movement to a dry indoor storage facility: Any material that is damaged during shipment shall not be unloaded onsite and shall be returned to the manufacturer. D. Storage of Products:All materials shall be carefully handled to prevent them from abrasion, cracking, chipping, twisting, other deformations, and other types r`l of damage. Damaged materials must be replaced without additional cost to the Owner. Store adhesives, resins, and their catalysts and hardeners in dry indoor storage facilities between 50° and 85° F until they are required. Material shall not be stored onsite for more than 90 days without approval of the manufacturer and Owner. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. The grating and stair treads shall be capable of supporting a uniform live load of 150 psf and a concentrated load of 300 lb loaded at a point that produces the maximum stress in member. r B. Maximum deflection under live load shall be span length/240 but not to exceed 0.25 inches. May 2012 Page 06632-2 rj E City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project-No DR0602 ,- • FRP GRATING AND STAIR TREADS FP! C. Contractor shall bd responsible for design of supports for supporting grating. Grating supports shown on drawings shall be rminimum•size and amount used. Unless otherwise noted or specified,,grating supports.=shall be galvanized steel. 1.7 REFERENCES A. The:publications listed below form a part of this.Specification to the extent f referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only: 1. ASTM.D 635 - Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Tim e of Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position. 2. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Grating and Stair Treads 1. Fiberglass grating and stair treads shall be fabricated from bearing bars and cross rods,manufactured by the pultrusion process.The glass fiber reinforcement shall be wrapped with:continuous glass mat. 2. The grating and stair-treads shall consist of straight parallel bearing bars - placed edgewise and joined by solid crossbars on minimum 6 inch centers. The crossbars shall be both epoxy bonded and mechanically locked at each bearing bar intersection. 3. The resin matrix shall be fire retardantisophthalic polyester with a polyester surfacing veil wrap over the continuous strand mat meeting Class 1 flame spread-rating,(tunnel test) of 25 or:less:per ASTM E 84 :and shall meet self.-extinguishing:requirements of ASTM D 635. 4. The grating and stair treads shall beresistant to the effects of ultraviolet light attack in an outdoor environment. This shall:be accomplished by providing a UV stabilizer in the resin and a synthetic surface veil. 5. The walking surface of the grating and stair treads shall be non-skid surface of quartz grit. 6. Color shall be yellow. B. Covered Grating-(Molded FRP Grating with FRP Plate Cover): 1. Solid molded fiber reinforced plastic structure.with.minimum glass content of 60 percent by weight for the FRP cover and 40 percent for the molded grating. Resin shall be premium grade polyester with ultraviolet inhibitor::Main bars and crossbars shall be "smooth and uniform with no evidence of fiber orientation irregularities; interlaminar voids, porosity, resin rich or resin starved areas. Both bars shall be of same shape and - dimension with tops and bottoms in:same,plane. Maximum flame spread May 2012 Page 06632-3 0 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 FRP GRATING AND STAIR TREADS shall be Class 1 rating of 25, ASTM E 84; self-extinguishing. ASTM D 635; maximum average rate of burning,-0.08 inch per minute. 2. Color shall be yellow. 3. The walking surface of the covered grating shall be nonskid surface of quartz grit. fl C. Clips and Bolts: Provide 316L stainless steel saddle type clip hold-down fasteners and side panel clips with stainless steel bolts or studs.316L stainless 1 steel self-drilling screws or power actuated fastening with FCM grating disc (SS) may be substituted for bolts or studs. Provide a minimum of two hold- down clips on each end of each piece of grating. For grating continuous over intermediate supports, provide a minimum of two hold-down clips at each intermediate support. - D. Curb Angle: Provide fiberglass curb angle unless noted otherwise. The curb angle shall have a built-in continuous anchor for placement in concrete. The resin shall be a fire-retardant gray vinyl ester with a UV inhibitor. The angle shall have a surface veil with a UV coating. 2.2 FABRICATION 1 A. Work must be performed in accordance with reviewed shop drawings as modified for actual field measurements. Grating supplied shall meet the dimensional requirements and tolerances as shown or specified. The Contractor shall provide and/or verify measurements in field for work fabricated to fit field conditions, as required by grating manufacturer,to complete the work. Contractor shall determine correct size and locations of required holes or cutouts from field dimensions before grating fabrication. B. Form grating into sections of sizes indicated or as necessary for proper access and handling. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, all panels shall be removable and shall not exceed 100 pounds in weight. Maximum width shall be `— 48 inches; maximum length shall be three spans. C. Grating shall span in the direction of the short span unless otherwise indicated. I D. Provide accurately cut openings in gratings to suit penetration of piping, equipment, and other items of work. Where possible grating shall be laid out so that openings are centered on a joint between adjacent sections of grating. Cutouts with dimensions of 4 inches or less may be made in the field. E. Cuts shall be clean and smooth without fins, beads, or other projections. Crossbars shall be cut off flush with the outside face of the bearing bar. fl F. All cuts or sanded surfaces shall be liberally coated with resin containing air- rT May 2012 Page 06632-4 n City of Pe4rlarici—Cow4rtcreelcPump Station Project NO.t31103602 = - FRP GRATING•AND STAiR TREADS inhibiting additives and compatible with the resin matrix used in the bars. G. Banding of Supported ends of grating Will not be required. H. Provide abrasive nosing at edges of grating, which form the top tread of stairs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION fl A. Intal1 in accordance with reviewed shop drawings: Grating shall fit on seats and support beams without binding or rocking. Fasten grating with hold-down clips as specified and detailed. 'Where required, sides of adjacent panels shall be tied together, with removable clips, to prevent differential deflections between adjacent panels. 3.2 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. After installation, all bearing bars shall be parallel, crossbars, and balancing\ bars of adjacent panels shall align. The covered grating panels shall fit as tight as possible to provide a substantially airtight cover. The open grating clearance between panels shall be no more than 1/4 inch. 3.3 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED GRATING AND STAIR TREADS A. After installation, the grating shall be protected as required to prevent damage L during completion of the contract. Any damaged material must be replaced without additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION Li May 2012 Page 06632-5 Li a City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 . SUBMERSIBLE PROPELLER PUMPS Section 11310 SUBMERSIBLE PROPELLER PUMPS SCOPE Furnish and install TWO (2) FLYGT PL-7050 (680), 10° Impeller Blade, electrically operated submersible propeller pump/motor unit(s). FLYGT WILL BE THE ONLY ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER FOR THIS PROJECT. The pump/motor unit(s) shall be close coupled to form one integrated direct drive unit. The pump/motor unit shall be designed for installation into a discharge column onto a seat at the bottom of the column. The pump/motor unit shall be held in place by its 'own weight and the pumping head. equipped Each pump/motor unit, hereafter called pump(s) or unit(s), shall be q pped with a 100 HP, submersible electric motor connected for operation on a 460 volt, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, 4 wire service with a minimum of 50 ft. lengths of power and signal cable. Pump(s) shall be capable of delivering a minimum of 9,500 GPM at 18.77 feet TDH at a minimum overall efficiency of 75%, and shall be able to supply flows of 8,300 GPM minimum, at 27.27 ft. of head and 10,400 GPM maximum, at 8.27 ft. of head and shall be non-overloading throughout the specified performance range. The NPSH required for any of the above design points shall not exceed 5.33 ft. of water, when referenced to the lowest point on the pump bellmouth. MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS The pump equipment specified herein shall be the design and fabrication of a single manufacturer which shall have sole source responsibility for said equipment. The manufacturer shall have electric submersible equipment of this design and of comparable capacity in successful operation for a minimum of 15 years. References and records of experiences shall be provided if requested by the engineer. PUMP INSTALLATION The discharge column shall be permanently installed in the wet well. The design shall be such that the pump unit(s) will be automatically and firmly connected to the discharge tube when lowered into place. A locking device, located on the external surface of the pump housing, shall prohibit rotational movement of the pump/motor unit(s) within the tube(s). The pump(s) shall be easily removable for inspection or service with no need for personnel to enter the wet well. The pump(s) shall not require any bolts, nuts or fasteners for connection to the discharge column. Stiffening and guiding webs shall be provided at the pump support seat to ensure concentric positioning of pump within the discharge column. An 0-ring shall be provided on the bottom of the inlet (suction) bellmouth so that the weight of the pump unit, when acting on the 0-ring,will provide an effective seal fl between pump and discharge column. n May 2012 Page 11310-1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project NO.DR0602 , SUBMERSIBLE PROPELLER PUMPS POWER CABLES The power cable shall be designed specifically for use with submersible pumps and shall be type .SUBCAB (SUBmerSible. CABle). The cable shall be sized 'according to the National Electrical Code:(NEC) and the:Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). The outer jacket shall,lbe lubricant:resistant chlorinated _polyethylene rubber, 0 and the copper.co nductors shall be.insulated with ethylene,propylene rubber .(EPR). -The filler and cOnductor separator materials shall be of nonwicking vulcanized rubber. The cable shall be rated for 600 volts and 90°C (194°F) with a.40°C (104°F) ambient temperature and shall be approved by Factory Mutual (FM). The cable length shall be adequate to reach the junction box without the need for splices. flPILOT CABLE(44 HP & above) The pilot cable shall be designed specifically.for use with subthersible pumps and shall be type SUBCAB (SUBmersible CABle). The cable shall be.multi,conductOr type-with stainless steel braided shielding, a chlorinated polyethylene tubber outer jacket and tinned copper conductors insulated with ethylene-propylene rubber. The cOnductors::shall be arranged in twisted pairs. The cable shall be rated for:600 Volts and 90°C.(194°F) with a 40°C (104°F) ambient temperature-and,shall be approved by Factory Mutual (FM). The cable length shall be adequate to reach the Junction box without the need,for splices. CABLEPROTECTION.AND SUSPENSION, Engineer approved cable protection and suspension system shall be provided on all installations with inAlibe cable runs over 10 feet in length. • , CABLE ENTRY The cable ennywater seat design shall preclude specific torque requirements and ensure a watertight and submersible seal. The cable entry shall be comprised of-one cylindrical elastomer grommet, flanked by two stainless steel washers, all having a close tolerance fit against the cable outside':diameter and the,cable entry inside diameter. This design shall provide-the sealing function: -The-cable' strain relief fundtiOn shall be provided by a flseparate strain-relief clamp located.above the cable seal and acting independently from the sealing function. When the cable:entry is mounted onto the:junction:box, the'cable entry will be 100% watertight during immersion of 65 feet or greater, while providing 4.1 sufficient strain relief to prevent the Cable-from pulling out when handling, installing, or operating .the pump. The,assembly shall bear against a shoulder,in the pump top arid direct the cable axially upwards. Epoxies, silicones, or-other'secondary sealing systems shall not be conSidered,acceptable for the cable entry and.sealing sys-tem. May 2012 - Page 11310-2 LT J City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 ' SUBMERSIBLE PROPELLER PUMPS CABLE JUNCTION BOX The junction chamber shall contain one terminal board, providing connections for both the power cables and signal wires. The terminal board shall be watertight and sealed from the motor by an elastomer compression seal (0-ring). Connection between the cable conductors and stator leads;shall be made with threaded, compressed type binding posts, permanently affixed to the sealed terminal board and perfectly leakproof The junction box shall contain a collection cavity placed so that any leakage into the junction box shall terminate in the collection cavity. A mechanical float switch shall be mounted at the lowest point in the collection cavity. This sensor shall be wired to provide an alarm in the event of water intrusion into the cable junction box. ELECTRIC MOTOR The pump motor shall be specifically designed for submersible operation and be of a 3- phase, squirrel-cage induction, shell type design, housed in an air-filled, watertight chamber. The stator windings _shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class H insulation rated for 180°C (356°F). The stator shall be insulated by the trickle impregnation method using Class H monomer-free polyester resin resulting in a winding fill factor of at least 95%. The motor shall be inverter duty rated in accordance with NEMA MGI, Part 31.The stator shall be heat-shrink fitted into the cast iron stator housing. The use of multiple step dip and bake-type stator insulation process is not acceptable. The motor shall be designed for continuous duty. The use of bolts, pins or other fastening devices requiring penetration of the stator housing is not acceptable. The motor shall be rated at 100 HP, and have a best efficiency of not less than 75%. The motor full load current shall not exceed 124 amps, at a voltage of 460 Volts. Each unit shall be provided with an adequately designed cooling system. The"motor shall be cooled by the pumped water flowing along the stator housing when the pump is working. A water.jacket or any external cooling system shall not be considered acceptable designs. Thermal switches shall be used to protect the stator windings from damage against high temperatures. The stator shall be equipped with three thermal switches embedded in the stator 'windings' (one switch in each stator phase). This protection shall be used in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overcurrent protection. Each pump shall be equipped with a mechanical float switch in the stator housing. The float switch shall deactivate the pump, in the event of leakage, prior to liquid reaching the stator end coils, lubricants or the lower bearing assembly. The motor/propeller shaft shall be a single piece of carbon steel ASTM A 572 and shall be completely isolated from the pumped liquid. Units with multiple piece shafts or gearboxes are not acceptable. May 2012 Page 11310-3 1. 1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Proiect-No.DR0602 s. SUBMERSIBLE PROPELLER PUMPS PUMP AND MOTOR BEARING ARRANGEMENT The motor shaft shall rotate on two grease-lubricated and sealed bearings. =The upper motor bearing shall be a cylindrical roller bearing. The-lower bearing arrangement shall consist of a double,row angular contact ball bearing:The bearings shall have a minimum Li0 bearing life of 50,000 Hrs. The lower thrust bearing housing.shall include a thermal sensor (RTD) of the platinum-100 type to monitor the temperature of the thrust bearing outer race during operation(optional). (�( PUMP CONSTRUCTION Major pump components shall be of gray cast iron, Class 35, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes and other irregularities. All 'exposed nuts and bolts shall be of �! stainless steel 304. The propeller shall be of a 4-bladed adjustable pitch, cast design, ASTM B 148 (aluminum bronze). A wear ring system shall be installed`to provide sealing between the pump housing and the propeller. The wear ring shall be of aluminum bronze (ASTM B 148). The propeller 'assembly shall be available in 1° increments to optimize the performance. The fastening-of the shaft coupling shall be made by a locking assembly. The fastening of the propeller assembly 'to the shaft coupling shall be made with stainless steel (304) screws. All mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and fitted with nitrile`rubber 0-rings. Fitting shall be'such that sealing is accomplished by metal-to- metal contact between machined surfaces. This will result in controlled compression of nitrile rubber 0-rings without requiring a specific torque limit. No secondary sealing compounds,rectangular gaskets, elliptical 0-rings, grease or other devices shall bensed. All metal surfaces coming into contact with the pumped media, other than stainless steel, shall be protected by a factory applied spray coating of acrylic dispersion zinc phosphate primer with a polyester resin paint finish on the exterior of the pump. MECHANICAL`SEALS Between the and the motor there shall'be 'a tandem"mechanical rotatingshaft propeller' seal system. Seals shall run in an lubricant reservoir. Lapped seal faces must be hydrodynamically lubricated at a constant rate. The lower seal unit, between the pump and lubricant chamber, shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten carbide ring. The upper seal unit, between the lubricant reservoir and motor, shall contain one stationary corrosion resistant tungsten-carbide ring and one positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten carbide ring. Each interface shall be held in contact by'its own spring systetn.The=seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment,but shall be easily inspected and replaceable. May 2012 Page 113104 E n City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602- - SUBMERSIBLE PROPELLER PUMPS The following seal types shall not be considered acceptable nor equal to the dual independent seal specified. `� 'Seals with steels, carbon or silicon carbide seal rings. 'Seals utilizing bellows type springs. •Conventional double mechanical seals containing either a common single or double spring acting between the upper and lower units. Each pump shall be provided with an lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing system. The lubricant chamber shall be designed for lubricant pressure compensation. The lubricant chamber drain and inspection plug, with positive anti-leak seal, shall be easily accessible from the outside. Seal lubricant shall be FDA Approved, non-toxic. PUMP MONITORING The pump manufacturer shall provide a self-contained pump control and status I _ 1 monitoring system (Mini-CAS unit) that will supplement the pump control system by providing a single point within the control system for pump sensor output processing. This solid state module shall have inputs for the monitoring of water intrusion into the junction box (float switch), water intrusion into the stator housing (float switch), and stator overtemperature monitoring (thermal switches). Upon the detection of an alarm, the Mini-CAS unit shall shut the pump down and annunciate the fault condition. The fault must be cleared before the Mini-CAS allows pump restart. If the optional thrust bearing sensor is specified (RTD), a CAS pump control and status monitoring unit shall be used instead of the Mini-CAS unit. PUMP TEST The pump manufacturer shall perform the following inspections and tests on each pump before shipment from factory: a) Propeller, motor rating and electrical connections shall be checked for compliance to the customer's purchase order and the pump data plates. I b) A.motor and cable insulation test for insulation defects shall be made. c) Prior to submergence, the pumpshall be run dry to establish correct rotation and mechanical integrity. d) The pump shall be run for 30 minutes submerged. e) A certified test curve (per HI standards) showing the performance of the pump shall be run and supplied to the engineer upon request. May 2012 Page 11310-5 i r City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.:DR0602 . :... SUBMERSIBLE PROPELLER.PUMPS f) After operational test(d), the insulation test(b) is to be performed again. The pump cable end shall be sealed with a high quality protective covering to make it impervious to moisture or water seepage prior to electrical installation.: SITE TESTS The pump shall be tested at startup. Voltage, current, and other significant parameters shall be measured and recorded. The manufacturer shall provide a formal test procedure and forms for recording data. PUMP WARRANTY Pump manufacturer shall furnish to the Owner a warranty written expressly from the manufacturer to the Owner, covering workmanship and material under normal use and. service for 5 years or 10,000 hours. The warranty period shall commence on the day of start-up. The warranty shall cover 100 percent of parts and labor for at least one full year, and be pro-rated for remaining warranty period. Warranty shall be in.printed form and previously published as the manufacturer's standard warranty for similar p�+ manufactured units. Pumps repaired under warranty shall be returned to the,job site freight pre-paid. MODIFICATIONS i 1. Warm Liquid Applications (WL). Refer to the General Guide Specifications for additional information. END OF SECTION r r r May 2012 Page 11310-6 I City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No. DR0602 - SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS Section 11311 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS,VERTICAL NON`CLOG (SUMP PUMP) PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Submersible non-clog sewage pumps complete and operational with motors, and accessories as shown and specified. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate with the Work related 7 to this Section. 2. Coordinate pumps and motors with electrical work as specified. 1 1.02 MEASUREMANT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment for the work required under this section,unless otherwise specified on Bid Schedule. Contractor will include all costs of the requirements of this section in the appropriate bid item(s) on the bid form. 1.03 REFERENCES 1 A. Reference Standards: Comply as a minimum with applicable provisions and recommendations of pi the following: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 7 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3. Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association(AFBMA) 4. Hydraulic Institute. 75. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 6. National Electric Code (NEC) 7. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA) 8. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1 J May 2012 Page 11311-1 1 IIh�� City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No:DR0602 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS A. Furnish and install,the-submersible,non-clog wastewater pumps capable of handling raw unscreened sewage in accordance with these Specifications and as shown on the Drawings. B. Number of pumps, minimum and maximum operating capacities, TDH, and other pump design data is tabulated on the Drawings. C. Pumps shall be designed for continuous'operation without cavitation within the specified operating range. The NPSHR at the maximum operating capacity shall not exceed 30 feet. D. The Pump Supplier, in order to insure single point responsibility,and.guarantee an extended package warranty, shall supply Pumps & Control Panels. 7_ 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer,in accordance, copies of all materials required to establish compliance with this Section. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Submit a list of not less than 5 installations where pumping equipment of similar type and size to those specified has been in successful operation for at least 5 years. 2. Submit locations of the nearest permanent service headquarters of pump and motor manufacturer for size of pump and motor submitted. 3. Certified shop and erection drawings showing all important details of construction, dimensions and anchor bolt locations. Where pump accessories are shown or specified requiring mounting,bearing supports, anchorage, special alignment devices and brackets, detail items completely on shop drawings. Reference other accessories, equipment, and associated items which may interfere with the placement of these items. 4. Submit descriptive literature, including a cross-sectional view of each pump and motor combination, which indicates materials of construction,weights,principal dimensions and other important details.' Designate materials by ASTM'standards. 5. Submit certified characteristic curves showing head-capacity relationship,brake horsepower,net positive suction head requirements,pump efficiency(ration of water horsepower-to-brake horsepower) and pump speed. Curves shall be complete for the entire range of operation from shut-off to zero head conditions. Curves shall be submitted on 8-1/2-in by 11-in sheets. 6. If the proposed pumping equipment is supplied with electrical equipment and components of larger capacity than'specified or shown on the Contract Drawings,the shop drawings for the equipment listed in the following Sections shall be submitted in the same package as the shop drawings submitted for this Section. Conduit, for conduit related to the submersible wastewater pump only. May 2012 Page 11311-2 E City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No. DR0602 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS 7. Pump and control panel submittal package must be submitted together to Engineer. B. Manufacturer's Certifications: 1. Submit manufacturer's certification that Contract Documents have been examined by the manufacturer for proposed electrical,mechanical, and structural systems affecting performance of the pumping equipment. fl 2. Submit manufacturer's certification that the maximum power requirement of pump system shall not exceed the motor rating under operating conditions on the pump characteristic curve. 3. Submit manufacturer's certification that there are no omissions, ambiguities or conflicts in the Contract Documents or in the pumping station piping layout that affects the pumping unit, as shown on the Drawings, which have not already been clarified in writing. 4. Submit manufacturer's certification that the running amperes of the motor will not exceed the nameplate rating of the motor under all expected operating conditions. 5. Submit manufacturer's certification that spare parts, seals,bearings, o-rings, and power 1 cable shall be available locally for models to be specified. *� 6. Submit manufacturer's certification that motors are explosion proof and labeled so, approved by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or Factory Mutual(FM). C. Record Drawings: Submit record drawings. 1 D. Testing: Submit 3 copies of the certified test reports to the Owner for review. 1. The pump manufacturer shall perform the following inspections and tests on each pump before shipment. a. Impeller, motor rating and electrical connection shall first be checked for compliance to the customer's purchase order. b. A motor and cable insulation test for moisture content or insulation defects shall be made. c. Prior to submergence, the pump shall be run dry to establish correct rotation and mechanical integrity. d. Each pump shall be run submerged in water. e. After running pump submerged in water,retest motor and cable insulation. May 2012 Page 11311-3 1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project-No. DR0602 _ SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS 2. If tests do not meet performance specifications, Contractor shall correct deficiencies to provide the specified performance. 3. A written report stating the foregoing steps have been.done-must be supplied with each pump at the time of shipment. This report must be approved by the Owner prior to payment. E. Contractor shall Submit Operations and Maintenance data for each of the selected pumps. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use new materials, of high grade, and with properties best suited to the work required. B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: l. Provide pumping equipment of manufacturer's whose products have been proven reliable in similar service for at least 5 years. 2. Manufacturer shall demonstrate a consistent capability for the following: a. Providing local (within 50 miles of the limits of the City).factory-trained personnel to service pumps and allied equipment when needed within a 24-hour period. b. Provide for delivery of rotating parts of the pumps, except for the impeller, within a 48-hour period. Provide for delivery of the impeller within 4 weeks. 3. Provide a written manufacturer's certification that spare parts, seals, bearings, 0-rings and power cable shall be available locally for models to be supplied. C. Coordination Responsibility 1. To ensure equipment compatibility, one pump manufacturer shall be responsible for providing all submersible wastewater pumping equipment,including pump and motor, control panel, access frames and accessories. 2. The Contractor shall name the pump manufacturer,who will have the responsibility for the function.of the complete system in accordance with the intent of these Specifications. The names_manufacturer shall be experienced in similar work. -- : 3. Contractor shall retain overall responsibility for equipment coordination, installation, testing and operation. D. The engineering design is based on a certain manufacturer's equipment. If the l� g g Contractor's choice of equipment is approved but requires modifications to plant, May 2012 Page 11311-4 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No. DR0602 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS equipment or piping for installation, the Contractor is responsible for submitting revised `l engineering design and drawings to make the proposed equipment compatible with the project, at no additional cost to the Owner or Engineer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver to site, store, and protect equipment off the ground in enclosed shelter. B. The pump cable end shall be sealed with a high quality protective covering to make it impervious to moisture or water seepage from submersion or other causes prior to electrical installation. 1 1.08 EVALUATION AND SELECTION A. The Owner reserves the right to select any equipment, which is deemed to be in its best interest. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Pump manufacturer shall furnish to the Owner a warranty written expressly from the manufacturer to the Owner, covering workmanship and material under normal use and service for 5 years or 10,000 hours. The warranty period shall commence on the day of start-up. The7-1 warranty shall cover 100 percent of parts and labor for at least one full year, and be pro-rated for remaining warranty period. Warranty shall be in printed form and previously published as the manufacturer's standard warranty for similar manufactured units. Pumps repaired under warranty shall be returned to the job site freight pre-paid. B. The control manufacturer shall furnish the owner a warranty written expressively from manufacture to owner, covering two years from date of start up. The warranty shall cover 100% of parts and labor for two full years. C. The pumps and controls must be supplied by a single source. 1 PART 2: PRODUCTS 1 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Through shop drawing submittals, ONLY the following named manufacturer's will be considered,provided the submitted equipment meets the specified requirements and system operating conditions. 1 1. Flygt Pumps, Inc. - I f May 2012 Page 11311-5 - I 1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station ProjectNo."DR0602 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS r 2.02 PUMP,CONSTRUCTION A. Casing: [17 1. Major pump components shall be of fine grained p gamed cast iron, ASTM A48, Class 30 or better, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes and other irregularities. An approved sewage resistant coating shall protect surfaces coming in contact with sewage, other than stainless steel. The casing shall be of one (1)piece construction and of centerline discharge design to.minimize clogging or flow'interference. 2. Mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and fitted with nitrile rubber o-rings. Fitting shall be such thatsealing:is accomplished by metal-to-metal contact between machined surfaces. This will result in controlled compression of nitrile rubber o-rings without the requirement of a specific torque limit. -No secondary sealing compounds,rectangular.gaskets;elliptical 0-rings, grease or other devices shall be used. fl3. Pump suction flange and discharge flange shall be drilled to ANSI'standard, class 125, in order to insure that the pump can be adapted and utilized in other locations. B. Power Cable: 1. The power cable shall be suitable for the submersible application and sized in accordance with NEC requirements:,The cable entry shall consist Of a grommet compressed by two stainless steel washers with strain relief being supplied as part-Of the entry design. The entire end of the cable.shall~be sealed inside:the cable entry`housingthrough the use of a non-shrunk epoxy resim Further;a monolithic solder dam formed on a bare stripped section shall seal each individual cable lead. This cable'entry design shall then insure that no entry of moisture is possible into the high-voltage motor terminal area even if the cable is damaged or severed below water level to a submerged depth of up to 85 feet .. :2. _Cables shall-be:oil,!grease and abrasion resistant, and meet applicable standards. The outer:jacket-shall be polyurethane or material equally suitable-for immersion in wastewater.° 3. Cables shall.be capable of operating on 230 volt or 460 volt, 3-phase service. C Submersible Motor: 1. -The submersible motor shall be a NEMA Design B squirrel cage,induction in design, 'housed in a completely watertight and air or oil'filled'chamber:The motor shall have at minimum a 1.15 service factor and be suitable for use in Class I,Division 1, Group C&D atmospheres as Explosion Proof The motor stator shall use at minimum Class F insulation rated for 311 Degrees F. The motors shall be designed,rated, and warranted for May 2012 Page 11311-6 p _I City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS continuous operation and capable of at minimum fifteen(15) starts per hour. Temperature monitors shall be embedded in the motor windings for use in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection. The pump's control shall shut down the pump should any of the monitors detect high temperature and automatically reset once motor temperature returns to normal. Do not provide a motor that contains other than _ ecologically safe paraffin base oil in the seal chamber. Do not provide motors containing di-electric oils used for motor cooling and/or bearing lubrication. - 2. The motor shall be UL listed or FM approved as explosion-proof, suitable for NEC Class 1, Division 1, Group C and D environments. 1 3. Maximum motor speed shall be 1200 rpm for pumps with discharge diameter greater than or equal to 6-inches. 4. Thermal sensors shall be used to monitor stator temperatures. The stator shall be equipped with 3 terminal switches, embedded in the coils of the stator winding (one switch in each stator phase). These shall be used in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection and wired to the control panel. 5. The pump shall be equipped with moisture sensors in the oil-filled seal chamber to I indicate seal leakage. D. Shaft: 1. Provide a common pump/motor shaft of sufficient size to transmit full driver output with a r' maximum deflection of 0.002 inches measured at the lower mechanical seal. The shaft shall be completely of at minimum ASTM A 276 Type 420 stainless steel. Do not use carbon steel as shaft material without using a stainless steel shaft sleeve. The shaft shall be of sufficient diameter to assure rigid support of the impeller and to prevent excessive vibration at all speeds. E. Pump Seal: 1. Each pump shall be provided with two totally independent mechanical shaft seals, installed in tandem. The upper seal shall be of silicon carbide and carbon and operate in an ri oil-filled chamber with drain and inspection plug(with positive anti-leak seal) for easy access from external to the pump. The lower seal shall be of bellows type with both faces of at minimum Silicon Carbide. The seals shall require neither routine maintenance nor adjustment,but capable of being easily inspected and replaced. The seals shall be non- proprietary in design,with replacements available from a source other than the pump manufacturer or its distributors. Do not provide seals with the following characteristics: conventional double mechanical seals with single or multiple springs acting in opposed direction; cartridge-type mechanical seals; seals with face materials other than those specified. 1 F. Bearings: May 2012 Page 11311-7 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station . Project No.DR0602 ; .,_ i ;- SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS 1. Furnish•upper and lower bearings as needed to provide`a B 10 bearing life of at minimum 50,000 hours at anticipated axial and radial loadings. The bearings shall be sealed/shielded permanently lubricated for the life of the.pump/bearings. • G. Impeller: 1. Provide non-clog type impellers capable cif passing at minimum a 3-inch spherical solid. The impeller shall be statically and dynamically balanced having a long throughlet without acute turns.The impeller shall be capable of handling solids, fibers, and other materials as may normally be found in wastewater. The impeller shall be of fine-grained gray cast iron, Class 30 or better.. • 2. Other types of impellers such as those with a cutting edge, utilizing a wear plate will not L be acceptable. 3. A replaceable wear ring shall be installed to provide efficient sealing between the volute and impeller. Install.replaceable wear rings on both volute and impeller to provide efficient sealing. Pumps shall be provided with a hard, metal wear ring system to insure long impeller life and continuing high efficiencies. H. Volute: 1. The volute shall be of a single piece,concentric design,and shall have smooth fluid passages large enough at all points to pass any size solids which can pass through the impeller. 2. :A replaceable hardened metal wear ring shall be required. Wear plates will only be acceptable. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Access Frames and Covers: 1. The pump supplier shall provide aluminum access frames and covers. Fasteners,hinges and other hardware shall be type 316 stainless steel: 2. The access cover shall be as specified on•the drawings as manufactured by Usemco or Approved Equal. 3. Door panels shall be 1/4"aluminum diamond plate,reinforced to withstand a live load of 300 lb/sf. Doors shall open 90 degrees and automatically lock with a stainless steel hold open arm with an aluminum release handle and shall include a stainless steel spring assist. May 2012 Page.11311-8 p }} 4-1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No. DR0602 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS 1 When closed, doors shall be flush with the frame and equipped for padlocking. Padlock assembly shall be recessed and sized to restrict access by bolt cutters. 4. Safety Net. Each access hatch shall be fitted with a permanently installed fall through prevention net system that is easily retractable for access to the opening below as manufactured by Safe Approach. The fall prevention system shall consist of the following components: a. A safety net manufactured from high strength polyester netting that has been tested --J and certified to meet the current OSHA standard drop test. b. All stainless steel 316 hardware,hooks and anchors. 1 c. A permanently attached metal tag with the following information: name of manufacturer; date of manufacture; and serial number. 5. Access Cover shall meet the required live load as a stand-alone unit only. No grating system will be acceptable if the hatch door rests on the grating frame to achieve the load rating. 1 6. Apply bituminous paint on all areas that come in contact with concrete. B. Pump Guide System: Pump manufacturer shall provide a guide rail system complying with the J following requirements. 1. The guide system shall consist of no less than two rails for each pump. 2. Furnish slide rail mechanisms to guide submersible pumps from bottom of wet well to the slab at the surface for inspection and maintenance. 3. Elbow: The base elbow is cast in accordance with ASTM Specifications No. A-48, Class 30 or better. All pipe flanges shall be faced and to the thickness required for compliance with 125 lb. American Standard. Design the base elbow to permit the slide mechanism to link up the pump with the base elbow. 1. Rail: The guide rail shall be constructed from pipe and shall be 304 stainless steel to prevent corrosion and maintain a smooth surface for the guide shoes. Provide an upper guide rail bracket to support the guide rails near the top of the wet well. 2. Guide Shoes: Provide shoes to guide each pump assembly down the guide rails. 3. Lifting Bail: Each pump shall be fitted with a lifting bail. Bail shall be sized so that if the stainless steel lifting chain is removed from the pump then retrieval of the pump is easily attained with a lifting hook without requiring any persons to enter the wet well. No chain assemblies that act as a lifting bail will be accepted. 4. Lifting Chain: Each pump shall be supplied with the required length of 316 stainless steel 1 chain to lift each pump/motor assembly from the wet well. Attach the chain on the upper May 2012 Page 11311-9 1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.-DR0602 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS end to a bolt bracket mounted just under the hatch cover. Chain"shall be connected to the pump lifting bail by a stainless steel shackle. C. Bolts, Studs,Nuts 1. All bolts, studs, and nuts shall have American National form right-hand machine-cut threads which shall be in conformity with the current ANSI B 1.1, "Screw Threads," �9 Coarse Thread Series,unless otherwise specified. 2. Bolt heads and nuts shall be semi-finished an shall be in conformity with ANSI B 18.2, L' "Wrench-Head Bolts and Nuts and Wrench Openings,"Heavy Series,unless otherwise specified. All nuts shall be hexagonal in shape. Li 3. Anchor bolts, flange bolts, studs and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel in conformity with ASTM A276. 2.04 PUMP PROTECTION SYSTEM A. Manufacturer shall furnish a complete pump monitoring and protection system consisting of an intrinsically safe solid state monitoring system to be installed in the motor starter cubicle, p�+ and independent probes integral to the pump/motor wired to a sealed cable entry terminal box for connection of submersible control cables. B. Monitoring unit shall be solid state, intrinsically safe system designed for mounting within the motor starter cubicle. Monitoring system shall accept inputs from the sensors specified and shall output independent contacts which close to alarm each condition, or separate independent output terminals suitable for direct connection to interposingrelays for alarm contact development. Provide a separate N.C. alarm contact,rated for 120V, 5A inductive, which opens on any failure: Monitor system shall be suitable for operation from a 24VAC unregulated,unlimited power supply: Provide any additional equipment or appurtenances required to provide current and voltage limited intrinsically safe installation as specified. The monitoring system shall,accept separate.isolated N.O..contacts,which close to indicate pump running and to reset after pump trip: C. Sensors shall be independently wired to the monitoring system.: Provisions for the following sensors for each pump: 1. Stator leak one requited). ( 2. Motor temperature (one required). PART 3: EXECUTION 3 May 2012 Page 11311-10 r _ City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station r� Project No."DR0602 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS }I 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install pumps in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions in locations shown on the Drawings. Provide sufficient clearances for thermal expansion and contraction. B. Field Tests: 1. Each pump will be subjected to a 6-hour field operational test before acceptance as follows: a. The unit under test shall be properly installed in the wet well, firmly upon its discharge connection after determination of(a)proper service voltage is being 7 supplied and(b)proper rotation of the impeller. No cooling by forced or circulated air shall be allowed. b. Capacity Test: On four occasions,wet well shall be filled with liquid to an elevation sufficient to allow each single pump to operate for 3 minutes, independent of the control regime. Time required to pump down known volume shall be measured as evidence of each pump's capacity. All portions of the force _; main must have been constructed and tested prior to this test. c. Snore Tests: Snore is defined as that state when the pump is alternately pumping 1 liquid and air and usually occurs when the pump pumps the liquid down to expose its inlet. The unit(s)under test shall be submerged with just enough liquid to accomplish"snore" and allowed to run two times for 10 minutes minimum. C. Start-up Data: 1. Contractor shall complete and submit the start-up records and maintenance data sheets. 2.Warranty period shall begin the day the pump/control manufacture has completed to their Satisfaction the complete start up test procedures. D. Acceptance. After the start-up operation has been successfully completed,the Owner will accept the pumps when final Operation and Maintenance manuals have been received,reviewed, and accepted by the Owner. Include ladder logic diagrams and wiring and termination diagrams for both power and instrumentation systems. END OF SECTION I 1 May 2012 Page 11311-11 ``I City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station ProjectNo.DR0602; PUMP STATION PIPING Section 15053 PUMP STATION PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1. Piping for pump station wet well and valve vault, as shown on the Drawings. , 1.02 REFERENCES 1. ANSI A21.10,AWWA C110-Ductile Iron Fittings 3.in. through 48 in., for water and other liquid. 2. ANSI B36 - Stainless Steel Pipe. 3. AWWA C151 -Ductile Iron Pipe, centrifugally cast in metal molds or sand-lined molds for water or other liquids. 4. ANSI A21.15, AWWA C115 - Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. 5. ANSI B16.1 Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 6. AWWA C111, ANSI A21.11 -Rubber Gasket Joints. 7. AWWA C600 - Hydrostatic Testing. 8. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 9. ANSI B1.1 Screw Threads. 10. ASTM A193 -Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service. 11. ASTM A194- Carbon and Alloy-Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure,and High:Temperature Service. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Sections 01330- Submittal Procedures. 2. Submit detailed drawings on pipe,joints, gaskets, fittings, flange coupling adapters, and appurtenances. 3. Submit shop drawings indicating dimensions; layout of piping;elevations, intersections, connections, support system. etc. May 2011 • Page 15053-1 n i City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 ' PUMP STATION PIPING 1 _ J 4. Submit manufacturer's Certification of Compliance with ANSI,AWWA and other Standards listed herein. -J 5. Submit description of proposed testing methods,procedures and apparatus and test reports for each system. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Manufacturer's Qualifications a. Piping and appurtenances provided under this Section shall be the standard product in regular production by manufacturers whose products have proven reliable in similar service for at least 5 years. b. Insofar as possible all piping and appurtenances of the same specific type shall be the product of one 1 manufacturer. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1. Have products delivered, stored and protected under provisions of Section 01600 -Material and Equipment. PARTS 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS 1. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, Class 53 minimum. a. Fittings: AWWA C 110 b. Joints: AWWA C115, with threaded flanges and rubber gaskets. c. Bolts, studs and nuts: ASTM A-316 stainless steel. d. Flanges: Same material as pipe and screwed onto the pipe in accordance with ANSI B 16.1. Use screwed-on flanges attached to the pipe by the pipe manufacturer or pipe manufacturer's authorized fabricator. e. After flange attachment,have flange and pipe re-faced so that the end of the pipe is even with the face of the flange and both are perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. f. All flanged joints shall be hydrostatically tested after fabrication to a pressure rating of 300 psi minimum. All flanged joints shall be marked(Tested at 300 psi) and notarized certification papers supplied to the purchaser. g. Align bolt holes on both flanges at the end of each piece of pipe. ,-1 May 2011 Page 15053-2 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.>DR0602 .PUMP STATION PIPING h. Where cap screws or stud bolts are required, incorporate tappedholes for such cap screws or stud bolts in the flanges. i. Interior Lining: Use one of the following interior lining systems. 1. . Nominal 40 mils (35 mils minimum)virgin,polyeth Y lene complying with ASTM D1248,heat fused to interior of pipe. L17 2. Nominal 40 Mils (35 mils minimum)polyurethane, such as Corro-pipe II by Madison Chemicals, or Polythane by U.S. Pipe. 3. Approved equal. J. Exterior Coating: Coat pipe in accordance with Section 09915-Protective Coatings. k. Performance: Use pipes and:fittings designed for an internal working pressure range of-10 to+150 psi. 2. Wall Pipes: Ductile iron flanged with water stop collar. a. Ductile iron water stop collar to be welded on the wall pipe prior to installation of the interior lining. b. Interior Lining: As specified for pipe in paragraph 2.01A.9. c. Bolts, studs and nuts: Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Flanged Coupling Adapter: a. Type: Ductile iron; Romac Industries, Style FCA501; Dresser Style 128, or approved equal. b. Interior Lining: As specified for pipe in.paragraph.2:01A.9, or-heat-fused epoxy coating complying with AWWA C213. c. Bolts, studs and nuts: Type 316 stainless steel.Grooved Couplings: Grooved couplings conforming to AWWA C606 may be used for exposed piping outside of the wet well. 1. Manufacturers: Gustin-Bacon, Victualic Style 31 (flexible or rigid). 2. Bolts and Nuts: Type 316 Stainless Steel. 3. Gaskets: Flush seal type, compatible with the fluid, according to the •manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Pipe Wall Thickness: Wall thickness of grooved piping shall conform to the coupling manufacturer's recommendations to suit the highest expected May 2011 Page 15053-3 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station I Project No.DR0602 PUMP STATION PIPING pressure. 5. Equipment Connections: Equipment connections shall be rigid-type e grooved g couplings unless thrust restraint is provided by other means. 6. Require the manufacturer to verify correct choice and installation of couplings, gaskets, and workmanship to assure correct installation. 4. Air Release Piping: Schedule 40, ANSI B36 stainless steel with ANSI B 1.20.1 threaded joints. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. Check dimensions shown on the Drawings prior to installation of Work. Notify the Engineer promptly of any conflicts or errors. 2. Run pipe lines straight and true in alignment, grade and location as shown on the Drawings. '`1 3. Install piping through walls and floors as shown on the Drawings. 3.02 PIPE IDENTIFICATION LABELS 1. Label piping as follows: a. Identify all piping with plastic sleeve snap-on markers equivalent to Seton Name Plate "Setmark" or approved equal with 3/4-inch letters on pipe sizes to 4-inch and 2-inch letters on pipe sizes 5-inches and larger, or approved equal. b. Locate at each valve, each branch take-off, and at each side of floor or wall through which pipe passes. c. Not more than one label is required every 12 feet if adjacent label is visible. d. Place labels on all lines. 3.03 TESTING 1. Flush pipes clean. Tighten connections to stop any visible leaks. 2. Test piping in accordance with Section 4-Hydrostatic Testing, AWWA C600. 3. Test piping to a pressure of 150 percent of the maximum possible discharge pressure 1 of the pumps. May 2011.y Page 15053-4 T r City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.'D120602 _- -- _ _ - _ PUMP STATION PIPING 3.04 PAINTING 1. Paint pipe in accordance with Section COI-I 09901 Protective Coatings. rEND OF SECTION r r r r r May 2011 Page 15053-5 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No._DR0602 VALVES AND GATES FOR PUMP STATION Section 15101 VALVES AND GATES FOR PUMP STATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1. Valves, gates and accessories for exposed, submerged and other types of piping for pump station. 1.02 REFERENCES 1. ANSI B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. AWWA C509 -Resilient Seated Gate Valves. 3. AWWA C508 - Check Valves. 4. AWWA C500 -Gate Valves. 5. ASTM A126 -Gray Iron Castings for Valves,Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 6. ASTM A395 -Ductile Iron Castings. 7. ASTM A48 - Gray Iron Castings. 8. ASTM A193 - Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature Service. 9. ASTM A194 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Manufacturer's Qualifications 1. Valves and appurtenances provided under this Section shall be the standard product in regular production by manufacturers whose products have proven reliable in similar service for at least 5 years. 2. Insofar as possible all valves of the same specific type shall be the product of one manufacturer. May 2012 Page 15101-1 f City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602:' VALVES AND GATES FOR PUMP STATION 1.04 SUBMITTALS i 1. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions'of.S.ections 0133.0.- Submittal Procedures and 15050-Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. 2. Shop Drawings a. Submit for review detailed drawings, data and descriptive literature on valves and appurtenances, including: 1. Dimensions. y 2. Size. 3. , Materials of construction. 4. Weight. 5. Protective coating. 6. Actuator weight,where applicable. 7. Calculations for actuator torque,where applicable. 8. Wiring diagram,where applicable: b. Submit manufacturer's valve sizing calculations for verification of sizing for air release valves, air and vacuum valves, and surge relief valves.:. 3. Manufacturer's Certifications 4. Submit_manufacturer's certificates of compliance with ANSI,AWWA and other listed standards. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1. Submit-operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 01730 Operations and Maintenance Data. 2. Submit a detailed operation and maintenance manual for valves and appurtenances .provided under this Section. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1. Have products delivered, storedand protected under provisions of Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. - 2. Store valves and:appurtenances off the ground in enclosed shelter. • p May 2012 Page 15101-2 p r-- City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 VALVES AND GATES FOR PUMP STATION PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIC REQUIREMENTS 1. Mark and identify valves in conformance with standards,these Specifications or to the manufacturer's standard. 2. Bolts, studs and nuts to be Type 316 stainless steel. 3. End connections of valves shall be flanged and drilled to ANSI Class 125 unless otherwise specified. 4. For handwheel operators on valves 4-inches or larger where located more than 5 feet above the operating floor,provide chain and chainwheel or extension operators. Use chainwheels fabricated of malleable cast iron with chain guides. Provide stainless steel chains of a length to extend to within 5 feet of the operating floor. 5. To exterior surfaces of valves, apply a shop coating in accordance with Section 09900 -Painting. 2.02 CHECK VALVES 1 1. Swing check valves 4-inches through 14-inches having a system pressure 30 psi or less, shall be air cushioned with side mount lever and weight. The valve shaft shall extend through both sides of the body with minimum shaft diameters equal to APCO Series 6000. The cushion shall be totally enclosed, swivel mounted at the bottom, and equipped with a micrometer air control valve and air breather filters. Valves shall be similar to APCO Series 6000, or approved equal. 2. Swing check valves 10-inches through 14-inches having a system pressure greater than 30 psi shall be cushioned with side mount lever and weight. Valves shall be similar to APCO Series 6100, or approved equal. 3. Swing check valves 16-inches and larger regardless of system operating pressure shall 1 be cushioned with side mount lever and weight. Valves shall be similar to APCO Series 6100, or approved equal. 4. Check valves of special design utilizing controlled closing of the disc, such as APCO Series 6000B (Bottom-Buffer) and Golden Anderson Fig. #25-DXH or approved equal shall be used when specifically indicated on the Drawings. These valves are special valves used to control the surge pressure in the force main upon multiple pump shutdown during a power failure. Other surge control check valves utilizing ball or cone valve and power cylinder operator may also be used as approved by the Engineer. 5. All check valves shall have 300 series stainless steel hinge shafts, stainless steel body seats and stainless steel resilient seat retainer rings. May 2012 Page 15101-3 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602, VALVES AND GATES FOR PUMP STATION 203:. GATE VALVES 1. Gate valves 4 inches through 14 inches: Solid-wedge type;with.resilient nitrile rubber (Buna-N)tapered seat. Provide valves complying with AWWA C-509. Acceptable manufacturers include Mueller,M&H,AVK, or approved equal. 2. ,. Gate valves 16 inches and larger: Solid wedge type with bronze bronze Seating g surface. Provide valves complying with the AWWA C-500. Acceptable manufacturers include:Mueller,M&H,AVK;.or approved equal. 3. Supply gate valves rated as 200 psi water working pressure with 400 psi hydrostatic test for structural soundness for 2 inches through 12 inches.and 15.0 psi water working pressure with 300 psi hydrostatic test for,structural soundness for sizes 14 inches through 30 inches. 4. Stems: OS&Y rising type manganese bronze having a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 20,000 psi for valve sizes through 24 inches, and a minimum tensile strength of 80,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 32;000 psi for valve sizes 30 inches and larger. 5. Valve Bodies: Cast iron conforming to ASTM.A126 or ASTM A395. Fabricate internal trim parts of 300 series stainless steel. 2.04 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES 1. Eccentric plug valves shall be the non-lubricated eccentric type with cast iron bodies, resilient-faced-plugs or'replaceable resilient seats in the bodies. 2. Operators: All valves for 4-inch and larger service shall have worm gear operators, :nickel or stainless steel seats, and ANSI 125 psi flanged ends. Operators shall clearly indicate valve position. Operators on valves in submerged or buried service shall be lubricated and sealed to prevent entry of dirt and water into the operator. !_ 3. Relisient facing shall be suitable for the intended service. 4. All shaft bearings shall be of stainless steel;furnished with permanently-lubricated bearing surfaces. .. _ 5. Valves up to and including 20 inches in size shall have an unobstructed port area of no less than 80 percent'of:the full pipe area;and not less than 70 percent for larger valves. 6. Eccentric plug valves shall be manufactured by Clow, De Zurik, Keystone, Val-Matic, or Victualic. 2.05 SEWAGE AIR RELEASE AND SEWAGE AIR AND VACUUM VALVES 1. Air Release.and Air and Vacuum Valves: Provide when shown on Drawings. May 2012 Page 15101=4 E `"1 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 VALVES AND GATES FOR PUMP STATION 2. Sewage Air Release Valve Design: Single float, single orifice, float operated with a - compound lever mechanism to automatically release accumulated air and gases while the system is pressurized and operating. 7 i 3. Sewage Air and Vacuum Valve Design: Two float where the top float shuts off against the seat due to the lifting force of the bottom float as liquid enters the valve body. n Once closed and pressurized the air and vacuum valve will not open to release air. 4. Fabricate valve body, cover and baffles of cast iron. Fabricate internal metal parts of 7 stainless steel. Make valve seat of Buna-N nitrile rubber. 5. Fit valve with blow off valves, quick disconnect couplings and minimum 6-feet of ` hose to permit back flushing after installation with dismantling valve. - 6. Provide air release valves equal to Series 400/450 SARV by APCO or Figure 925 by G.A. Induries. - 7. Provide air and vacuum valves equal to Series 400 SARV by APCO. Figure 935 as '�? manufactured by GA Industries, or Val-Matic. 1 2.06 SURGE RELIEF VALVES 7 1 1. Surge Relief Valves: Provide when shown on Drawings. 7 2. Operation: Surge relief valves shall protect piping systems from surges by opening i quickly at a set pressure and throttling the flow to maintain line pressure at no more than 5 to 10 percent above the pressure setting indicated. Provide relief pressure adjustment by '-1 changing the tension on a spring holding the valve disc on its seat. - 1 3. Valve Closing Control: By oil dashpots. Oil shall be drawn into the dashpot from a reservoir when the valve opens arid return through a flow control valve when the relief valve 1 closes. 7 4. Valve Construction: Fabricate valve bodies of cast iron with 300 series stainless steel S seat rings. Provide seats that are renewable and resilient. Fabricate hinge shafts of stainless steel and the oil system of bronze. Unless otherwise indicated make the pressure setting 5 'i percent above normal line pressure. 5. Provide surge relief valves that are 90-degree elbow body configuration. Acceptable 7 manufacturers include APCO series 3000, GA Industries 625-D, or approved equal. i PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1. Install valves and specialties in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to ri permit intended performance. r 1 I May 2012 Page 15101-5 n City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 : VALVES AND GATES FOR PUMP STATION 2. Support and anchor valves and gates in accordance with Section 15140 -Pipe Hangars, Supports and:Restraints. 3. Eccentric plug valves shall be installed according to the following: 1. Position the valves with the stem in the horizontal direction. 2. In horizontal pipelines,position the vales so that the plug swings upward when opening to permit flushing of solids. 3. Orient the vales to prevent the valve bodies from filling up with solids when closed;however, orient the valves such that the pressure differential forces the plug against the seat in cases where the pressure differential across a closed valve will exceed 25 psi. 3.02 PAINTING 1. Paint valves and specialties in accordance with applicable AWWA standards and with Section 09910 -Protective Coatings. 3.03 TESTING 1. Test valves using a hydrostatic pressure test in accordance with AWWA C-600. 2. Test valves and specialties in place. Correct defects in valves, specialties or connections. END OF SECTION r r r r r May 2012 Page 15101-6 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station Project No.DR0602 PIPE HANGERS,SUPPORTS,AND RESTRAINTS Section 15140 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS,AND RESTRAINTS J PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1. Pipe and equipment hangers, supports, and associated anchors. _J 2. Equipment bases and supports. 3. Sleeves and seals. 1.02 REFERENCES 1. ANSI/ASME B31.1 -Power Piping, Sections 120 and 121 of ASME B31.1. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01330_ Submittal Procedures. 2. As a minimum, submit the following items: 1. A layout of the systems including location on fixed and movable joints. 2. Details of design and fabrication of joints. 3. Details of support brackets, cradles, pads, thrust resisting elements, and other supporting elements. 4. Other pertinent elements necessary for a complete installation. 5. Design calculations for submitted items. ._l 7 May 2012 Page 15140-1 7 City of Pearland—Cowart Creek Pump Station . - ' L Project No:DR0602"; •_ ,:_ .-- • PIPE HANGERS,SUPPORTS,AND RESTRAINTS PART 2 PRODUCTS 7 2.01 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1. For uninsulated lines 2 inches and less and for drainage and downspout lines provide 7 hangers which are adjustable swivel ring type fabricated of malleable iron. 2. For'uiiinsulated?lines•larger than 2 inches arid for-insulated lines, except drainage and 7 downspout piping,provide adjustable clevis type-hangers.: Size hangers to allow insulation to extend unbroken through the hanger. 7 3. Fabricate hangers installed in valve vaults, wet wells,and Other below grade areas of cadmium plated or stainless steel. r 2.02 INSERTS 1. Make inserts for individual hangers of galvanized malleable iron; include removable nuts 7 held in place by V-type teeth on the insert body and nut. Make continuous-slotted channel inserts of galvanized steel with integral anchors at 6-inch centers. Provide factory finished steel snap-on cover plates on channel inserts between support attachments. 72-.03 EXPANSION BOLTS 7 - 1. Use expansion bolts for'support which are stainless steel wedge type. Do not use expansion bolt anchors with lead. 1 2.04 PIPE SADDLES . 1. Fabricate pipe saddles of hot dip galvanized steel. Saddles for supporting pipe from the 7 floor shall--be at least 9 inches in length and as wide as the outside diameter-of the pipe. Make a bearing support of 120 degrees. Mount saddles on concrete pads at least 2-inches high. 7 2.05 FRAMING HANGERS 7 1. Use factory fabricated metal framing systems with factory applied primer paint as framing for wall type hanger's, trapeze hangers, and tunnel stanchions. Attach supports to structure's with inserts for new concrete,with surface mounting methods for'masonry or 7 existing concrete, and with welding or clamps for structural steel. Make pipe supports fabricated on the site of structural steel members with raw edges ground and dressed. Rest floor supports in areas with uncovered concrete floors on concrete pads riot less than r2 inches high. 7 7 May 2012 Page 15140-2 7 7 EAMD—Zone 11 Water&Sanitary Sewer System M&B Job No. 8006-03 ` = - PIPE HANGERS,SUPPORTS,AND RESTRAINTS `-- PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION K 1. Hang piping inside structures supported from the floor or racked adjacent to walls. c.-" 2. Provide inserts cast in concrete walls or slabs for hanging and supporting pipe. If materials not,galvanized or cadmium plated, paint them with primer before installation. " 3. Design fabricate, and install support components in general conformance with Sections 120 and 121,of ANSI P31.1,Power Piping, except as modified in this Section. 7--1 3.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1. Support,brace, and anchor interior piping to prevent movement in any direction because of 1 pressure, temperature,flow, or water hammer, except at properly located expansion joints and fittings. 7 2. Provide two pipe guides on each side of expansion joints at which pipe movement occurs. The first guide shall be not more than 4-pipe diameters from the joint and the second not more than 14 diameters. Provide additional guides as required to maintain pipe alignment, spaced as required for the pipe size, fluid pressure and temperature inside the pipe, and as recommended by the expansion joint manufacturer or as shown. `i II 3. Maximum support spacing and hanger rod sizes for metal pipe containing liquids are as follows: 7 Nominal Pipe Support Spacing Rod Diameter in Inches • Size (Inches) (Feet) One Rod Two Rods rn 1 and Smaller 7 3/8 3/8 1-1/4 and 1-1/2 8 3/8 3/8 2 10 3/8 3/8 2-1/2 11 1/2 3/8 3 12 1/2 -3/8 r- 4 and 5 14 1/2 3/8 6and8 17 1/2, 3/8 -1 10 17 5/8 1/2 12 17 3/4 1/2 1 14 17 3/4 5/8 16 17 7/8 5/8 18 and 20 17 1 3/4 24 17 1-1/8 7/8 7 May 2012 Page 15140-3 EAMD—Zone 11 Water&Sanitary Sewer System M&B Job No. 8006-03 PIPE HANGERS,SUPPORTS,AND RESTRAINTS 4. •Foi-Valves 4inCh6g and larger in unburied horizontal lines support the valve on both sides when located within 18 inches of the valve or meter. Provide additional supports where required so that piping loads do not place damaging stresses on supports,valyes„and_ equipment. Where necessary,block up pipe at supports to permit installation of insulation. 5. Support unburied horizontal runs of rubber hose and non-metallic pipe for the entire length by means of troughs consisting of structural steel channels or angles supported at not more than 10-foot intervals. 6. Support piping not included in the foregoing tabulation as indicated or in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations, if not indicated. r = 7. Anchor buried pressure pipe at each fitting causing a change in direction Of:10 degrees or more. Concrete thrust blocks or other restraining devices in any satisfactory combination may be used. Submit the details of the method-propoge-dforuse;together with design calculations, to the Engineer before installation. END OF SECTION. May 2012 Page 15140-4 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 16012 ELECTRICAL WORK 6 16111 CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES 9 16120 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 5 16131 DEVICE,PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 3 16135 CABINETS,BOXES AND FITTINGS 7 r' 16140 WIRING DEVICES 3 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 8 16401 F1.FCTRIC SERVICE 2 16402 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 4 16452 GROUNDING 9 16460 TRANSFORMERS 7 16462 MOTOR CONTROL PANEL(MCP) 4 16470 PANELBOARDS 9 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 13 16476 DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 5 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS • 8 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600 V OR LESS) 10 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 9 1 1 CYW.WILUSON `� 69167 '; \ V Coastal Bend Consultants,Inc. TBPE Firm Reg.No.F-1069 11) J 1 Table of Contents-1 1 SECTION 16012 ELECTRICAL WORK 1.0 GENERAL 711 1.1 DESCRIPTION. J a.. The work shall include providing materials and equipment required for installation of complete and-functioning electrical system as Specified and as shown,on the-drawings. Unless noted in the Bidsheet, no separate payment,wili_be made`for work under this section.- .Include payment in unit price for applicable work as noted on the Bidsheet. L. b. This section is an integral part of all Specification Sections related to electrical, control and instrumentation construction under.-this contract Conditions of this section are paramont to all other conditions inapplicable sections and shall supercede all-other,conditions and requirements. c. Electrical Control and Instrumentation Plans&Specifications are representative of the design intent and-may not contain minute details normally,associated with normally accepted electrical construction,as.descnbed in applicable,codes or as described in manufacturer's literature. Contractor shall provide all appurtenances normally associated with-.a particular equipment or device, and as required for a properly operating system. d. Electrical Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the latest edition of the NEC is complied with,including but not limited to,the cross referencing of cited NEC articles to current NEC articles. 1.2 MAJOR ITEMS OF WORK AS FOLLOWS for the Cowart Creek Storm Pump Station a. Installation of Electrical Service Equipment b. Installation of Telephone Service c. ,Installation of-Site Grounding System ' . - . . ,d. Installation ofL-ift Station Control Panel&Motor Control Center e. Installation of Underground Duct Banks and Distribution Feeders. f. Installation of Motor and Equipment Feeders and Junction Boxes. g. - Installation of Pump Controller Sensing EIements(Transducers&Floats) h. Installation of Area Lighting i. Provisions for a portable standby generator set and manual transferswitch. , L 16012-1 Page 1 of 6 r r— SECTION 16012 ELECTRICAL WORK 1.3 CONTROL SYSTEM a. The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete operating control system. The control fl system shall include but shall not be limited to all circuit breakers, motor starter, contactors, indicating lights, selector switches,lightning arrestor, surge capacitor, phase failure relays, elapsed time meters, alarm horn, push button, control transformer, ammeters,volt meters, interlock wiring, control piping, blocks, valves, nameplates, and all other associated items required to provide a workable system. All pump controls to have level and pressure call and reset devices, motor start time delays and, elapse time meters installed. b. Provide circuit conductors,conduits,circuit breakers,and related devices for furnishing power to all motor heaters,instruments,devices,lights,controls,and other equipment provided by vendors, or others for this project. c. Control diagrams shown on plans are illustrative in nature and may require additional devices such as time delays, resets and other devices required for a proposed control system. No RACE conditions shall exist-in controls operation. d. All controls shall be fully tested in shop for proper and satisfactory operation, prior to installation at site. Contractor to provide written certification before delivery to site. Any installations without certification notice are done at risk by Contractor, who shall be obligated to make all necessary corrections in field at no additional cost to owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS a. Submit all products covered under this section for Engineer's approval. b. Where submittals for a particular equipment,device or material item vary from that specified or shown on plan drawings, and where that item is not specifically noted as acceptable and, where installation of submitted item results in improper or undesirable operation of the system,Contractor shall be liable for removal and/or replacement of that item with the item specified or shown on plan drawings at no additional cost to Owner. 1.5 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES r a. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate electrical power,telephone,data or special purpose line installation with utility companies. Within 30 days after award of contract,Electrical contractor shall contact utility company and owner and shall request service needed. It is Electrical Contractors sole responsibility to assure that utility company and Owner are notified and are kept aware of requirements. r- 16012-2 Page 2 of 6 7 SECTION 16012 ELECTRICAL WORK [7 b..-; . .Contractor shall'provide.;all:conduit, conductors and-terniination equipment as needed for utilities and shall coordinate with utility companies for installation requirements and shall provide 7 installation constructed according to the utility company standards whether or not such is shown in detail or-plans. 7 c. Electrical Contractor shall review all sections:of the-plans including,Civil, Structural, i—: Mechanical, Instrumentation, Process, Architectural, and Electrical and shall note all electrical requirements for,devices and,equipment shown or implied,and shall provide service accordingly for a 7 -complete operating electrical system. L' . d. Electrical Contractor shall provide all programming-set-up,adjustments and testing of devices or equipment included under this contract unless specifically excluded or unless equipment is not L provided byElectrical Contractor. �j e. General Contractor is specifically responsible for coordination of all electrical systems,devices 7' and equipment provided or installed under this contract and shall assure that all requirements by all trades are,met such as to insure a-complete --and.operating=-electrical, .control; process or instrumentation system. Special attention shall be given to Coordination ofmotors supplied.and MCC 7 components supplied. This includes verification of compatibility of all interfacing connectors and devices at-new, existing, and:Owner furnished.equipment; Notify Engineer of any discrepancies before ordering-equipment. Failure to do so may result in additionalcost.to'Contractor. - 7 f. Electrical Contractor shall be experienced with all types of electrical systems covered under this contract: .:No work shall:be undertaken where-Contractor's firm, ::project supervisors and 7 • project electrical workers have not had recent experience in similar projects in area of project location. Contractor will be required to furnish proof of experience where requested by Owner or Engineer or their Representatives. 7 General Contractors Manager or his Assistant shall be familiar types of electrical :with y g. Projectg construction required by this project in order to determine that all subcontractors work in 7 conformance with the plans and specifications. h. Contractor shall assure that all systems have been properly installed;adjusted andtested prior to final:inspection,unless,.Engineer has been-duly notified in-writing:that certain equipments are not 7 ready for final testing-and such is acceptable with Engineer. -- - i. Contractor shall fully inspect all"motors and nameplates,controls,,conduit,wiring devices=and 7 otheriterns before starting work•ordering materials or submitting shop drawings in order verify existing conditions areas shown on-plans'and,shall immediately notify Engineer-of any-discrepancies � between:.plans-&'specifications:and existing conditions. Failure to do; so:may result-in Contractor's L' responsibility for any required changes-in-construction.:This includes verification of compatibility of all interfacing connectors and devices for new, existing, and Owner furnished equipment. Notify 7 16012-3 Page 3 of 6 1110, 7 1 J SECTION 16012 ELECTRICAL WORK Engineer of any discrepancies before ordering equipment. Failure to do so may result in additional cost to Contractor. j. At completion of project and before final inspection, Contractor shall provide the Electrical Engineer with full size blue prints, red-lined to reflect the "As-Built" electrical installation. Any variation from plans shall be shown on each applicable plan sheet. 1 k. When work involves modifications or additions to existing plant, Contractor shall make provisions for continuous electrical service thru normal power or standby generator power. Where standby generator exists but,will be temporarily out of service during construction,Contractor shall provide substitute generator power for duration of outage. In no event shall plant be without operating power or, without standby generator service where generator exists. Include all transfer switches,fuel tank,fuel,attendance and appurtenances required for complete power system as needed for interim plant operation. - r' 1. Where work involves additions,modification, demolition or renovations to existing facilities, Contractor shall remove,relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. J m. Provide electrical circuits to all equipment as required by manufacturer. Verify location and characteristics of all equipment shown on plans and in specifications and size circuits accordingly. All conductors and conduits to comply with NEC Article 250 and Article 310. n. Equipment,instruments,controllers,VFD's,conduits and related appurtenances are shown in e— approximate locations. Contractor shall field select optimum location and where necessary,relocate up to ten(10)feet from location shown on plans to accommodate installation,at no additional cost to Owner. 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS a. All materials provided under all sections of the specifications shall be new and the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment. All materials shall conform to the National Electrical Code and shall be approved and listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories. Materials described by manufacturer's name and catalog number are selected to set a definite standard of design and quality to be required. There is not any intention to discriminate against.a product of another manufacturer which is equally durable in construction,similar in design, and will serve the purpose for which it is intended. Within 30 days after award of the contract and before any materials and equipment are placed on order,the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a complete list including catalog numbers and descriptive matter, of all materials and equipment he proposes to provide. 16012-4 Page 4 of 6 n. C ! , _ , . . SECTION 16012 ELECTRICAL.WORK b. Materials and equipiiient specifications are'general in coverage and" naycontainreferenee to construction items that apply in only particular situations and may not apply as a general rule for materials installed on this project. �- c. Outdoor equipment shall not have exposed devices or controls,unless specifically calledfor on plans. The outer door shall cover all such items. No see thru windows are allowed unless specifically approved. All outer doors to have locking hasp. Keyed handles only acceptable where specifically approved. All NEMA 4X enclosure doors to have quick release latches. d. All PLC's,controllers;NVFD's,instruments and electronic equipment installed outdoors or in unconditioned spaces shall have means of cooling'to allow satisfactory operation in local environment • and at conditions required by equiprnentnanufacture specification. • e. All control Panels and Motor Control Centers that are not a standard manufacture,offthe shelf project shall be manufactured in accordance with plans and specifications with high quality materials L' and components and shall bear a U.L. listed label or, be constructed by a U.L. listed shop. 2.2 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A.'- 'Electrical plans and specifications are not intended'to discriminate against any particular manufacturer. Specific values shown for a particular manufacturers product may vary slightly for another product. The Electrical Engineer reserves the right to interpret the electrical specifications and-'to :Hake judgement as to acceptance of a product, 'regardless of-minute details in'the specifications or on the plans. . b. Specifications shall be reviewed for applicability of materials under certain conditions and in certain environments and,where not shown otherwise on plan drawings These application directions shall be adhered to. • 1� c.• Where a particular reference on drawing plans does not conform to standard acceptable construction methods for a-particular type Project,'the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and request a clarification before ordering materials or starting construction. d. Plans are general in nature and may not show minute details of existing conditions.or proposed work. Existing conditions may include undocumented buried pipes,conduits and structures that lie in the route, or at location, of equipment or conduit installation required for this project. These uncertainties°shall be accounted for in'the Contractors Bid:Contractor shall adjust conduit routes, equipment pads and equipment mountings, as required, for a satisfactory installation'for the conditions imposed and at no additional cost to the Owner. 16012-5 Page 5 of 6 1 SECTION 16012 ELECTRICAL WORK e. Electrical site plan drawings shall only be scaled when "Scalable Drawing"-appears on the drawing sheets. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 WORKMANSHIP All wiring shall be installed in accordance with current NEC and local codes. Field select routing of conduits to avoid underground piping, conduit or structures that may be shown on plans. Adjust route of electrical conduits and ductbanks below proposed or existing buried piping. Provide minimum 24" clearance vertically and horizontally. This work shall be performed in a satisfactory manner and at no additional cost to Owner. A fish wire shall be left in all conduits in which the permanent wiring is not installed. All fixtures, switch, and receptacle locations shall be approved by Engineer. Refer to other sections of this specification for controls. Under this section of the specifications,the 1 Contractor shall install the control devices and provide control wiring switches, outlet boxes, and shall make all final connections. Control wiring and interlocks shall conform to wiring diagrams furnished by equipment manufacturers. fl The Contractor shall provide services of his Engineer or a factory trained technician to instruct plant operating personnel for a period of at least one(1)full day after completion of the contract work. 3.2 EXCAVATION AND BACICFILL J All underground conduits shall be buried to a minimum depth of 24-inches below finished grade. All trenches shall be uniform width and shall be backfilled and compacted to 95%that of original density. Any damage to underground conduits caused by other Contractors shall be repaired by this Contractor and shall be compensated accordingly by the party or parties responsible for the damage. �J I 3.3 CLEAT UP The Contractor shall upon completion of the work,remove all materials,empty containers,and any other materials that are not incorporated into the work. --000-- 16012-6 1 Page 6 of 6 • - i r SECTION 16111 CONDUIT.FITTINGS AND BODIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES a. Specification for conduit, fittings,and bodies. 1.2 REFERENCES a. American National Standards Institute(ANSI). 1. ANSI C80.1: Rigid Steel Conduit-Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C80.4: Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit. b. Federal Specifications. 1. W-C-58C: Conduit Outlet Boxes,Bodies Aluminum and Malleable Iron. 2. W-C-1094: Conduit and Conduit Fittings Plastic, Rigid. 3. WW-C-566C: Flexible Metal Conduit. 4. WW-C-581D: Coatings on Steel Conduit. tom c. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA). 1. NEMA RN1: Polyvinyl-Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. 2. NEMA TC2: Electrical Plastic Tubing(EPT)and Conduit(EPC-40 and EPC-80). 3. NEMA TC3: PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC.Conduit and Tubing. d. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC). e. Underwriters'Laboratories(UL). VI., 1; Flexible Metal Electrical Conduit. 2. UL 6: Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit. 16111-1 Page 1 of 9 �1 SECTION 16111 CONDUIT.FITTINGS AND BODIES 3. UL 514B: Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes. 4. UL 651: Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 5. UL 651A: Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and HDPE Conduit. 6. UL 886: Electrical Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations. 1.3 SUBMITTALS a. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data, with selected products clearly marked. 2. Installation, terminating and splicing procedure. 3. Instruction for handling and storage. 4. Dimensions and weight. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Tests. 1. Rigid steel conduit shall pass the bending, ductility, and thickness of zinc coating tests described by ANSI C80.1. , 2. Flexible conduit shall pass the tension,flexibility,impact,and zinc coating test described byUL1. 3. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings shall pass the test requirements ofNEMA TC2,UL 651 and 651A and Federal Specification W-C-1094A. r-. 1.5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING i a. Package conduit in 10-foot bundles maximum with conduit and coupling thread protectors suitable for indoor and outdoor storage. Package fittings in manufacturer's standard quantities and packaging suitable for indoor storage. Package plastic-coated rigid conduit, fittings, and bodies in such a manner as to protect the coating from damage during shipment and storage. 16111-2 Page 2 of 9 1 I SECTION 16111 _ CONDUIT.FITTINGS AND BODIES b. Store conduit above ground on racks to prevent corrosion and entrance of:debris. c. Protect plastic conduit from sunlight. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS a. Rigid Steel Conduit. 1.. Allied Tube and Conduit 2. Triangle Wire and Cable,Inc. 3. Wheatland Tube Company • b. PVC Coated Steel Conduit. Occidental:Coating Company(0-Cal Blue) — 2. Robroy Industries, Inc. (Rob-Roy Red) c. PVC Rigid Conduit. 1. Cantex 2. Carlon Industries, Inc. 3. Robroy Industries;Inc. d: Conduit Fittings and Bodies: 1. Appleton Electric - , 2. Crouse-Hinds _ 3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company 4. O-Z/Gedney 16111-3 Page 3 of 9 rr SECTION 16111 CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES e. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit. fl 1. Anamet,Inc. 2. Electriflex Company ,P1 3. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT a. Design Conditions. Use electrical conduit,fittings,and bodies designed for service in areas as specified within this section to form a continuous support system for power,control,and instrument cables. b. Conduit and Fittings 1. Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings. 1 (a) Rigid steel conduit, rigid steel conduit bends, nipples, and bodies shall be hot- dipped galvanized and shall comply with the latest ANSI C80.1, UL 6, Federal Specification WW-C-581D, and NEC Article 346-15. (b) Mild steel tubing shall be used for conduit, nipples, and couplings, and shall be free of defects on both the inner and outer surfaces. ,"-, (c) Fittings, bodies, and covers for rigid steel conduit shall be steel or cast-iron and shall comply with ANSI C80.4, UL 514B, and Federal Specification W-C-58C. 2. PVC-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings. (a) PVC-coated conduit, fittings, bodies, and covers shall conform to NEMA RN1 (Type A). Rigid steel galvanized conduit and fittings before coating shall conform 1 to Federal Specification WW-C-581D,ANSI C80.1,and UL 6. Conduit bodies shall conform to UL 514B and Federal Specification W-C-58C. Provide sufficient coating for touch up after installation. (b) PVC-coated couplings shall be of the ribbed type. (c) Condulet covers shall have encapsulated stainless steel thumb screws. (d) Condulets and covers shall be of mailable iron or feraloy material before coating. (e) PVC coating shall be a minimum of 2 mil thickness on the interior of the conduit and the interior of fittings, condulets, covers and bodies. 16111-4 Page 4 of 9 t l _ . SECTION 16111 7 . CONDUIT.FITTINGS AND BODIES 3. Flexible and Liquidtight Flexible Metal-Conduit and Fittings. , 7 • . , ,, (a) Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit manufactured in accordance with UL 1 and Federal Specification WW-C-566.C. . , (b) Fittings used withlliquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be the PVC-coated type ! and of such design as to thoroughly ground'the conduit to the fittings, and through,it to the box or enclosure to which it is attached. . (c) Flexible couplings and fittings for use in hazardous areas shall comply with UL 7 886,NEC Article 501-4(a&b), and Federal Specification W-C-586C. 4. PVC Conduit and-Fittings.-.Use PVC conduit,bends, and fittings,which comply with 7 NEMA TC2,,W-C-A, and NEC Article 347-17 for above ground and underground installation. .Conduit shall be schedule.80,unless shown or noted otherwise on drawings or in other specifications. 7 3.0 EXECUTION 7 3.1 PREPARATION - . _. .7 . a. Confirm submittal of shop drawing with conduit and conduit fitting, sizes, types and routing shown. ,- • . -. 7 b. Ensure that-the:conduit system to be installed is sized properly for the cable and wire requirements. c. Verify the actual physical conduit route from the conduit plan drawings and prepare:the conduit 7 support system. . , . . . - d. Verify the equipment locations to which the conduit will be connected and determine detail 7 requirements for connections. . . 7 _ 3.2 INSTALLATION 7 a. Install PVC-coated conduits in all outdoor locations at wastewater facilities,inside valve vaults; in wet wellslabs, in corrosive and wet environments and,where specifically noted on drawings. b. Install rigid galvanized steel(RGS)conduits in dry inside locations and in all outdoor locations ' for water facilities and, where specifically noted otherwise on drawings. 7 16111-5 Page 5 of 9 r i I fl SECTION 16111 CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES J c. Install PVC conduits in duct banks. For stub-ups,use PVC-coated rigid steel elbows or rigid steel elbows as applicable in A and B above or where specifically noted on drawings. d. Run exposed conduit parallel or perpendicular to walls, ceilings or main structural members. Group multiple conduits together where possible. Do not install conduit where it interferes with the use of passageways, doorways, overhead cranes, monorails, equipment removal areas or working areas. In no case shall conduit routing present a safety hazard or interfere with normal plant operating and maintenance procedures. Maintain a minimum overhead clearance of 8'-0" in passageways. e. Installation and support of conduit shall be from steel or concrete structures in accordance with the standard detail drawings. Furnish necessary conduit straps, clamps,fittings and support for the conduit in accordance with the standard details and consistent with the grade and type of conduit being installed. f. Identify conduit at termination points like MCC,light fixtures, control panels,receptacles,and _1 junction boxes. g. Not more than 3 equivalent 90 degree bends will be permitted between outlets. Provide bonded expansion fittings at building expansion joints. h. Install conduit runs so that they are mechanically secure,mechanically protected from physical 1 harm, electrically continuous, and neat in appearance. The interiors of conduit shall provide clean, smooth raceways through which conductors may he drawn without damage to the insulation. Make y, threaded connections wrench tight. i. Cut conduit square with a power saw or a rotary type conduit cutter designed to leave a flat face. Do not use plumbing pipe cutters for cutting conduit. Ream the cut ends of conduit with a reamer, designed for the purpose to eliminate rough edges and burrs. Cut threads with standard - conduit dies providing 3/4-inch taper per foot,allowing the proper length so that joints and terminals may be made up tight and the ends of the conduit not deformed. Keep dies sharp and use a good quality threading oil continuously during the threading operation. Remove metal cuttings and oil from the conduit ends after the threads are cut and paint threads before connections are made. Use zinc rich,brush-on compound on the threads of steel conduit before connections are made. Use only n tools specifically made for bending and installing PVC-coated or PVC conduit when installing these - materials. j. Use strap wrenches only to tighten joints in plastic coated rigid steel conduit. Replace all conduit and fittings with damage to the plastic coating, such as cuts,nicks and threader chuck jaw marks. �1 16111-6 1 Page 6 of 9 - _ . _ _ SECTION 16111 CONDUIT,FITTINGS AND BODIES k. - Make-up changes in,direction of'conduit using elbows or fittings.- Do.not use:pull boxes to make direction changes unless'specifically designated otherwise. 1. Field fabric to a d bends shall be-free of indentations or elliptical sections: The radius ofthe bend shall not be less than 6 times the smallest diameter of the raceway. • m: Protect all conduit terminations from mechanical'injury. Prevent the entryf rn'"o oisture and foreign mater into the conduit system by properly capping terminations.-. n. Avoid trapped runs'of conduit,if possible. When they are necessary,provide drainage usinga "tee" condulet equipped with a drain. Conduit is likely to pass through areas with a temperature differential of 20 degrees For more. Seal penetrations with a proper seal fitting at the wall or barrier between such areas. For conduit passing through walls separating pressurized areas from non- pressurized areas, install sealing fittings at the wall on the non-pressurized side. Lo. 'Fit conduit crossingbuilding or structure expansion joints with approved expansion fittings, • except that fittings will not be required when conduit crossing an expansion joint is supported on trapeze hangers in such a way that at no time will the conduit be under stress due to expansion. Install bonding jumpers around,expansion joint fittings: p. Where conduit terminates in sheet metal enclosures and where no threaded hubs are provided, fit the conduit with double locknuts and bushings. Sheet metal enclosures located outside or in any other wet,,damp or'corrosive areas shall be furnished with threaded hubs. Restrict side penetrations to the lower one third of the enclosure. Provide flexible metallic q. conduit where necessary to allow for movement onto localize sound or vibration,at transformers,at motors and any other rotating equipment unless shown otherwise on Drawings. r. Seal openings or holes where conduits pass through walls or floors. When conduits are passing through a firewall or fire-rated floor into different rooms,-cabinets,or enclosures,use a fire-rated seal as shown in the'typical detail included in the Drawings. Certain walls,as indicated on the Drawings, require environmental(air-tight)seals; seal as shown. = s. Install explosion-proof seals in conduit runs crossing or entering a hazardous classified area,as shown on Drawings. Install type CSBE removable sealing fittings to seal pump cables in the wet well and at the first junction box outside the well. t. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings,install expansion fittings every 300 feet within a straight conduit run and where conduit crosses building expansion joints, using bonding straps to ensure ground continuity. 16111-7 Page 7 of 9 r r- SECTION 16111 CONDUTT,FITTINGS AND BODIES u. Parallel runs of conduit may be supported by structural steel racks. When two or more racks are arranged one above the other, provide vertical separation of not less than 12 inches between racks,unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Space conduits on the racks at least enough to provide 1/4-inch clearance between hubs on adjacent conduits at terminations and to allow room for fittings. • r- v. . Fill conduit racks no more than 75 percent of their capacity,providing usable space for future conduit. To ensure this, conduits leaving the rack horizontally shall be offset up or down so that future conduits may be installed in the space remaining. Construct conduit racks to permit access for wire or cable pulling at all pull points, even when future conduits are added to fill the racks. w. Where conduit racks are supported on rods from beam clamps or by some other non-rigid suspension system,install rigid supports at no more than 50-foot intervals to give lateral stability to the rack. x. Conduit racks or hangers must in no way interfere with machinery(or its operation), piping, structural members, process equipment, or access to anticipated future equipment. Refer to architectural, structural,equipment layout and piping drawings to ensure that this requirement is met. Label high voltage conduit with the circuit phase-to-phase voltage by means of a firmly attached tag or label of approved design at each conduit termination,on each side of walls or barriers pierced and at intervals not exceeding 200 feet along the entire length of the conduit. y. Support conduit sizes 2 inches and larger at spacings not exceeding 10 feet and conduit sizes 1- 1/2 inches and smaller at spacings not exceeding 8 feet. z. The means of fastening conduit to supports shall be: by one hole malleable iron conduit straps - secured by wood screws to wood and by bolts with expansion anchors to concrete or masonry;by "Korn" clamps or U-bolts to other surfaces. Use "clamp backs"when strapping conduits to walls, column faces, or other such surfaces. aa. . Support conduit runs with conduit clamps,hangers,straps and metal framing channel attached to structural steel.members. Conduits of 1-1/2 inch size or less may be supported by one-hole conduit straps on concrete,tile or steel work, but for larger size conduit,use 2-hole straps. Use clamps of galvanized malleable iron for rigid galvanized conduit and PVC-coated or stainless steel for PVC- coated conduit. Metal framing channel straps used for PVC-coated conduit shall be type 3/16 stainless steel. bb. Install conduits supported from building walls with at least 1/4-inch clearance from the wall to prevent the accumulation of dirt and moisture behind conduit. I n 16111-8 Page 8 of 9 I SECTION 16111 CONDUIT.FITTINGS AND BODIES cc. Size and space embedded conduits in structural slabs in accordance with the Uniform Building Code. Conduits should occupy no more than one-third the thickness of the slab and should not be closer than 3 times the largest diameter on center without additional reinforcement. .. .00__ n r r 11" r • 16111-9 • Page 9 of 9 TI SECTION 16120 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES a. Specifications for 600-volt building wire and cable. 1.2 REFERENCES - a. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(ANSI/NFPA), NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC), Article 310 -Conductors for General Wiring. b. Underwriter's Laboratories(UL) 1. UL 83: Thermoplastic Insulated Wires and Cables 2. UL 1063: Machine Tool Wires and Cables c. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. ASTM B3: Soft or Annealed Copper Wires 2. ASTM B8: Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,Hard,Medium Hard, Soft d. Insulated Cable Engineers Association(ICEA),ICEA S-61-402:Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (NEMA WC-5). 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 a. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets and catalog data 2. Instruction for handling and storage 3. Dimensions and weight 4 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Tests. Cable shall meet all the requirements of Part 6 of ICEA S-61-402. 16120-1 Page 1 of 5 • TI 1 r SECTION 16120 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING a. Ship wire and cable on manufacturer's standard reel sizes unless=otherwise specified. Where cut lengths are specified, mark reel footage accordingly. ;Each reel shall contain one continuous length of cable. Provide impact protection by wood lagging or suitable barrier across the traverse,of the reel: .Provide moisture protection by using manufacturer's standard procedure or heat shrinkable self-sealing end caps applied to both ends of the cable. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS a. American Insulated Wire Corporation b. Carol Cable Company, Inc. c. General Cable Company d. Okonite Company e. Rome Cable Company f. Triangle Wire and Cable, Inc. g. Service Wire Company 2.2 . MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT a. Design. Provide cable designated as THWN/THIIN or XHEHW.single conductor type and UL 83 and UL 1063 listed,rated 600 volts and certified for continuous operation at maximum conductor temperature of 90=degrees C in dry locations and 75 degrees C in wet locations while installed in runderground duct, conduit or in control panels(MTW). b. Conductors. Provide conductors which are Class B,concentric stranded,annealed un-coated copper with physical and electrical properties complying with ASTM B3 and B8 and Part 2 of ICEA S-61-402. c. Insulation. Each conductor shall be PVC insulated and nylon jacketed to meet the requirements of Part 3 of ICEA S-61-402. The insulation thickness shall match the dimensions listed inNEC Table 310-13 for type THHN and THWN wire. 16120-2 Page 2 of 5 1 SECTION 16120 600-VOLT BUILDING WIREAND CABLE d. Wire Marking 1. Wire marking shall be in accordance with NEC Article 310-11 and shall be printed on the wire insulation at 2-foot intervals. 2. The printing method used shall be permanent and the color shall sharply contrast with the jacket color. e. The single conductor color coding shall be as follows: System Voltage A B C Neutral �} 120/240 Volt 1Ph/3w Black Red White 120/208 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Red Blue White 120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w Black Orange Blue White 277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Brown Purple Yellow Grey Motor Control 1 Black 2 Red , 3 Blue Ground Green 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION ,- a. Complete the cable raceway systems and underground duct banks before installing cables. tom, b. Verify sizing of raceways and pullboxes to ensure proper accommodation for the cables. 1 c. Check the length of the cable raceway system against the length of cable on the selected reel. d. Clean conduits of foreign matter before cables are pulled. 3.2 INSTALLATION a. Wiring Methods 1. Use wiring methods indicated on the Drawings 16120-3 Page 3 of 5 1-1 t SECTION 16120 600-VOLT BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE U' 2. In general,use THHN/THWN or XHHW building wire for lighting,power and control wiring were conductors are enclosed in raceways such as above ground conduit system, underground duct banks, or inside control panels. 3. Do not use solid conductors. ' 4. Use conductors not smaller than No. 12 AWG stranded for lighting circuits. 5. Use conductors not smaller than No. 14 AWG for control circuits,except when part of a multiconductor cable or internal panel wiring. 6. In general, do not splice conductors unless approved by the Engineer. 7. Splices associated with taps for lighting and control circuits are allowed without approval. 8. Make splices in accessible junction boxes. 9. Use wire nuts with insulated caps for lighting wiring splices. Splice control circuit with insulated crimp connectors. • b. Single Conductor in Conduit and Ductbank 1. Install cables in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and NEC Chapter 3 - Wiring Methods and Materials. Do not exceed maximum wire tension, maximum insulation pressure and minimum bending radius. 2. Pull cables into conduits using adequate lubrication to reduce friction. Lubricants must not be harmful to the conductor insulation. c. Single Conductor in Cable Tray 1. Do not install single conductor building wire and cable in cable tray. d. Preparation for Termination 1. Make 600-volt power cable terminations and splices with heat shrinkable sleeves and seals. 2. Terminal lugs and connectors for all sizes of conductors shall be crimp-on type. 16120-4 Page 4 of 5 _ . _ 1-1 SECTION 16120 600-VOLT BUII.DING WERE AND CABLE "y 3. For size 1/0 AWG and larger, crimp-on lugs shall have the long barrel with 2-hole tongues except in places where termination space is limited. e. Tests (-11. In general, test insulation integrity of the wiring system before terminating. 2. Make sure to disconnect sensitive electronic equipment before testing insulation. 1.1 ) 3. Use a 500 VDC megohmmeter and perform the wire system insulation test in accordance with the operating instructions. `") f. Termination 1. After the 600-volt wiring system has been tested with satisfactory results, reconnect r` wire. 'g1 --000-- 1 1 r- 16120-5 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 16131 DEVICE,PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES a. Specifications for device, pull, and junction boxes. 1.2 REFERENCES a. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA). 1. FB1 -Fittings and Support for Conduits and Cable Assemblies 2. 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(100,0 volts maximum) b. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSINFPA), NFPA70 -National Electrical Code(NEC)-Article 370-Outlet Device,Pull and Junction Boxes, Conduit Bodies and Fittings. c. Underwriters Laboratories(UL): 1. 50- Safety Cabinets and Boxes 2. 508 - Safety Industrial Control Equipment 3. 514B- Safety Fittings for Conduit and Outlet poxes 4. 886- Safety Outlet Boxes an&Fittings fgr Use in Hazardous Areas 1.3 SUBMITTALS a. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. 1. Manufacturer's cut sheets, catalog data 2. Instruction for handling and storage 3. Installation instructions 4. Dimensions and weights r 16131-1 Page 1 of 3 SECTION 16131 DEVICE,PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING a. Pack and crate boxes to permit ease of handling and to provide protection from damage during shipping, handling and storage. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS a. Sheet Metal Boxes 1. Hoillnan Industrial Products 2. Pauluhn Electric Manufacturing Company 3. Hennessy 4. Tanco 5. Tejas 6. Circle A.W. b. Cast Device Boxes ,.•, 1. Appleton Electric Company 2. Crouse-Hinds,Division of Cooper Industries 1 3. Killark Electric Manufacturing Company 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1 a. Sheet Metal Boxes 1. Provide UL-approved junction boxes and pull boxes manufactured from stainless steel sheet metal and meeting requirements ofNEMA 4X for corrosive and wet area,NEMA 250 and NEC Article 370. 2. Provide boxes with a stainless steel continuous hinge, closure hasps and all- stainless steel hardware. n 16131-2 Page 2 of 3 1 1 o SECTION 16131 DEVICE.PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 3. Furnish the door with neoprene gasket and provision for padlock.. TIP b. Device Boxes 1. Provide UL-approved boxes designed and manufactured to house electrical devices like receptacles and switches, and in conformance with NEMA FB1 and NEC Article 370. 2. Supply boxes that are hot-dip galvanized on cast iron suitable for corrosive and wet atmosphere. c. Hardware 1. Mounting Hardware: Stainless steel 2. Conduit Connectors: Watertight as manufactured by Myers Hubs, or equal. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION a. Review the drawings and determine how many boxes of each kind are required and check if supplied quantity is sufficient. 3.2 INSTALLATION a. Boxes described in this specification shall be used both in dry and wet, corrosive areas, both inside and outside locations. b. Install boxes in accordance with NEC Article 370 in locations indicated on the Drawings. c. Install junction and pull boxes,in readily accessible places to facilitate wire pulls,maintenance and repair. L. d. Plug unused conduit openings. e. Make conduit connections to sheet metal boxes with watertight conduit connectors. __0 __ 16131-3 Page 3 of 3 pc- SECTION 16135 CABINETS,BOXES.AND FITTINGS 1.0 GENERAL 4-- 1.1 SUMMARY a. Section Includes: r-) 1. Outlet and device boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes. 3. Floor boxes and service fittings. 4. Cabinets. 5. Hinged door enclosures. 6. Boxes and fittings for hazardous locations. 1.2 REFERENCES a. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A167-91 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. b. Underwriter's Laboratory(UL): 1. UL 50-88 -UL Standard for Safety Cabinets and Boxes. I 1 2. UL 514A-91 -UL Standard for Safety Metallic Outlet Boxes. 3. UL 514B-89-UL Standard for Safety Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes. 4. UL 886-85- UL Standard for Safety Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified)Locations. c. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association(NEMA): '`? 1. NEMA ICS 6-88 -Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems. 2. NEMA OS 1-89-Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes,Device Boxes,Covers,and Box Supports. 16135-1 1 Page 1 of 7 - r.1 _ _ _ SECTION 16135 CABINETS,BOXES,AND FITTINGS 3. NEMA 250-85-Enclosure for Electrical Equipment(1,000 v maximum). 1.3 DEFINITIONS a. Cabinets: Enclosure designed either for surface or for flush mounting and having frame,ortrim in which door or doors may,be mounted. b. Device Box: Outlet box designed to house receptacle device or wiring box designed to house switch. c. Enclosure: Box, case, cabinet, or housing for electrical wiring or components. d. Hinged Door Enclosure: Enclosure designed for surface mountingand having swinging doors g �g or covers secured directly to and telescoping with walls of box. L e. Outlet Box: Wiring enclosure where current is taken from wiring system to supply utilization equipment. f. Wiring Box: Enclosure designed to provide access to wiring systems or for mounting of indicating devices or of switches for controlling electrical circuits. - 1.4 SUBMITTALS a. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. b. Product Data: Submit for cabinets and enclosures with classification higher than NEMA 1. c. Shop Drawings: Submit to.Engineer for approval. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE. a. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Tenn"NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. b. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. 16135-2 Page 2 of 7 r _ _ I SECTION 16135 CABINETS,BOXES,AND FITTINGS 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CABINETS,BOXES,AND FITTINGS, GENERAL a. Electrical Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings: Of indicated types, sizes, and NEMA enclosure classes. Where not indicated, provide units of types, sizes, and classes appropriate for use and location. Provide items complete with covers and accessories required for intended use. Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet locations. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND FINISHES a. Fasteners for General Use: Corrosion resistant screws and hardware including cadmium and zinc plated items. b. Fasteners for Damp or Wet Locations: Stainless steel screws and hardware. c. Fittings for Boxes, Cabinets, and Enclosures: Conform to UL 514B. Malleable iron or zinc plated steel for conduit hubs,bushings and box connectors. d. Finishes: 4 1. Exterior Finish: Gray baked enamel for items exposed in finished locations except as otherwise indicated. 2. Interior Finish: Where indicated,white baked enamel. 1 2.3 METAL OUTLET,DEVICE,AND SMALL WIRING BOXES a. General: 1. Conform to UL 514A and UL 514B. �1 2. Boxes shall be of type, shape, size, and depth to suit each location and application. b. Steel Boxes: Conform to NEMA OS 1. Boxes shall be sheet steel with stamped knockouts, threaded screw holes and accessories suitable for each location including mounting brackets and straps, cable clamps, exterior rings and fixture studs. c. Cast-Iron Boxes: Iron alloy, waterproof, with threaded raceway entries and features and 16135-3 1 Page3 of 7 _ 1 1 .„ . SECTION 16135 CABINETS,BOXES,AND FITTINGS accessories suitable for each location,including mounting ears,threaded screw holes,for devices and closure plugs. 2,4 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES a. General: Comply with UL 50 for boxes over 100 cu in.volume. Boxes shall have screwed or bolted on covers of material same as box and shall be of size and shape to suit application. b. Galvanized Steel Boxes: Flat rolled, code gauge, sheet steel with welded seams. Where necessary to provide rigid assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing. Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Cover shall be gasketed. c. Stainless-Steel Boxes: Fabricate of stainless steel conforming to Type 302 of ASTM A167. Where necessary to provide rigid assembly, construct with internal structural stainless steel bracing. Cover shall be gasketed. . d. Cast-Iron Boxes: Molded of cast iron alloy with gasketed cover and integral threaded conduit entrances. e. Boxes Approved for Classified Locations: Cast metal or cast nonmetallic boxes conforming to UL 886 listed and labeled for use in specific location classification, and with specific hazardous material encountered. Conduit entrances shall be integral threaded type. 2.5 CABINETS a. Comply with Plans. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL a. Locations: Install items where indicated and where required to suit code requirements and installation conditions. b. Cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed.and plug unused conduit hubs. c. Sizes shall be adequate to meet current NEC volume requirements,but in no case smaller than sizes indicated. d.Remove sharp edges where they may come in contact with wiring or personnel. 16135-4 Page 4 of 7 r _ SECTION 16135 CABINETS.BOXES.AND FITTINGS 3.2 APPLICATIONS a. Outlet Boxes and Fittings: Install outlet and device boxes and associated covers,and fittings of materials and NEMA types for each location in conformance with following requirements unless otherwise noted: 1. Interior Dry Locations: Sheet steel, NEMA type 1 for flush mounting and feraloy Jt Type FS or FD cast boxes with threaded conduit hubs for surface mounting. 2. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Galvanized,cast metal,NEMA Type 3R 3. Wet Locations: Stainless Steel,NEMA type 4X enclosures. 4. Corrosive Locations: Stainless Steel,NEMA type 4X enclosures. 5. Hazardous(Classified)Locations: NEMA type listed and labeled for location and class of hazard indicated. b. Pull and Junction Boxes: Install pull and junction boxes of materials and NEMA types suitable for each location. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES a. Gasketed Boxes: At following locations use cast metal,threaded hub type boxes with gasketed weatherproof covers: 1. Exterior locations. 2. Where exposed to moisture laden atmosphere. 3. Where indicated. 1 b. Mounting: Mount outlet boxes for switches with long axis vertical or as indicated. Mount boxes for receptacles vertically. Gang boxes shall be mounted with long axis horizontal. 1 c. Cover Plates for Surface Boxes: Use plates sized to box front without overlap. d. Set boxes in concealed conduit runs, flush with wall surfaces, with or without covers as required. e. Set outlet boxes parallel to construction, securely mounted and adjusted to set true and flush 16135-5 Page 5 of 7 1 r SECTION 16135 CABINETS,BOXES.AND FITTINGS with finished surface. £ Provide outlet box divider barriers between 277/480 v and 120/240 v devices as required and per current NEC. 3.4 OUTLET BOX LOCATIONS a. Locate flush mounted wall boxes in corner of nearest brick or block to keep cutting to minimum. b. Location of outlets and equipment as shown on Drawings is approximate and exact location to be verified and shall be determined by: 1. Construction or code requirements: 2. Conflict with equipment or other trades. 3. . Equipment manufacturer's drawings. c. Minor modification in location of outlets and equipment considered incidental up to distance of 10 ft with no additional compensation,provided necessary instructions given prior to roughing in of outlet. d. Mounting heights for devices and equipment to be measured from finished floor to centerline of device unless otherwise noted on Drawings. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES a. Box Selection: For boxes in main feeder conduit runs,use sizes not smaller than 8-in. square by 4-in. deep. Do not exceed 6 entering and 6 leaving raceways in single box. Quantities of conductors (including equipment grounding conductors) in pull or junction box shall not exceed following: 16135-6 Page 6 of 7 r r fl SECTION 16135 -, CABINETS.BOXES,AND FITTINGS ,. _ a Size of Largest Maximum No. of Conductors in Box Conductors in Box No. 4/0 AWG 30 250 MCM 20 1 500 MCM 15 Over 500 MCM 10 1. Cable Supports: Install clamps, grids, or devices to which cables may be secured. Arrange cables so they may be readily identified. Support cable at least every 30 in. inside boxes. 2. Size: Provide pull and junction boxes for telephone, signal,instrumentation,control,and other systems at least 50%larger than would be required by Article 370 of NEC, or as '1 indicated. Locate boxes strategically and provide shapes to permit easy pulling offuture _ wires or cables of types normal for such systems. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF CABINETS AND HINGED DOOR ENCLOSURES (Not Applicable) 3.7 GROUNDING a. Electrically ground metallic cabinets, boxes, and enclosures. Where wiring to item includes grounding conductor, provide grounding terminal in interior of cabinet,box or enclosure. b. Ground in accordance with Section 16452. I 3.8 CLEANING AND FINISH REPAIR - a. Upon completion of installation, inspect components. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, abrasions and weld marks. - b. Galvanized Finish: Repair damage using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. c. Painted Finish:Repair damage using matching corrosion inhibiting touch-up coating. ——0 0 0—— 16135-7 Page 7 of 7 SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES a. Specifications for wiring devices including: 1. Receptacles. 2. Wall switches. 3. Wall plates and cover plates. 1.2 REFERENCES a. American National Standards Institute/National Electrical Manufacturers Association (ANSI/NEMA): 1. NEMA WD1 -General Purpose Wiring Devices. 2. NEMA WD6-Dimensional Requirements. b. Federal Specifications(WC-596F). c. American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 1. NFPA No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC), Articles 210 Branch Circuits, 250 Grounding and 410, Paragraphs 56, 57 and 58. 1.3 SUBMITTALS a. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval: 1. Manufacturer's product literature and specifications including dimensions, weights, certifications and instructions for handling, storage and installation. 1.4 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING a. Pack and crate devices to permit ease of handling and protect from damage during shipping, handling and storage. r 16140-1 Page 1 of 3 1 SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS a. Bryant Electric b. Crouse-Hinds, Arrow Hart Division • c. Hubbel Inc.Wiring Devices Division d. Leviton Manufacturing Company e. Pass&Seymour/Legrand. 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT a. Standards: Conform to NEMA WD1 for general requirements and NEMA WD6 for dimensional requirements. b. Manufacture devices to heavy-duty industrial specification grade with brown nylon bodies (orange for isolated-ground receptacles)back and side wiring provisions and green-colored grounding screws. c. Receptacles: ,. 1. Duplex-type receptacles: Rated 20 amps at 120 volts. 2. Contacts: Brass or phosphor bronze. 3. Receptacle grounding system: Extend to the mounting strap unless isolated ground is indicated or required. 4. GFI or GFCI(ground fault circuit interrupter)receptacles: Provide feed-through type with test and reset button. d. Wall Switches: 1. Toggle switches: Rated 20 amps at 120/277 volts AC rated for both resistive and inductive loads. 2. Contacts: Silver cadmium oxide construction to prevent sticking,welding and excessive pitting. ri i 16140-2 Page 2 of 3 _.1 I SECTION 16140 r WIRING DEVICES L e. Cover Plates: 1. In outdoor, corrosive and wet areas, provide cover plates of cast metal,gasketed with spring-loaded hinged covers and stainless steel hardware. 2. All other plates: Type 302 stainless steel. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION L a. Verify that device boxes are correctly placed. b. Verify that the correct quantity, size and type of wires are pulled to each device box. c. Verify that wiring has been checked at both ends. d. Prepare wire ends for connection to devices. e. Inspect each wiring device for defects. 3.2 INSTALLATION. a. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions: b. Install devices plumb and level. c. Install switches with OFF position down. r L d. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. e. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper. f. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductors clockwise around screw terminals. Pal g. Install cover plates on switch, receptacle and blank outlets in finished areas. �+ h. Energize and test-devices for proper operation. • L --o0o-- 16140-3 Page 3 of 3 1 SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 1.0 GENERAL I 1.1 SUMMARY a. Section Includes: y 1. Identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations. -( 1.2 SUBMITTALS a. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. b. Product Data: 1. Submit for each type of product specified. c. Samples: 1. Submit for each color, lettering style, and or graphic representation required for identification materials; samples of labels and signs. d. Miscellaneous: 1. Schedule of identification nomenclature to be used for identification signs and labels. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Regulatory Requirements: 1 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. b. Comply with ANSI C2. 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS I a. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified application, selection is Installer's option,but provide single type for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1,NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere. 16195-1 - Page 1 of 8 I 7 . , „ _ __ _ _ _ _ ,_ __ , ._ . . . . ,. ,, SECTION 16195 7 • ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION L b. Conform to ANSI A13".1,Table 3, for minimum size of letters for legend and minimum length of color field for each raceway or cable size. 7 1. Color: Black orange legend on a field: g g 7 2. Legend: Indicates voltage. c. Adhesive Labels: Preprinted,flexible,self adhesive vinyl. Legend is`overlaminated with clear, 7 wear and chemical resistant coating. d. Pre-tensioned, Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted, color coded, acrylic bands 7 sized to suit diameter of line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by pre-tensioned gripping action when placed in position. e. Colored Adhesive Tape: Self adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 in.wide 7 . (0.08 nun thick by 25 to 51 mm wide). 7 f. Underground Line Warning Tape: Permanent,bright colored, continuous printed, vinyl tape with following features: C1. Size: Not less than 6 in. wide by 4 mils thick(152 mm wide by 0.102 mm thick). 2. Compounded for permanent direct burial service. 7 3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core. 4. Printed Legend: Indicates type of underground line. 7 g. Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl cloth, self adhesive,wraparound type with preprinted numbers and letters. 7 h. Aluminum,Wraparound Marker Bands: Bands cut from 0.014 in. (0.4 nun)thick aluminum sheet,with stamped or embossed legend,and fitted with slots or ears for permanently securing around 7 wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors. i. Plasticized Card Stock Tags: Vinyl cloth with preprinted and field printed legends. Orange 7 background, except as otherwise indicated,with eyelet for fastener. j. Aluminum Faced Card Stock Tags: Wear resistant, 18 point minimum card stock faced on both sides with embossable aluminum sheet, 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) thick, laminated with moisture 7, resistant acrylic adhesive, and punched for fastener. Preprinted legends suit each application. 7 16195-2 Page 2 of 8 I SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION k. Brass or Aluminum Tags: Metal tags with stamped legend,punched for fastener. Dimensions: 2 by 2 in. (51 by 51 mm)by 0.05 in. (l.3 mm). } 2.2 ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS a. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified Fl application,selection is Installer's option,but provide single type for each application category. Use --� colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1,NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere. n b. Engraving stock,melamine plastic laminate, 1/16 in. (1.6 mm)minimum thick for signs up to - 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), 1/8 in. (3.2 mm)thick for larger sizes. 1. Engraved Legend: Black letters on white face. _ 2. Punched for mechanical fasteners. c. Baked Enamel Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs,punched for fasteners,with colors, legend, and size as indicated or as otherwise required for .application. 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) grommets in corners for mounting. d. Exterior, Metal Backed, Butyrate Signs: . Wear resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396 in.(1 mm),galvanized steel backing,with colors,legend,and size appropriate to application. 1/4 in. (6.4 mm)grommets in corners for mounting. e. Fasteners for Plastic Laminated and Metal Signs: Self tapping stainless steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts, flat washers and lock washers. - 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS a. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self extinguishing, 1 iece self locking, T e 6/6 nylon cable ties €m � piece, Type Y with following features: 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 in. (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb(22.3 kg)minimum. 1 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 185°F (Minus 4 to 85° C). 4. Color: As indicated where used for color coding. 1 b. Paint: Alkyd-urethane enamel. Primer as recommended by enamel manufacturer. 16195-3 - � Page3 of8 I i SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. Install identification devices according to manufacturer's written instructions. b. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. c. Lettering,Colors,and Graphics: Coordinate names,abbreviations,colors,and or designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations used in Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project. d. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish,install identification after completion of finish work. e. Self Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before applying. • f. Identify feeders over 600 V with"DANGER-flTGIT.VOLTAGE"in black letters 2 in.(51 mm) high, stenciled with paint at 10 ft (3 m) intervals over continuous, painted orange background. Identify following: 1. Entire floor area directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 in. (305 mm)of basement or ground floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above un-excavated space. 2. Wall surfaces directly external to conduits concealed within wall. 3. All accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around conduits in vertical shafts,exposed in building, or concealed above suspended ceilings. 4. Entire surface of exposed conduits. g. Install painted identification as follows: 1. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material,and oily films before painting. 2. Prime Surfaces: For galvanized metal, use single component, acrylic vehicle coating formulated for galvanized surfaces. -For concrete masonry units,use heavy duty,acrylic resin block filler. For concrete surfaces, use clear,'alkali resistant,:alkyd binder type sealer. 16195-4 Page 4 of 8 r L' SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 3. Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of silicone alkyd enamel. • 4. Apply primer and finish materials according to manufacturer's instructions. Y h. Identify Raceways and Exposed Cables of Certain Systems with Color Banding: Band exposed �l and accessible raceways of systems listed below for identification. 1. Bands: Pre-tensioned, snap around, colored plastic sleeves; colored adhesive tape; or combination of both. Make each color band 2 in. (51 mm)wide,completely encircling _ , conduit, and place adjacent bands of 2 color markings in contact, side by side. +~� 2. Locate bands at changes in direction,at penetrations of walls and floors,at 50 ft(15 m) } maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 ft(7.6 m)in congested areas. 3. Colors: As follows: 7 (a) Fire Alarm System: Red. (b) Fire Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow. (c) Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue. (d) Security System: Blue and yellow. (e) Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue. (f) Telecommunications System: Green and yellow. i. Install Caution Signs for Enclosures Over 600 V: Use pressure sensitive, self-adhesive label 1 indicating system voltage in black, preprinted on orange field. Install on exterior of door or cover. j. Install Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Label externally as follows: 1. Exposed Boxes: Pressure sensitive, self adhesive plastic label on cover. '`1 2. Concealed Boxes: Plasticized card stock tags. 3. Labeling Legend: Permanent, water proof listing of panel and circuit number or equivalent. k. Identify Paths of Underground EIectrcal Lines: During trench backfilling, for exterior underground power,control,signal,and communications lines,install continuous underground plastic line marker located directly above line at 6 to 8 in. (150 to 200 mm)below finished grade. Where multiple lines installed in common trench or concrete envelope do not exceed an overall width of 16 in. (400 mm),use single line marker. n 16195-5 Page 5 of 8 ri , _ . SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL-IDENTIFICATION 1. Install line marker for underground wiring,both direct-buried and in'raceway. 7 1. Color Code Conductors: Secondary service,feeder,and branch circuit conductors throughout secondary electrical system. 1. Field applied, color coding methods may be used in lieu of factory coded wire for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG. (a) Colored, pressure sensitive plastic tape in half lapped turns`for distance of 6 in. (150 mm) from terminal points and in boxes where splices Or taps are made. Apply last 2 turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use 1 in. (25 mm) wide tape in colors as specified. Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings. (b) Colored cable ties applied in groups of 3 ties of specified color to each wire at each terminal Or splice point starting 3 in.(76 mm)froth terminal and spaced 3 in. (76 min)apart. Apply with`special tool or pliers, tighten to snug fit, and cut off excess length: System Voltage • A B C • Neutral f20/240�Volt-1Ph/3w Black Red White 120/208 Volt3Ph/4w Black Red -Blue White 120/240 Volt 3Ph/4w Black .. - Orange Blue White 277/480 Volt 3Ph/4w Brown Purple Yellow Grey Motor Control 1 Black 2 Red .. • 3 Blue. Ground Green m. Power Circuit Identification: Use metal tags or aluminum wraparound marker bands for cables, feeders, and power circuits in vaults,pull boxes,junction boxes,manholes,and switchboard rooms. 1. Legend: 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) steel letter and number stamping or embossing with legend corresponding to indicated circuit designations. 2. Fasten tags with nylon cable ties;fasten bands using integral ears. r 16195-6 Page 6 of 8 _ _ 1 SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION n. Apply identification to conductors as follows: - 1. Conductors to Be Extended in Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers. fl 2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor with source,voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color coding for voltage and phase indication of secondary circuit. 3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor by its system and circuit designation. Use consistent system of tags, color coding, or cable marking tape. o. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs and stencils as follows: I 1. Install warning,caution,and instruction signs where indicated or required to ensure safe ,-1 operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved, plastic laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items. 2. Emergency Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8 in. (9 mm)high lettering for emergency instructions on Pj power transfer,load shedding, and or emergency operations. - p. Install identification as follows: 1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each major unit of equipment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes communication, signal, and alarm systems, unless units are specified with their own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated,provide single line oftext with 1/2 in.(13 mm)high lettering on 1 1/2 in. (38 mm)high label;where 2 lines of text f are required,use lettering 2 in.(51 mm)high. Use black lettering on white field. Apply labels for each unit of,following categories of equipment. (a) Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. J (b) Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. (c) Electrical switchgear and switchboards. (d) Electrical substations. (e) Motor control centers. (f) Motor starters. (g) Push button stations. (h) Power transfer equipment. 16195-7 1 Page 7 of 8 I +'l 7. ,7 SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 7 L (i) Contactors. (j) Remote controlled switches. 7 (k) Dimmers. L (1) Control devices. (m) Transformers. 7 (n) Inverters. (o) Rectifiers. (p) Frequency converters. 7 (q) Battery racks. (r) Power generating units. (s) Telephone switching equipment. (t) Clock/program master equipment. (u) Call system master station. (v) TV/audio monitoring master station. (w) Fire alarm master station or control panel. 7 (x) Security monitoring master station or control panel. 2. Apply designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches,breakers, L push buttons,pilot lights,motor control centers,and similar items for power distribution and control cornponents,above,except panelboards and alarm/signal components where labeling is specified elsewhere. For panelboards,provide framed,typed circuit schedules r with explicit description and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker. L 7 7 E 7 7 7 7 16195-8 Page 8 of 8 7 7 _ _ SECTION 16401 ELECTRIC SERVICE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY a. Electric Utility Charges: 1. Electric Utility charges for extension of distribution system to point of service termination and meters will be paid by Owner. 1.2 DEFINITIONS a. Electric Utility: Local Electric Power Company. 1 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): (a) NFPA NO. 70-93 -National Electrical Code(NEC). 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRIC SERVICE a. Electric Service Characteristics: 1. As indicated on Drawings and provided by Electric Utility. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION a. Confirmation of Electric Service: 1. ConsuIt with Electric Utility to verify service information specified and shown on 1 Drawings. 2. Include deviations required by Electric Utility from contract documents to comply with I 1 Electric Utility standards and requirements. 16401-1 Page 1 of 2 _1 , . SECTION 16401 ELECTRIC SERVICE L b. Metering: 1. Consult with Electric Utility regarding service entrance requirements and metering equipment. 2. Install metering equipment and empty conduit for metering conduCtoffto Med standards and requirements of Electric Utility. c. Application for Electric Service. 1. Obtain required forms from Electric Utility. 2. Assist Owner in completion of forms and deliver completed forms to Electric Utility. 3. Coordinate schedule for installation of electric service with Electric Utility. r E n 16401-2 Page 2 of 2 - - n SECTION 16402 - 1 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ri a. Underground electrical duct banks. 1.2 REFERENCES a. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): No. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC) Appendix B. 1.3 SUBMITTALS a. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. b. Catalog cut sheets of the ducts and spacers. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING a. Have duct spacers and associated hardware packed and crated to avoid damage during P shipment and handling. b. Clearly mark packages or crates stating that the material is for electrical duct banks only. 2.0 PRODUCTS - 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS a. Thomas and Betts. b. Underground Devices Inc. c. Walker Division,Butler Manufacturing Company. 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT a. Conduit. Construct ducts using schedule 80 rigid PVC conduit. Refer to Section 16111 - Conduit,Fittings and Bodies. b. Spacers. Secure conduit with non-magnetic, universal, interlocking-type spacers for both horizontal and vertical duct arrangements. 16402-1 1 Page 1 of 4 j . _ o 0 • SECTION 16402 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS c. Concrete. Use steel reinforced,red concrete as duct encasement. • 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION a. Verify from Drawings and field survey that the location of ductbanks does not interfere with any existing or new underground facilities. b. Verify that materials are on site in proper condition and that sufficient quantity is on hand for the work. c. Verify that trenches are in the correct places and prepared with sufficient depth and width to accommodate the duct banks, reinforcing rod, and concrete. d. Be prepared for inspection of the duct banks before reinforcing rod is installed. e. Before pouring concrete, verify that the ducts are free of debris and properly installed in the support and spacer systems and that the ducts are properly fitted together and firmly held in place by the hold down hardware. f. Provide 24-hour notice to Engineer and the Local Code Inspector for cover-up inspection before pouring electrical conduit duotbanks. 3.2 INSTALLATION a. Use the size and types•of conduit as indicated on the Drawings for the various duct banks required for the project. • - b. Make duct bank installations and-penetrations through foundation walls watertight. c. -- Assemble duct banks using non-magnetic saddles,spacers and separators. Position separators to provide 2-inch minimum concrete separation between the outer surfaces of the-conduits. d. Provide a 3-inch minimum concrete covering on both sides, top and bottom of concrete envelopes around conduits. Add red dye at the rate of 10 pounds per cubic yard to concrete used for L envelopes for easy identification during subsequent excavation. e. Firmly fix ducts in place during pouring of concrete. Carefully spade and vibrate the concrete to ensure filling of spaces between ducts. 16402-2 Page 2 of 4 SECTION 16402 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS f. Make bends with sweeps of radius not less than 6 times the smallest diameter of the raceway. g. Make a transition from non-metallic to metallic rigid conduit where duct banks enter structures fl or turn upward for continuation above grade. h. Make bends of 30 degrees or more using rigid galvanized steel. i. Reinforce duct banks throughout,where indicated on the Drawings. r.- 1. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, reinforce with No. 5 longitudinal steel bars placed at each corner and along each face at a maximum parallel spacing of 12 inches on centers, and No. 5 tie-bars transversely placed at 18-inch maximum longitudinal intervals. 2. Maintain a maximum clearance of 2 inches from bars to the edge of the concrete �t encasement. j. Where ducts enter structures such as handholes,manholes,pullboxes,or buildings,terminate the ducts in suitable end bells,insulated L-bushings,Meyers hubs or couplings on steel conduits. Tag conduit entering pull boxes with stamped, stainless steel tags. Identify as designated in cable and conduit schedule. k. Do not backfill with material containing large rock,paving materials,cinders, large or sharply angular substances, corrosive material, or other materials which can damage or contribute to corrosion of ducts or prevent adequate compaction of fill. 1 1. Install a bare stranded copper duct bank ground in each duct bank envelope. Make ground electrically continuous throughout the entire duct bank system. Connect ground to switchgear and MCC ground buses and to steel conduit extensions of the underground duct system. m. After completion of the duct bank and prior to pulling cable, pull a mandrel, not less than 12 inches long and with a cross section approximately one-fourth inch less than the inside cross section of the duct,through each duct. Then pull a rag swab or sponge through to remove any particles of earth, sand or gravel that may have been left in the duct. Repull the rag or sponge swab until the "1 swab emerges clean. n. Use hemp rope to pull conductors into PVC conduit. Do not use nylon or wire cable for this purpose. o. Install a warning ribbon approximately 12 inches below finished grade over underground duct banks. Refer to Section 16195 -Electrical Identification. 16402-3 1 Page 3 of 4 I 1 .. . . , _. .. . , .... . - . ... _. . .. .. .. , . . : . • SECTION 16402 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 7 .... .. . . . .... . . _ . . . _ . .._ . . . p. For manholes and pull boxes below grade,install vvire racks to support cables properly around .1 the perimeter and keep them dry. 7 q. For manholes and pull boxes below grade, construct a french drain, or other drainage as detailed on the Drawings. .7 . . . .. __ 0 0 0__.. . . i. ,7 . , 7 . ., . . , . . . . 7 . . . 7 . .. 7 . . . ,. • . 7 L. • ... .. .7 . .. .. . 7 . . . , .. ., . . ,, .7 . .. . .. . . . . . . . 7 7 16402-4 Page 4 of 4 7. . . 7 Ti SECTION 16452 - - GROUNDING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY a. Section includes: 1. Solid grounding of electrical systems and equipment. 2. Basic requirements for grounding for protection of life,equipment,circuits,and systems. 3. Grounding requirements specified in this Sectio n p may be supplemented in other sections of these Specifications. Ti 1.2 REFERENCES a. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. B3-90- Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. 2. B8-90-Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. 3. B33-91 -Standard Specification for Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. 4. E699 E1-79-Standard Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating Building Components in Accordance with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee E-6. b. National Fire Protection Association A(NFP :) 1. NFPA 78-89 -Lightning Protection Code. c. Underwriter's Laboratories(UL) 1. 467 84-UL Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS F'I a. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. 16452-1 1 J Page 1 of 9 I SECTION 16452 GROUNDING b. Test Results: 1. Report of field tests and observations certified by Contractor. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Items provided under this section shall be listed OR labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Term"NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. b. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. r 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS a. Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with current NEC. Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of current NEC requirements, more stringent requirements and greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern. b. Conductor Materials: Copper. 2.2 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS a. Comply with Section 16100. Conform to NEC Table 8, except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including stranding. b. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated. c. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Stranded cable. d. Bare Copper Conductors: �- 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3. r L 16452-2 Page 2 of 9 r p - I SECTION 16452 GROUNDING 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33. 1 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS a. Ground Bus: Bare annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section. b. Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided No. 30 gage bare copper wire,terminated with copper ferrules. c. Bonding Strap Conductor/Connectors: Soft copper, 0.05 in. thick and 2 in. wide, except as indicated. 2.4 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS 1 a. General: Listed and labeled as grounding connectors for materials used. b. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units. 1 c. Bolted CIamps: Heavy-duty units listed for application. d. Exothermic Welded Connections: Provide in kit form and select for specific types,sizes,and combinations of conductors and other items to be connected. 2.5 GROUNDING ELECTRODES a. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel with high-strength steel core and electrolytic-grade copper 1 outer sheath, molten welded to core. 1. Size: 3/4 inch by 10 feet unless otherwise indicated. 1 b. Plate Electrodes: Copper plates, minimum 0.10 in. thick, size as indicated. H 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION a. Equipment Grounding Conductor Application: Comply with NEC Article 250 for sizes and j quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where larger sizes or more conductors are indicated. 16452-3 Page 3 of 9 1 f SECTION 16452 GROUNDING 1. Install separate insulated equipment grounding conductors with circuit conductors. (a) Raceway may be used as equipment ground conductor where feasible in non- hazardous areas and permitted by current NEC for lighting circuits and receptacle circuits. (b) Install insulated equipment ground conductor in nonmetallic raceways unless designated for telephone or data cables. b. Underground Conductors: Bare,tinned, stranded copper except as otherwise indicted. c. Signal and Communications: For telephone, alarm, instrumentation and communication systems, provide#4 AWG minimum green insulated copper conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each terminal cabinet or central equipment location. d. Ground separately derived systems required by NEC to be grounded in accordance with NEC paragraph 250-26. I e. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Ground pole to grounding electrode as indicated in addition to separate equipment grounding conductor run with supply branch circuit. f. Connections to Lightning Protection System: Bond grounding conductors or grounding conductor conduits to lightning protection down conductors or grounding conductors in compliance with NFPA 78. g. Common Ground Bonding With Lightning Protection System: 1. Bond electric power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electric service grounding electrode. 2. Use bonding conductor sized same as system ground conductor and installed in conduit. 3.2 INSTALLATION a. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment in accordance with current NEC requirements except where Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC requirements. b. Ground Rods: 1. Locate minimum of one-rod length from each other and at least same distance from any other grounding electrode. 16452-4 Page 4 of 9 SECTION 16452 GROUNDING rj 2. Interconnect ground rods with bare conductors buried at least 24 in. below grade. 3. Connect bare-cable ground conductors to ground rods by means of exothermic welds 1 except as otherwise indicated. 4. Make connections without damaging copper coating or exposing steel. 5. Use 3/4-inch by 10-ft. ground rods except as otherwise indicated. 6. Drive rods until tops are 6 inches below finished floor or final grade except as otherwise indicated. c. Metallic Water Service Pipe: 1. Provide insulated copper ground conductors,sized as indicated,in conduit from building main service equipment, or ground bus, to main metallic water service entrances to building. 2. Connect ground conductors to street side of main metallic water service pipes by means of ground clamps. 3. Bond ground conductor conduit to conductor at each end. d. Braided-Type Bonding Jumpers: 1 1. Use elsewhere for flexible bonding and grounding connections. e. Route grounding conductors along shortest and straightest paths possible without obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage, except as indicated. f. Test Wells: Locate as indicated, and fabricate in accordance with details indicated. g. UFER Ground: 1 1. Fabricate with 20 feet of conductor laid lengthwise in excavation for foundation or footings. I 2. Install so conductor is within 2 in. of bottom of concrete. 3. Where base of foundation is less than 20 feet in length,coil excess conductor at base of foundation. r- 16452-5 Page 5 of 9 r - - _ _ SECTION 16452 GROUNDING 4. Bond conductor to reinforcing steel at four locations, minimum. 5. Extend conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or grounding electrode. 3.3 CONNECTIONS a. General: Make connections to minimize possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity and make LI contact points closer in order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean bare metal at points of contact. 3. Aluminum to steel connections: stainless steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4. Aluminum to galvanized steel connections: tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5. Coat and seal connections involving dissimilar metals with inert material such as red lead paint to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. b. Exothermic Welded Connections: 1. Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections except those at r test wells. 2. Install at connections to ground rods and plate electrodes. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations. 4. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. c. Terminations: 1. Terminate insulated equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch circuits with pressure-type grounding lugs. 16452-6 Page 6 of 9 E r-' 1 SECTION 16452 GROUNDING 2. Where metallic raceways terminate at metallic housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing,terminate each conduit with grounding bushing. rei 3. Connect grounding bushings with bare grounding conductor to ground bus in housing. 4. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding 1 bushings and bare grounding conductors. d. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connections to comply with torque tightening values specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. . 1 e. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression-type connectors on conductors and make bolted- and clamped-type connections between conductors and ground rods. 1 f. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make visible indication that connector has been adequately compressed on ground conductor. g. Moisture Protection: Where insulated ground conductors are connected to ground rods or 1 ground buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 3.4 OVERHEAD LINE GROUNDING a. General: Comply with ANSI C2, "National Electrical Safety Code" for "Single-Grounded 1 Systems,"using two electrodes in parallel if single electrode resistance to ground exceeds 25 ohms. b. Ground Rod Connections: Use exothermic welds for underground connections and connections to rods. c. Lightning Arresters: Separate arrester grounds from other ground conductors. d. Secondary Neutral and Tank of Transformer: Interconnect and connect to ground. e. Grounding Conductor Protection: Protect grounding conductors running on surface of wood poles with molding of a type manufactured for this purpose. Extend from grade level up to and through communications and transformer spaces. 16452-7 1 Page 7 of 9 1 i SECTION 16452 GROUNDING 3.5 UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING a. Manholes and Handholes: 1. Install 3/4-inch by 10-ft. driven ground rod close to wall and set rod depth such that 4 inches Will extend above finished floor. 2. Where necessary,install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 bare tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. 3. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with double wrapping of LL pressure-sensitive tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 in. above to 6 in.below concrete. 4. Seal floor opening with waterproof non-shrink grout. b. Connections at Manholes: 1. Connect exposed metal parts, such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and ' cable shields within each manhole or handhole to ground rod or ground conductor. 2. Make connections with minimum No. 4 AWG stranded hard-drawn copper wire. 3. Train conductors plumb or level around corners and fasten to manhole walls. 4. Connect to cable armor and cable shields by means of tinned terminals soldered to armor or shield, or as recommended by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits. c. Grounding System: Ground non-current-carrying metallic items associated with manholes, substations, and pad-mounted equipment by connecting them to bare underground cable and grounding electrodes arranged as indicated. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL a. Test: 1. Subject completed grounding system to megger test at each location where maximum ground resistance level is specified,at service disconnect enclosure ground terminal,and at ground test wells. 16452-8 Page 8 of 9 E r— SECTION 16452 GROUNDING r, 2. Measure ground resistance without soil being moistened by any means other than natural precipitation or natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. 3. Perform tests by 2-point method in accordance with Section 9.03 of IEEE 81, "Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System." b. Ground/resistance maximum values shall be as follows: 1 1. Equipment rated 500 kVA and less: 10 Ohms. 2. Equipment rated 500 kVA to 1000 kVA: 5 Ohms. 3. Equipment rated over 1000 kVA: 3 Ohms. 4. Unfenced substations and pad-mounted equipment: 5 Ohms. 5. Manhole grounds: 10 Ohms. c. Deficiencies: Where ground resistances exceed specified values, notify Engineer, and if directed by Engineer, modify grounding system to reduce resistance values. Where measures are directed that exceed those indicated, provisions of Contract covering changes will apply. J d. Report: Prepare test reports,certified by testing organization,of ground resistance at each test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that,may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. 3.7 RESTORATION 1 a. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades except as otherwise indicated. b. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. 11 c. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other Work to their original condition. d. Include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, or mulching. 1 e. Restore disturbed paving as indicated. 1 -- o00 - 16452-9 Page 9 of 9 tom' SECTION 16460 TRANSFORMERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY a. Section Includes: 1. General purpose, dry type transformers. 2. Drive isolation transformers. 3. Control and signal transformers. 1.2 REFERENCES a. American National Standards Institute, Inc./Institute of EIectrical and Electronics Engineers (ANSI/IEEE): 1. ANSI/IEEE C2-90-National Electrical Safety Code. 2. ANSI/IEEE C57.12.80-78 - Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers. b. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 1. NEMA LA 1-86- Surge Arrestors. 2. NEMA ST 1-88 - Specialty Transformers(Except General-Purpose Type). 3. NEMA ST 20-86 -Dry-Type Transformers for General Applications. c. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. UL 486A-80-Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. 2. UL 506-89-Specialty Transformers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS a. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. . I ' 16460-1 Page 1 of7 E n 1 SECTION 16460 TRANSFORMERS b. Product Data: 1. Dimensional plans and sections. 1 2. Elevations showing minimum clearances. 3. Installed devices. 4. Materials list. 1 5. Weights. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Manufacturer's nameplate data and electrical ratings. 1 c. Product Test Reports: 1. Certified copies of manufacturer's design and routine factory tests required by reference standards. 2. Submit after manufacture of transformer and before installation. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Terms "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. 1 b. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. c. ANSI/IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/IEEE standards, including ANSI/IEEE C2 and C57.12.80. n l 16460-2 Page 2 of 7 1 r SECTION 16460 TRANSFORMERS 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS a. Square D. b. General Electric. c. Or equal. 2.2 TRANSFORMERS,GENERAL a. Transformers: 1. Factory-assembled and tested,air-cooled units of types specified,having characteristics and ratings as indicated. 2. Design unit for 60 Hz service. b. Cores: Grain-oriented,non-aging silicon steel. c. Coils: Continuous windings without splices; except for taps. d. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type. e. Bolt coil/core to bottom of enclosure for transformers larger than 15 kVA. 1. Isolated by rubber,vibration-absorbing mounts. 2. Metal-to-metal contact between coil/core and enclosure not allowed. f. Provide copper windings. g. Nameplates: Provide metal nameplate listing manufacturer's name,serial number,type,class, kVA voltage,frequency, and showing internal wiring diagram. h. Sound Level: Minimum 3 dB less than sound levels for transformer type and size indicated when factory-tested in accordance with NEMA ST 20. 2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE,DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS a. Comply with NEMA ST 20. 16460-3 Page 3 of 7 E L SECTION 16460 TRANSFORMERS b. Windings: 2-winding type. 3-phase transformers shall use 1 coil/ phase in primary and secondary. c. Transformers shall have following features and ratings. 1. Enclosure: Indoor,ventilated unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 2. Insulation Class: 185°C or 220°C class for transformers 15 kVA or smaller;220°C class r, for transformers larger than 15 kVA. 3. Insulation Temperature Rise: 80°C maximum rise above 40°C for 15 kVA and larger; 115°C maximum rise above 40°C below 15 kVA. 4. Taps: For transformers 3 kVA and larger, full capacity taps in high voltage winding as follows. (a) 3 through 10 kVA: Two 5%taps below rated high voltage. (b) 15 through 500 kVA: Six 2-1/2%taps,2 above and 4 below rated high voltage. (c) 750 through 1,000 kVA: Four 2-1/2% taps, 2 above and 2 below rated high _ voltage. d. Accessories: Following accessory items are required where shown on Drawings. 1 1. Surge Arresters: Low voltage type, factory-installed and connected to high voltage terminals; complying with NEMA LA 1. 2. Wall Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets for transformers sized up to 75 kVA where wall mounting indicated. 3. Electrostatic Shielding: Insulated metallic shield between primary and secondary windings. Connect to terminal marked "shield" for grounding connection, where applicable. 2.4 DRIVE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS 1 a. Comply with requirements of NEMA ST 1 and UL 506, except as specified below. b. Ratings: 1. As indicated and continuous duty. fl _1 2. Minimum kVA: 130%of motor nameplate hp. 16460-4 Page 4 of 7 1 _ _ SECTION 16460 TRANSFORMERS c. Type: 1. Self-cooled, 2-winding, dry type especially designed for application, with special coil bracing to withstand electro-mechanical forces involved. 2. 3-ph transformers shall use 1 coil/phase in primary and secondary. d. Transformers shall have following features and ratings. 1. Enclosure: Indoor, ventilated unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 2. Insulation Class: 220°C class. 3. Insulation Temperature Rise: 115°C at 115% of rating. 4. Taps: Two 5%full capacity taps, 1 above and 1 below rated high voltage. 5. Temperature Sensing Device: Thennistor embedded in coil with leads brought out to terminal board. 2.5 CONTROL AND SIGNAL TRANSFORMERS I a. Comply with NEMA ST 1 and UL 506. b. Ratings: 1. As indicated and for continuous duty. 2. Where rating not indicated, provide 125%of load. c. Type: Self-cooled, 2-winding dry type. d. Enclosure: Indoor, except as indicated. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. Arrange equipment to provide adequate spacing for cooling air circulation. 16460-5 Page 5 of7 p r- SECTION 16460 TRANSFORMERS �11I b. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals in accordance with manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values not indicated,use those specified in UL 486A and 486B. c. Install wall-mounted transformers on prefabricated brackets designed for purpose. d. Install floor-mounted transformers on 4-in. concrete housekeeping pad. -- e. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. f. Identify transformers as specified herein. g. Install lightning arresters as shown on Drawings. 3.2 GROUNDING a. Ground in accordance with Section 16452. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL a. Test and permanently record as follows. 1. Prior to energization of transformers,test phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation resistance levels. 2. Test transformers for continuity of circuits and short-circuits. 3.4 ADJUSTING a. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at utilization equipment. 3.5 CLEANING r~ a. Upon completion of installation, inspect interiors and exteriors of accessible components. 1. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and construction debris. 2. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original. 1 n 16460-6 _ Page 6 of 7 E _ _ _ _ . SECTION 16460 TRANSFORMERS 3.6 PROTECTION a. Temporary Heating: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations within enclosure of each transformer throughout periods during which equipment is not in a space continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity. --000-- n n 16460-7 Page 7 of 7 • r_ SECTION 16462 -" MOTOR CONTROL PANEL(MCP) �. 1.0 GENERAL e-r 1.1 SCOPE _. This section specifies motor control panel for use on a three-phase power system. Furnish and ri install motor control panel that conform to NEMA, Class II,Type C construction. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The motor control panels must conform to requirements in the latest edition of the following publications: a. ANSI C19.1959, Industrial Control Apparatus. 1.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTI RERS a. In order to secure proper coordination and operation of the control functions, the Contractor must select a single automatic controls manufacturer as part of the contract requirements. The controls manufacturer will be fully responsible for proper setting and adjustment of control, alarm and indicating units. b. The manufacturer selected must be experienced with the installation of motor control panels. Acceptable component manufacturers are Westinghouse, Square D., General Electric, and Allen Bradley or approved equal. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 ENCLOSURE a. Construction. (1) Fabricate the enclosure from sheet metal to form a floor-mounted unit using not less than 14 H.S.G. cold-rolled stainless steel. Weld joints and grind smooth before finishing. Seal construction joints to impede entry of dust or moisture. Enclosure shall be NEMA 4X rated. (2) Provide a single gasketed external door with substantial hinges installed in the vertical axis permitting it to swing open. Provide toggle latches around the j perimeter of the door. Provide a pad lockable handle. Keyed locking handles are not acceptable. r— Page 1 of 4 16467-1 1 1 SECTION 16462 MOTOR CONTROL PANEL(MCP) (3) Provide hinged intercover panel to cover breakers; motor starters and relays. Each circuit breaker shall be provided a rod operated disconnect with interlocks to prevent opening of the hinged panel or panels unless breakers are in the off position. b. Finish. The enclosure shall be constructed of304 stainless steel. c. Nameplates. Provide nameplates as specified in the section titled Electrical General Provisions. (1) On the MCP prominently display a permanent nameplate giving the following information: (a) Manufacturer (b) Date of manufacture (c) Voltage (d) Phases (e) Hertz (f) Continuous current rating 2.2 DISCONNECT SWITCHES a. Type. Provide circuit breaker disconnect switches as indicated. Make provision for padlocking in the open position. b. Contacts. Quick-make, quick-break type. c. Operators. Provide convenient and safe switch operators mounted through the panel door and permitting operating of the switch with the door closed. d. Acceptable Manufacturers. Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, ITE, Square D, Westinghouse or approved equal. 2.3 COMBINATION STARTERS a. Type. NEMA design Motor Circuit Protector type FVNR as noted. IEC components are not acceptable. r Page of 1 6462-2 p i SECTION 16462 MOTOR CONTROL PANEL(MCP) b. Overload Relays. The unit will include three(3)ambient-compensated, bimetallic thermal overload relays, set relays at the maximum value allowed by NEC Section 430-32, based on full-load amperes given on the motor nameplate. c. Contactors. Size contactors according to NEMA standards. Provide three (3) main poles, and the number and type of auxiliary contacts to perform the required functions. Use double break contacts of silver. d. Acceptable Manufacturers. General Electric, ITE, Square D, Westinghouse, Cutler- Hammer or approved equal. 2.4 PHASE MONITORING RELAYS a. Type. Provide a 600-volt, industrial-rated, phase failure relay for motor circuits, as shown. Use a shunt-type device which functions independent of line current. b. Operation. The relay will monitor line-to-line voltage through three(3)potential sensors. At 10 percent voltage unbalance, or on phase reversal, or a low phase potential, the relay will open the control circuit. Provide a 0.2-second time delay on trip-out to prevent nuisance tripping form transient voltage fluctuations. _ c. Fuses. Provide one(1)fuse per phase ahead of the relay. d. Phase Monitoring. For phase monitoring, use Diversified Electronics Cat. No. SLA-460- ALE. 1 2.5 CONTROLS Selector switches and indicating lights shall be of same manufacture. �1 _1 a. Switches. (1) Type. Provide heavy-duty, oil-tight control switches, complete with factory legend plates. (2) Acceptable Manufacturers. Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Square D, Westinghouse, ITE or approved equal. b. Indicating Lights. (1) Type. Provide push-to-test, oil-tight indicating lights as manufactured by Cutler- Hammer, Square D, General Electric, ITE,Westinghouse or approved equal. 1 Page3 of4 - 16462-'3 T '"1 SECTION 16462 MOTOR CONTROL PANEL(MCP) (2) Lamps_ Use 3-watt, 120-volt lamps. Connect in series with a 1000-ohm, 2-watt resistor. 3 Lenses. Provide colored glass lenses to give the following indications: Indication Color Equipment running Green Power On Amber Alarm Red c. Control Wiring. Controls, auxiliary equipment and circuits, including spare contacts, must be factory wired. Wiring must be continuous without splices from terminal to terminal. Identify terminal blocks with appropriate labels. Supply spare terminal blocks for points of external wiring connections. d. Control Power Transformer. Provide one 480 volt to 120 volt dry type control transformer and associated circuit breakers as indicated on the drawings. e. Control Relays. Control relays and wiring scheme is shown on the schematic wiring diagram for MCPI. Relay types and ratings are noted. All contacts or coils shall be rated for 120 volt, 60 hertz service. 2.6 SUBMITTALS Submit complete electrical and dimensional drawings for the Motor Control Panel including control schematic. --000-- f C Page 4 of 4 16462-4 E I 1 SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1 a. Section Includes: 1. Lighting and power panelboards and associated auxiliary equipment rated 600 V or less. 1.2 REFERENCES a. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(IEEE): 1. IEEE C62.1-89- Standard for Gap Silicon-Carbide Surge Arrestors for AC Power Circuits. 2. IEEE C62.11-87 - Standard for Metal-Oxide Surge Arrestors for AC Power Circuits. 1 b. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 1 1. NEMA PB.1-90 -Panelboards. 2. NEMA PB 1.1-91 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and 1 Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 volts or less. c. Underwriter's Laboratory(UL): 1. UL 486A-86-Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors, 7th Edition. _ 1 2. UL 870-85 -Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings, 5th Edition. 1.3 DEFINITIONS a. Load Center: Panelboard with thermal magnetic circuit-breaker branches,primarily of plug-in type,designed for residential and light commercial projects,operating at 240 V and below,available - in both single and 3-phase versions, and equipped with combination flush/surface mounting trim. b. Overcurrent Protective Device(OCPD): Device operative on excessive current that causes and maintains interruption of power in circuit it protects. r1 16470-1 Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 1.4 SUBMITTALS a. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. b. Product Data: per+ 1. For each type panelboard, accessory item, and component specified. 2. Identification materials. c. Shop Drawings: 1. Dimensioned plans, sections,and elevations. 2. Tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating. 3. Include: L. . (a) Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA Type 1. (b) Bus configuration and current ratings. (c) Short-circuit current rating of panelboard. (d) Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective devices and auxiliary components. d. Wiring diagrams detailing schematic diagram including control wiring, and differentiating between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. e. Report of field tests and observations in accordance with this section. f. Maintenance and Operations Data: 1. Include instructions for testing circuit breakers. 7. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Terms "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. 16470-2 Page 2 of 9 r SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS b. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. n 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS a. Square D Co. b. General Electric c. Eaton Corp. d. Or equal. 2.2 PANELBOARDS,GENERAL REQUIREMENTS a. Construction in accordance with NEMA PB 1. b. Overcurrent Protective Devices(OCPDs): 1. Provide type, rating, and features as indicated. 2. Comply with Section 16475 with OCPDs adapted to panelboard installation. 3. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be used. 4. Multiple breakers shall have common trip. c. Enclosures: 1. Cabinets,flush or surface mounted as indicated. NEMA Type 1 enclosure,except where I other enclosure requirements are indicated. d. Front: 1. Secure to box with concealed trim clamps except as indicated. 2. Front for surface-mounted panels shall be same dimensions as box. 16470-3 Page 3 of 9 I . _ E SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 3. Fronts for flush panels shall overlap box except as otherwise specified. e. Directory Frame: Metal,mounted inside each panel door. f. Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. g• g h. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground conductors. Bonded to box. i. Service Equipment Approval: Listed for use as service equipment for panelboards having main service disconnect. j. Provision for Future Devices: Equip with mounting brackets,bus connections,and necessary appurtenances,for the OCPD ampere ratings indicated for future installation of devices. k. Special Features: Provide following features for panelboards as indicated. 1. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment ground conductors.insulated from box. 2. Split Bus: Vertical bus of indicated panels divided into two vertical sections with connections as indicated. L 3. Extra Gutter Space: Dimensions and arrangement as indicated. 4. Auxiliary Gutter: Conform to UL 870. 5. Column-Type Panelboard Configuration: Narrow cabinet extended as wireway to overhead junction box equipped with ground and neutral terminal buses. 6. Subfeed: OCPD or lug provision as indicated. 7. Feed-Through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated. 8. Surge Arresters: For panelboards as indicated on Plans. (a) Comply with IEEE C62.11 or IEEE C62.1. 16470-4 Page 4 of 9 E 1 SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS r'1 (b) Description: Coordinate impulse sparkover voltage with system circuit voltage and provide factory mounting with UL-recognized mounting device. 2.3 LOAD CENTERS —' a. Provide load-center-type panelboards only where specifically indicated. r1 b. OCPDs: Plug-in full module(nominal 1-in. width)circuit breaker. 1 c. Circuit Breakers for Switching Lights at Panelboards: Indicated type SWD. d. Circuit Breakers for Equipment Marked HCAR Type: Indicated HCAR type. �}} e. Interiors: Provide physical means to prevent installation of more OCPDs than quantity for which enclosure was listed. f. Main,Neutral, and Ground Lugs and Buses: Mechanical connectors for conductors. 2.4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS 1 a. Branch OCPDs: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. b. Doors: In panel front, with concealed hinges. Secure with flush catch and tumbler lock, all keyed alike. 2.5 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS a. Branch-Circuit Breakers: Where OCPDs are indicated to be circuit breakers, use bolt-on breakers except circuit breakers 225-ampere frame size and P p greater may be plug-in type where individual positive locking device requires mechanical release for removal. b. Doors: 1. In panel front, omit single panelboard door in cabinet front for fusible switch ri panelboards except as indicated. 2. Secure with vault-type with tumbler lock, all keyed alike. 2.6 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES a. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items as required for overcurrent protective 1 device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation. 16470-5 Page 5 of 9 1 fl 1 r SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS b. Portable Test Set: Arranged to permit testing of functions of solid-state trip devices without removal from panelboard. c. Spare Fuse Cabinet: Identified, compartmented, lockable steel box or cabinet with compartments suitable for surface mounting on wall. 2.7 IDENTIFICATION a. General: Provide nameplates for all panelboards. Eb. Panelboard Nameplates: Engraved laminated plastic for each panelboard. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. General: Install panelboards and accessory items in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1, and manufacturers'written installation instructions, and approved submittals. b. Mounting Heights: Top of trim 6 ft 2-in. above finished floor, except as indicated. c. Mounting: 1. Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. 2. Mount flush panels uniformly flush with wall finish. d. Circuit Directory: Typed and reflective of final circuit changes required to balance panel loads. Obtain approval before installing. e. Install filler plates in unused spaces. f. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: 1. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panel into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in future. 2. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space Or below slab other than slabs on grade. 16470-6 Page 6 of 9 r -- - - - . I SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS g. Auxiliary Gutter: Install where a panel is tapped to a riser at an intermediate location. h. Wiring in Panel Gutters: Train conductors neatly in groups,bundle, and wrap with wire ties after completion of load balancing. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION a. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs in accordance with Section 16195. 3.3 GROUNDING a. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated. I b. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus indicated. c. Ground in accordance with Section 16452. 3.4 CONNECTIONS a. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated,use those specified in UL 486A. - 3.5 FIELD QUALITY'CONTROL a. Perform tests on low-voltage power panelboards and accessories. b. Upon completing installation of system, perform following tests: 1. Make insulation resistance tests of panelboard buses, components, and connecting supply,feeder, and control circuits. 2. Make continuity tests of circuits. c. Quality Control Program. 1. Procedures: Make field tests and inspections and prepare panelboard for satisfactory operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. 2. Notify Engineer at least one week in advance of testing. 16470-7 1 Page 7 of 9 J _ _ _ _ _ SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS E 3. Report Testing: (a) Report written reports of tests and observations. (b) Report defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. (c) Include records of repairs and adjustments made. 4. Protective Device Ratings and Settings: g (a) Verify indicated ratings and settings to be appropriate for final system configuration and parameters. (b) Where discrepancies are found, recommend final protective device ratings and settings. (c) Use accepted ratings or settings to make final system adjustments. d. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include following inspections and related work: 1. Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate compliance with requirements of up-to-date drawings and panelboard schedules. 2. Exercise and perform operational tests of all mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. 3. Check panelboard mounting, area clearances, and alignment and fit of components. 4. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values. 5. Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for overcurrent protective devices as within this section. e. Electrical tests: Include following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's instruction: 1. Insulation resistance test of buses and portions of control wiring that disconnected from solid-state devices. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable. 2. Ground resistance test on system and equipment ground connections. 3. Test main and subfeed overcurrent protective devices in accordance within this section. f. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and provide retesting of panelboards. Verify by system tests that total assembly meets specified requirements. 16470-8 Page 8 of 9 r SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 3.6 CLEANING �. a. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. b. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. c. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. 7 d. Clean interior of panelboard. 3.7 ADJUSTING a. Adjust doors and operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. 3.8 COMMISSIONING 1 a. Balancing Loads: After Substantial Completion, but before Final Acceptance, conduct load-balancing measurements and circuit changes as follows: J 1. Perform measurements during period of normal working load as advised by Owner. 2. Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside the normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility. Make special arrangements with Owner to avoid disrupting critical 24-hr ,. services such as Fax machines and on-line data processing,computing,transmitting,and 1 receiving equipment. 3. Recheck loads after circuit changes during normal load period. Record load readings before and after changes and submit test records. 4. Tolerance: Difference between phase loads exceeding 20 percent at any one panelboard is not acceptable. Re-balance and recheck as required to meet this minimum - requirement. H J --000-- 1 16470-9 J Page 9 of 9 SECTION 16475 COVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY a. Section Includes: 1. Overcurrent protective devices(OCPDs)rated 600 V and below and switching devices commonly used with them. 1.2 REFERENCES a. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA). 1. NEMA KS-1-83 -Enclosed Switches. C2. NEMA 250-85 -Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). 3. NEMA FU1-86-Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses. 4. NEMA AB1-86 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches. b. National Fire Protection Association(NFPA): 1. NFPA 70-90-National Electrical Code(NEC). c. Underwriters Laboratory�q (UL): 1. UL 98-87 -Enclosed and Dead Front Switches. 2. UL 198C-86-High-Interrupting Capacity Fuses,Current-Limiting Types. FifthEdition. 3. UL 198E-88 - Class R Fuses. Fourth Edition. 4. UL 486A-80-Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors. Seventh Edition. 5. UL 489-86-Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit-Breaker Enclosures. Seventh Edition. 6. UL 943-85 - Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters. Second Edition. 7. UL 977-84-Fused Power-Circuit Devices. Third Edition. 16475-1 Page 1 of 13 L. E • SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 8. UL 198L-88 -UL Standard for Safety D-C Fuses for Industrial Use. rF 1.3 DEFINITIONS a. Overcurrent Protective Device(OCPD): Device operative on excessive current that causes and maintains interruption of power in circuit it protects. b. Ampere-Squared-Seconds: Expression of available thermal energy resulting from current flow. With regard to current-limiting fuses and circuit breakers, ampere-squared-seconds during fault current interruption represents energy allowed to flow before fuse or breaker interrupts fault current within its current limiting range. 1.4 SUBMITTALS a. Submit all products covered under this specification for Engineer's approval. b. Shop Drawings: 1. Spare fuse cabinet showing dimensions and features including storage provision for fused cartons,where shown on Plans. c. Product Data: fl 1. Product data for fuses, fusible switches, circuit breakers, and OCPD accessories specified in this Section, including descriptive data and time-current curves for protective devices and let-through current curves for those with current limiting r.- characteristics. 2. Include coordination charts and tables and related data. r-- d. Test Results: rs- 1. Certified reports of field tests and observations. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally 1 Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). r 1. Term"NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 16475-2 Page 2 of 13 1 0 SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. b. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Components and Installation: a. NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code(NEC)." b. Local codes and ordinances. c. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain similar OCPDs from single manufacturer. 1.6 MAINTENANCE a. Extra Materials: LI 1. Maintenance Stock,Fuses: For types,voltage,and ampere ratings required,furnish 10% spare fuses, but not less than 1 set of 3 of each kind. 0 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES(OCPDs),GENERAL a. General: Provide OCPDs in indicated types, as integral components of panelboards, switchboards,and motor control centers;and also as individually enclosed and mounted single units. b. Enclosures: NEMA 250. 2.2 GENERAL FUSES a. General: Provide fuses of types,classes,and current ratings as indicated. Voltage ratings shall be consistent with circuits on which used. b. Fuses for Direct Current Circuits: UL 198L and marked for such use by manufacturer on fuse label. c. Cartridge Fuse: 1. Manufacturers: (a) Bussmann Div., Cooper Industries, Inc. (b) Gould Shawmut. (c) Littelfuse Inc. 16475-3 Page 3 of 13 0 SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 2. NEMA Standard FUl,unless indicated otherwise,provide nonrenewable cartridge fuses of indicated types, classes,and current ratings that have voltage ratings consistent with • circuits on which used. 3. Class CC Fuses: UL 198C. 4. Class J Fuses: UL 198C. 5. Class L Fuses: UL 198C. (a) Current limiting threshold of 10 times current rating or less and time delay of 4 sec at 5 times rating. 6. Class RK1 and RK5 Dual Element Time-Delay Fuses: UL 198E. j 7. Class RK1 Fast-Acting Fuses: UL 198E. n 2.3 FUSIBLE SWITCHES -� a. Manufacturers: 1. Square D Co. 2. General Electric 3. Eaton Corp. ►—I 4. Or equal. b. UL 98 and NEMA KS 1 quick-make, quick-break heavy-duty units. c. Rating: Load-breaking capacity in excess of normal horsepower rating for switch. d. Withstand Capability: In excess of let-through current permitted by its fuse when subject to faults up to 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes. e. Operation: By means of external handle. f. Interlock: Prevents access to switch interior except when in "off' position. g. Fuse Clips: Rejection type. fl 16475-4 Page 4 of 13 _ . n . SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES h. Padlocking Provisions: For 2 padlocks,whether,open or closed: i. Enclosure for Switchboard or Panelboard Mounting: Suitable for panel:mounting where indicated. J. Enclosure for Switchboard Mounting: Provide individual mounting where indicated. k. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 0 as indicated or required to suit environment where located. 2.4 FUSED POWER CIRCUIT DEVICES a. Manufacturers: rw, 1: Pringle Electric Mfg. Co. 2. Square D Co. 3. Or equal. b. UL 977, with either bolted-pressure-type or high-pressure contact-type switch. c. Operation: As indicated. fld. Ground Fault Protection: Integral,self-powered type with mechanical ground fault indicator, test function,adjustable pick-up current and delay time with inverse and constant time characteristics, internal memory arranged to integrate intermittent arcing ground faults, and ground fault current sensor located as indicated. e. Open Fuse Trip Device: Arranged to trip switch open if phase fuse opens. f. Enclosure for Switchboard Mounting: Suitable for individual mounting. flg. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure,as indicated or as required to suit environment where located. h. Minimum Fault Current Rating: As indicated. 16475-5 Page 5 of 13 E _ _ r— SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 2.5 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS a. Manufacturers Except as Indicated: 1. Square D Co. 2. General Electric 3. Eaton Corp. 1 4. Or equal. b. UL 489 and NEMA AB 1. c. Construction: Bolt-in type, except breakers in load-center-type panelboards and breakers 225-ampere frame size and larger may be plug-in type if held in place by positive locking device requiring mechanical release for removal. r— d. Characteristics: Indicated frame size,trip rating,number of poles,and short-circuit interrupting capacity rating of 10,000 amperes symmetrical,unless greater rating is indicated on Drawings. e. Tripping Device: Quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanism with inverse-time delay and instantaneous overcurrent trip protection for each pale. f. Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Devices: Factory adjusted to low-trip-setting current values. g. Enclosure for Switchboard or Panelboard Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting in switchboard or panelboards where indicated. h. Enclosure for Switchboard or Motor Control Center Mounting: Provide individual mounting where indicated. r— i. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure, as indicated or required to suit environment where located. j. Combination Circuit Breakers and Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters: UL 943 arranged for sensing and tripping for ground-fault current in addition to overcurrent and short-circuit current. 1. Match features and module size of panelboard breakers and provide clear identification of ground fault trip function. 2. Trip Setting for Ground Fault: 4 to 6 milliamperes,listed and labeled as Class A,Type 1 device. n 16475-6 Page 6 of 13 1 7 _. SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES i 1 3. Trip Setting for Ground Fault: 30 milliamperes. k. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Arranged to limit let-through ampere-squared-seconds 7 during fault conditions to value less than ampere-squared-seconds of one-half-cycle wave of prospective symmetrical fault current. Circuit breaker shall use no fusible devices in its operation. Current-limiting characteristic shall be in addition to normal time-delay and instantaneous-trip characteristics and other features as indicated. C1. Circuit Breakers With Solid-State Trip Devices: Provide indicated circuit breakers with solid- state trip devices having following features: 7 1. Ambient Compensation: Trip device insensitive to temperature changes between minus 20°C and plus 55°C. 7 2. Adjustability: Breaker ratings,and trip settings shall be changeable by operation of controls on front panel of breaker, by change of plug-in element without removing 7 breaker from mounting, or by combination of 2 methods. 3. Ground-Fault Tripping: Adjustable for pick-up and time-delay values. Provide for 7indicated units. 4. Provide clear plastic shield limiting access to rating plug and adjustments on solid state trip circuit:breaker. Seal by attaching sealing wire through hole in posts provided. With 7 wire seal installed, circuit breaker rating plug and adjustments shall not be "readily accessible." 7 2.6 INSULATED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ,,., a. Manufacturers: l-I 1. Square D Co. 7 2. General Electric 3. Or equal. ! b. UL.489 and NEMA AB 1. n 7 16475-7 Page 7 of 13 7 SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES F" c. Ratings: Continuous-current, interrupting, and short-time-current ratings, and voltage and frequency ratings as indicated. 'r"- d. Operating Mechanism: Mechanically and electrically trip-free, stored-energy operating mechanism with following features: 1. Moving Contacts Closing Speed: Independent of both control and operator. e. Circuit-Breaker Trip Devices: Solid-state overcurrent trip device system that includes 1 1 integrally mounted current transformer or sensor per phase, release mechanism, and following features: 1. Functions: Long-time-delay, short-time-delay,and instantaneous-trip functions,which are independent of each other in both action and adjustment. 1 2. Temperature compensation to assure accuracy and calibration stability from minus 20°C J to plus 55°C. 3. Field-adjustable,time-current characteristics. 4. Current Adjustability: Effected by operating controls on front panel or by changing plug-in elements or current transformers or sensors. 5. Three bands for long-time- and short-time-delay functions marked "minimum," *`l "intermediate," and"maximum." J 6. Five pickup points, minimum, for long-time-and short-time-trip functions. 7. Six pickup points, minimum, for instantaneous-trip functions. 8. Ground fault protection with at least 3 short-time-delay settings and 37 trip-time-delay bands. Adjustable current pickup. 9. Trip Indication: Labeled lights or mechanical indicators on trip device shall indicate type 1 of fault causing breaker trip. If lights are used, integral power source shall maintain indication for 60 hrs, minimum. f. Auxiliary Contacts for Remote Indication: Where remote indication of breaker position is - indicated, provide spare auxiliary switch in addition to other auxiliary switches required for normal breaker operation. Spare auxiliary switch shall consist of 2 Type "a" and 2 Type "b" stages (contacts), wired to terminal block in breaker housing. 16475-8 Page 8 of 13 I SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES g. Draw out Features: Circuit-breaker mounting assembly equipped with racking mechanism that properly positions power circuit breaker and holds it rigidly in connected,test,and fully disconnected positions and includes following features: 1. Interlock arrangement, preventing movement of circuit-breaker to or from connected position when it is in closed position and closure of circuit breaker unless it is in connected; test, or disconnected position. 2. Construction, permitting racking open circuit breaker to or from connected,test, and disconnected positions with associated compartment door closed or equivalent dead- front barrier protection, and manual withdrawal to position for removal from structure with door open. 3. Primary disconnecting devices disengaged and secondary disconnecting devices engaged when breaker is in test position. 4. Primary and secondary devices disengaged when circuit breaker is in disconnected position. 5. Ground contact engaged when circuit-breaker element is in connected and test positions. h. Circuit-Breaker Features and Accessories: Include following: 1. Padlocking Provisions: For installing at least 2 padlocks on each breaker to secure its enclosure and prevent movement of draw out mechanism. - Ly 2. Operating Handle: Provide 1 for each manually operated breaker. No handle ties are permitted. 3. Electric Close Button: Provide 1 for each electrically operated breaker. 4. Indicating Lights: Contacts for"Breaker Open"and"Breaker Closed,"for main and bus tie circuit breakers, and for other indicated breakers. 2.7 OCPD ACCESSORIES a. Key Interlocks: Arrange interlocking so keys are held captive at devices indicated. Where future key interlocking provisions are indicated, provide necessary mountings and hardware as required for future installation. b. Instantaneous Undervoltage Trip Device: For indicated OCPDs. c. Adjustable-Time-Delay Undervoltage Trip Devices: For indicated OCPDs. 16475-9 Page 9 of 13 r J _J SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES d: Shunt-Trip Devices for Circuit Breakers: Where indicated, arrange to trip breaker from external source of power through control switch or relay contacts. 2.8 SPARE FUSE CABINET(Where Indicated) a. Cabinet: Wall-mounted, 18 gauge minimum steel unit with full-length,recessed piano-hinged door with key coded cam lock and pull. b. Size: Provide for orderly storage of all spare fuses of this project plus 15 percent spare capacity, minimum. c. Finish: Gray baked enamel. d. Cabinet Door: Bear legend in stencilled 1-1/2-inch high letters, "Spare Fuses." 1 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. Fuses: I 1. Install fuses in fusible devices indicated. b. Independently Mounted OCPDs: 1. Locate as indicated and install in accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. r-- c. Factory install OCPDs furnished in distribution equipment. 3.2 APPLICATION OF FUSES a. Control Circuits: Class CC,time delay. I b. General Purpose Fusible Switches: Apply following class and types: 1. 30-600 Amperes: Class J or RK1, time delay. r- 2. 601-6,000 Amperes: Class L,time delay. 16475-10 Page 10 of 13 1 1 • SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES (a) Size at 125% of motor FLA not to exceed 150%. (b) For transformers, size 12 times FLA for.1 second and 25 times for 0.1 second. (c) Size at 100% of load for mains and feeders with non-inductive loads. c. Combination Starters: Class J or RK1,time delay. d. Bolted Bo ted Pressure Switches: CIass L,time delay. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION a. Identify with components as specified in Section 16195. 3.4 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION a. Install wiring between OCPDs and control/indication devices as specified in Section 16120 for hard wired connections. 3.5 CONNECTIONS a. Check connectors,terminals,bus joints, and mountings for tightness. b. Tighten field-connected connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.6 . GROUNDING a. Provide equipment grounding connections for individually mounted OCPD units as indicated and as required by NEC. Tighten'connectors to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding. b. Ground in accordance with Section 16452. 3.7 COORDINATION STUDY a. Where coordination study recommends changes in types, classes, features or ratings of equipment or devices those indicated,make written request for instructions. Obtain instructions from Engineer before ordering equipment or devices recommended to be changed. L_ 16475-11 Page 11 of 13 p 1 1 SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL a. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's technician for equipment specified herein shall be present at job site or classroom designated by Owner for minimum of 1/2 workday, travel time excluded,for assistance during plant construction,plant startup,equipment adjustment, and training of Owner's personnel for plant operation. Include minimum of: (a) 1/2 manday for Instructional Services. 2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to specific system and equipment operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting. b. Testing: 1 1. Reports: Prepare certified written reports on tests and observations. Report defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include complete records of 1 repairs and adjustments made. 2. Labeling: Upon satisfactory completion of tests and related effort,apply label to tested et` components indicating test results, date, and responsible person. 3. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least 1 week's advance notification. 4. Pretesting: Upon completing installation of system,perform following preparations for tests: (a) Make insulation resistance tests of OCPD buses, components, and connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. (b) Make continuity tests of circuits. (c) Include full updating on final system configuration and parameters where they supplement or differ from those indicated in original Contract Documents. (d) Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation and testing of OCPDs. 5. Visual and mechanical inspection: Include following inspections and related work. 1 (a) Overcurrent-Protective-Device Ratings and Settings: Verify indicated ratings and settings to be appropriate for final system arrangement and parameters. Where discrepancies are found,test organization shall recommend final protective device ratings and settings_ Use accepted revised ratings or settings to make final system 16475-12 Page 12 of 13 1 _ _ SECTION 16475 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES adjustments. (b) Inspect for defects and physical damage, NRTL labeling, and nameplate compliance with current single line diagram. (c) Exercise and perform operational tests of mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual. (d) Check tightness of electrical connections of OCPDs with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values. (e) Clean OCPDs using manufacturer's approved methods and materials. (f) Verify installation of proper fuse types and ratings in fusible OCPDs. 6. Electrical Tests: Include following items performed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions: (a) Insulation resistance test of OCPD conducting parts. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable. (b) Verify trip unit reset characteristics for insulated-case circuit breakers. (c) Make adjustments for final settings of adjustable-trip devices. (d) Activate auxiliary protective devices such as ground fault or undervoltage relays, to verify operation of shunt-trip devices. (e) Check stored-energy charging motors for proper operation of motor,mechanism, and limit switches. (f) Check, operation: of electrically operated OCPDs in.,accordance with manufacturer's instructions. g) Check key and other interlock and safety devices for operation and sequence. Make closing attempts on locked-open and opening attempts on locked-closed devices including moveable barriers and shutters. 7. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest. Verify by system tests that specified requirements are met. 3.9 CLEANING a. Upon completion of installation,inspect OCPDs. Remove paint splatters and other spots,dirt, 7. and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. --000-- 16475-13 Page 13 of 13 E E SECTION 16476 DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS e' 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY a. Section Includes: 1. Service disconnects. 2. Feeder and equipment disconnects. 3. Enclosed circuit breakers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS a. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. 'P b. Product Data: 1. Submit for switches, circuit breakers, and accessories. _, 2. Descriptive data and time-current curves for protective devices and let-through current curves for those devices with current-limiting characteristics. Include coordination charts and tables, and related data. c. Shop Drawings: 1. Wiring diagrams detailing power and control wiring and differentiating clearly between manufacturer-installed wiring and field-installed wiring. d. Test Results: 1. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results. r- e. Operating and Maintenance Data: 1. Maintenance data for tripping devices. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally `m Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). _ 16476-1 Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 16476 DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. b. Regulatory Requirements: i 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)70. c. Single-Source Responsibility: Enclosed switches and circuit breakers shall beproduct of sing le manufacturer. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS. a. Fusible Switches: 1. Square D Co. 2. Cutler-Hammer Products/Westinghouse Electric Co. b. Fused Power Circuit Devices: 1. Square D Co. 2. Boltswitch. c. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers: 1. Square D Co. 2. Cutler-Hammer Products/Westinghouse Electric Co. d. Combination Circuit Breaker and Ground Fault Trip: 1. Square D Co. 2. Cutler-Hammer Products/Westinghouse Electric Co. 16476-2 Page 2 of 5 p Vi 1 1 SECTION 16476 DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS J e. Molded-Case Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: 1. Square D Co. 2. Cutler-Hammer Products/Westinghouse Electric Co. 1 2.2 ENCLOSED SWITCHES a. Enclosed Non-fusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Type HD handle lockable with 2 padlocks. b. Enclosed Fusible Switch, 800 Amperes and Smaller: NEMA KS 1, Type HD, clips to accommodate specified fuses,enclosure consistent with environment where located,handle lockable with 2 padlocks, and interlocked with cover in CLOSED position. c. Enclosed Fusible Switch Larger Than 800 Amperes: Bolted-pressure or high-pressure contact switch, bus drilled to accommodate specified fuses, enclosure consistent with environment where - located. ri i 1. Minimum Fault Current Rating: 100,000 symmetrical rms amperes. 2.3 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS I a. Enclosed Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1,handle lockable with 2 padlocks. 'Q1 b. Characteristics: 1. Frame size,trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as indicated 2. Interrupting capacity rating to meet available fault current, 10,000 symmetrical rms amperes minimum 3„7 3. Appropriate application listing when used for switching fluorescent lighting loads or - 1 heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration equipment. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. Install enclosed switches and circuit breakers in locations as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 11 1 16476-3 Page 3 of 5 _ 1 r SECTION 16476 DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS b. Install enclosed switches and circuit breakers level and plumb. c. Install wiring between enclosed switches and circuit breakers and control/indication devices. d. Connect enclosed switches and circuit breakers and components to wiring system and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts according to equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL a. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's representative for equipment specified herein shall be present at job site or for assistance during plant construction,plant startup,and training of Owner's personnel for plant operation. b. Testing: After installing enclosed switches and circuit breakers and after electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with requirements. 1. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Standard ATS, Section 7.5 for enclosed switches and Section 7.6 for [4. molded-case circuit breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units at site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and retest. c. Training: 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for startup and shutdown,troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance. 2. Review operating and maintenance data. 3.3 ADJUSTING a. Set field-adjustable enclosed switches and circuit breaker tripranges as indicated. " L' r 16476-4 Page 4 of 5 E SECTION 16476 DISCONNECTS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 3.4 CLEANING a. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, and abrasions. --oOo-- l • I 1 I 16476-5 1 Page 5 of 5 SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY a. Section Includes: 1. ac motor control devices rated 600 vand below. b. Overcurrent protective devices and disconnect switches used with motor controllers are specified in Section 16475. 1.2 DEFINITIONS a. Motor Controller: Device that controls, protects, and energizes electric motor, and where required, controls its speed or torque or power delivered by it. - 1.3 SUBMITTALS a. Submit the following for Engineers approval. 1. Product Data: (a) Include dimensions, ratings, and data on features and components. 2. Test Results: (a) Certified reports of field tests and observations. 3. Miscellaneous: (a) Load Current and Overload Relay Heater List: Compiled by Contractor after motors have been installed. Arrange list to demonstrate selection of heaters to suit actual motor nameplate full load currents. 4. Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Data: (a) Manufacturer's data on maintenance and operation of.equipment. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain similar motor-control devices from single manufacturer. r 16481-1 Page 1 of 8 r E SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS b. Manufacturer Qualifications: r-• 1. Provide controllers from manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of equipment of types and capacities indicated,with such products in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 yrs. c. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code (NEC), Article 100. d. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire Protection Association(NFPA)No. 70. 1.5 COORDINATION a. Coordinate features of controllers and control devices with pilot devices and control circuits provided under other sections of Specifications covering control systems. 1.6 MAINTENANCE a. Extra Materials: 1. Spare Fuses and Incandescent Indicating Lamps: Furnish one spare for every 5 installed units, but not less than one set of 3 of each kind. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS —} a. Manual and Magnetic Motor Controllers: 1. Square D Company. 2. Westinghouse Electric Corporation. 16481-2 Page 2 of 8 �. n SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 3. Eaton Corporation. 4. Furnas Electric Controls. 5. or, approved equal. 2.2 MOTOR CONTROLLERS,GENERAL a. Coordinate features of each motor controller with ratings and characteristics of supply circuit, motor,required control sequence,duty cycle of motor,drive,and load,and pilot device,and control circuit affecting controller functions. Provide controllers horsepower rated to suit motor controlled. b. NEMA Size 1 minimum. c. Contacts shall open each ungrounded connection to motor. d. Overload Relays: 1. Ambient-compensated type with inverse-time-current characteristic. 2. Provide with heaters or sensors in each phase matched to nameplate full load current of specific motor to which connected with appropriate adjustment for duty cycle. 3. Enhanced Protection Overload Relay: Provide overload relays with NEMA CIass 10 tripping characteristics for submersible equipment or where indicated. Select to protect motor against voltage unbalance and single phasing. e. Enclosures: 1. For individually mounted motor controllers and control devices, comply with NEMA 250. 2. Provide enclosures suitable for environmental conditions at controller location. 3. Provide NEMA Type enclosures as indicated or required to suit environment where located. oal 2.3 MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLERS a. Quick-make, quick-break toggle action. b. Doublebreak silver alloy contacts. 16481-3 Page 3 of 8 r p 1 SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS r" c. Pilot light. d. Padlocking provision. 2.4 MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS a. Full voltage, nonreversing, across-the-line, magnetic controller, except where another type indicated. b. -Control Circuit: 120 v. Control power transformer integral with controller where no other supply of 120 v control power to controller indicated. Control power transformer with adequate ,--, capacity to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus 100%spare capacity. c. Combination Controller: Switch type;fused or nonfused as indicated;quick-make,quick-break switch;factory assembled with controller and arranged to disconnect it. For fused switches,provide 1 rejection type fuse clips and fuses rated as indicated. d. Combination Controller: Motor circuit protector; molded case circuit breaker type with 1 magnetic only trip element calibrated to coordinate with actual locked rotor current of connected motor and controller overload relays. Provide breakers factory-assembled with controller,interlocked with unit cover or door,and arranged to disconnect controller. Provide motor circuit protectors with field-adjustable trip elements. e. Overvoltage/Undervoltage/Phase-Failure Relays: Solid-state sensing circuit with isolated output contacts for hard-wired connection. Provide adjustable undervoltage setting. _I 1. Provide in starter enclosure for Size 2 and larger starters. l 2. Delay initial motor start. 3. Delay motor restart due to starter dropout caused by undervoltage or starter coil circuit 1 interruption for maintained control circuits. 4. Adjustable on delay from 0.15 to 30.0 sec set at 10.0 sec. 5. Connect control relay in motor starter coil circuit. F, 6. Coordinate control relay selection with motor starter to cause motor starter to drop out at voltage slightly higher than dropout voltage of starter and have dropout time slightly faster than motor starter to ensure if motor starter drops out, relay will drop out. r-j 16481-4 Page 4 of 8 1 n SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 2.5 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES t ` a. General: Furnish auxiliarycontrol device as shown on.1-line diagrams, Drawings, or as t�' , g , specified. Factory-install in controller enclosure except as otherwise indicated. ril!! b. Pushbutton Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: Heavy duty type. c. Stop Pushbutton Station: Momentary break pushbutton station with factory-applied hasp arranged so padlock can be used to lock pushbutton in depressed position with Control circuit open. d. Lockout Pushbutton Station: Maintained contact red mushroom pushbutton-station with factory-applied hasp arranged so padlock can be used to lock pushbutton in depressed position with control circuit open. e. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays. f. Elapsed Time Meters: Heavy duty with digital readout in hrs. Ammeters,Voltmeters, and Frequency Meters: Panel type, 2 =in..ininimuin size with 90 or g. q Y YP , 120 degree scale, and ±2%accuracy. Where indicated,provide transfer device with off position. h. `Current Sensors: Rated to suit application. i. Current-Sensing Phase-Failure Relays: Solid-state'`sensing circuit with isolated contacts for hard-wired connection. Arranged to operate on phase failure, phase reversal, current unbalance of from 5%to 30%, or loss of supply voltage. Provide adjustable response delay. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. General: Install motor controllers and auxiliary motor control devices in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. b. Mounting: 1. For control equipment at walls,bolt single units to wall. Mount multiple units on light- weight structural steel channels bolted to wall. 2. For controllers not at walls, provide freestanding racks fabricated of structural steel members and light-weight slotted structural steel channels. Use feet consisting of 3/8 in. 16481-5 Page 5 of 8 1 SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS `c thick steel plates, 6 in. square, bolted to floor. Use feet for welded attachment of 1-1/2-in.by 1-1/2-in.by 1/4 in.vertical angle posts not over 3 ft oc. Connect posts with horizontal lightweight slotted steel channels and bolt control equipment to channels. 3. Unless shown otherwise on plans. c. Motor Controller Fuses and Circuit Breakers: Conform to requirements of Section 16475. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION a. Comply with Section 16195. 3.3 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION a. Install wiring as specified in Section 16120. 1 b. Install wiring in enclosures bundled,trained, and supported. 3.4 CONNECTIONS a. Tighten connectors, terminals, and mountings. Tighten field connected connectors and terminals,including screws and bolts,in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements not indicated,comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A and 486B. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL a. Manufacturer's Field Services: ; 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's technician for equipment specified herein shall be present at job site or classroom designated by Owner for minimum mandays indicated,travel time _ excluded, for equipment adjustment, and training of Owner's personnel for plant operation. Include minimum of: r-? (a) I manday for Instructional Services. 1 b. Testing: I 1. Reports: Notify Engineer in writing indicating defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include records of repairs and adjustments made. 2. On completing installation of system, perform following tests. 16481-6 Page 6 of 8 1 n _ _ i SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS (a) Make insulation resistance tests of conducting parts ofmotor control components; and of connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. For devices containing solid-state components, use test equipment and methods recommended by manufacturer. (b) Make continuity tests of circuits. (c) Review updating of final system configuration arid parameters where they supplement or differ from those indicated in original Contract Documents. (d) Review manufacturer's written instructions for installation and testing of motor control devices. - 3. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include following inspections and related work. (a) Motor Control Device Ratings and Settings: Verify ratings and settings as installed are appropriate for final loads and final system arrangement and parameters. Recommend final protective device ratings and settings where differences found. Use accepted revised ratings or settings to make final system adjustments. (b) Inspect for defects and physical damage and nameplate compliance with Drawings. (c) Exercise and perform operational tests of mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. (d) Check tightness of electrical connections of devices with calibrated torque wrench. Use manufacturer's recommended torque values. (e) Clean devices using manufacturer's approved methods and materials. (f) Verify proper fuse types and ratings in fusible devices. 4. Electrical Tests: Perform following in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. (a) Insulation resistance test of motor control devices conducting parts to extent permitted by manufacturer's written instructions. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms not acceptable. L' (b) Use primary current injection to check performance characteristics of motor circuit protectors and for overload relays of controllers for motors 15 hp and Iarger. Trip characteristics not within manufacturer's published time-current tolerances not acceptable. (c) Make adjustments for final settings of adjustable trip devices. (d) Test auxiliary protective features such as loss of phase, phase unbalance, and undervoltage to verify operation. (e) Check for improper voltages at terminals in controllers having external control wiring when controller disconnect opened. Voltage over 30 v unacceptable. 16481-7 Page 7 of 8 SECTION 16481 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 5. Correct deficiencies and retest motor control devices. Verify by system tests that specified requirements are met. 3.6 AI)JIJSTING a. Overvoltage/Undervoltage/Phase Failure Control Relay: 1. Adjust control relay to cause motor starter to drop out at voltage slightly higher than dropout voltage of starter and have dropout time slightly faster than motor starter to ensure if motor starter drops out, relay will drop out. 3.7 CLEANING a. Remove paint splatters and other spots,dirt,and debris. Touch up scratches and mars offinish to match original finish. Clean devices internally using manufacturer's recommended methods and - materials. I --o 0 o-- 1 n 16481-8 Page 8 of 8 E _ _ _ SECTION 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600V OR LESS) 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY a. Section Includes: 1. Motor-control centers(MCCs)for use on ac circuits,rated 600 V or less. b. Overcurrent protective devices and disconnect switches used with motor control centers (MCCs)are specified in Section 16475. 1.2 REFERENCES a. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI C2-90 -National Electrical Safety Code(NESC). b. International Electrical Testing Association(P.O.Box 687,Morrison, CO 80465): 1. ATS-Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. c. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA): 1. NEMA 250-89-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). 2. NEMA ICS 2-88.-Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies. 3. NEMA ICS 2.3-88 - Instructions for the Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Motor Control Centers. d. Underwriters Laboratories(UL): 1. UL 486A-89-Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper Conductors. 2. UL 845-89-Motor Control Centers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS a. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. b. Shop Drawings: 16482-1 rPage 1 of 10 L r'1 SECTION 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600V OR LESS) I 1. Each MCC including dimensioned plans and elevations and component lists. 2. Show ratings,including short-time and short-circuit ratings,and horizontal and vertical bus ampacities. 3. Schedule of features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual MCC units. 4. Wiring Diagrams: Interconnecting wiring diagrams pertinent to class and type specified for MCC. Schematic diagram of each type of controller unit indicated. c. Product Data: - 1. Each product and component specified. 1 d. Test Results: 1. Certified reports of field tests and observations. e. Operations and Maintenance Data: I 1. Maintenance data for MCCs. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE _ a. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). This includes complete MCC and switchgear assembly, including controls section. 1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 1 2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. b. Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. c. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be a member of NEMA,regularly engaged in manufacturing LV MCCs complying with requirements of these Specifications, and experienced with at Ieast 5 projects of similar size and scope. 16482-2 Page 2 of 10 t-- SECTION 16482 E. MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600V OR LESS) d. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for MCCs including clearances between MCCs and adjacent surfaces and items and are based on types and models indicated. MCCs of other manufacturers having equal performance characteristics and complying with indicated maximum dimensions may be considered. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING a. Deliver in shipping splits of lengths that can be moved past obstructions. b. Store so condensation will not occur on or in MCCs. Provide temporary heaters as required to prevent condensation. c. Handle MCCs in accordance,with NEMA ICS 2.3, "Instructions for Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Motor Control Centers.".Use factory-installed lifting provisions. 1.6 MAINTENANCE a. Extra Materials: 1. Spare Fuses: Furnish one spare for every five of each type and rating of fuse and fusible devices installed,but not less than one set of three of each kind. Include spares for: (a) Control power fuses. (b) Fuses and fusible devices,for fused circuit breakers. (c) Fuses for fusible switches. 2. Spare Indicating Lights: Furnish 5 of each type installed. 3. Touch-Up Paint: Furnish 3 half-pint unopened containers. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS �j a. Square D Co. b. General Electric • c. Eaton Corp./Cutler-Hammer Products. d. Or Equal. 16482-3 Page 3 of 10 n SECTION 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS (600V OR LESS) I 2.2 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS a. Wiring Classification: Class I, Type B, as defined in NEMA ICS 2. b. Enclosure: NEMA Type 1,gasketed,as defined in NEMA 250,except as otherwise indicated. c. Compartments: 1. Modular,with individual doors with concealed hinges and quick-captive screw fasteners. 2. For combination starter units provide interlocks so disconnect means must be in off I position before door can be opened, and so door cannot be closed with disconnect means in on position, except by consciously operating permissive release device. d. Interchangeability: 1. Construct compartments so it is possible to remove units without opening adjacent doors, disconnecting adjacent compartments, or disturbing operation of other units in control center. 2. Units requiring same size compartment shall be interchangeable, and compartments shall be constructed to permit ready rearrangement of units such as replacing 3 single units with unit requiring 3 spaces without cutting or welding. e. Wiring Spaces: fl 1. Provide each vertical section of structure with horizontal and vertical wiring spaces for wiring to each unit compartment in each section. 2. Provide separate door over vertical wiring space. 3. Provide supports to hold wiring rigidly in place. f Meet current NEC requirements for service entrance. g. Ratings: Provide nominal system voltage,continuous main bus amperage,and short-time and short-circuit-current ratings as indicated and conform with short circuit and coordination study. 1 n 16482-4 Page 4 of 10 c*i 1 p SECTION 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600V OR LESS) 2.3 BUSES a. Material: Tin plated copper. b. Ampacity Ratings: As indicated for horizontal main buses and vertical bus sized for indicated L loads or 300A minimum. rm. • c. Neutral Buses: Full size. d. Equipment Ground Bus: Non-insulated,horizontal copper bus 2 inches by 1/4 inch,minimum. e. Horizontal Bus Arrangement: Extend main phase, neutral and ground buses with same capacity entire length of MCC unless otherwise indicated,and provision for future extension at both ends by means of bolt holes and captive bus splice sections or approved equivalent. f. Natural Disconnect Link: For switchgear assembly having main service disconnect. Arrange to permit disconnecting the switchgear assembly neutral bus from the common ground bus and the incoming service neutrals. Also provide a bolted, un-insulated, 1/4-in. by 2-in. copper bus (main bonding jumper). Arrange to interconnect the neutral and the ground buses to establish the system common ground point. g. Short-Circuit Withstand Rating: Same as short-circuit current rating of section. 2.4 FUNCTIONAL FEATURES a. General: Provide modular arrangement of motor controllers, control devices, overcurrent protective devices,transformers,panelboards,instruments,indicating panels,blank panels,and other items mounted in compartments of motor-control center as indicated. b. Motor Controller Units: 1. Combination controller units;of types and with features,ratings,and circuit assignments indicated. 2. Units with full-voltage, across-the-line,magnetic controllers up to and including Size 3 shall be installed on drawout mountings with connectors that automatically line up and connect with vertical section buses while being racked into their normal energized positions. 3. Units shall have short-circuit current ratings equal to or greater than short-circuit current rating of MCC section. p 16482-5 Page 5 of 10 p r" SECTION 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS (600V OR LESS) 4. Units in MCCs shall be equipped with pull-apart terminal strips or drawout terminal boards for external control connections. c. Overcurrent Protective Devices: r- 1. Provide types of devices with features, ratings, and circuit assignments indicated, as specified in Section 16475. 2. Individual feeder tap units through 225 ampere rating shall be installed on drawout 1 mountings with connectors that automatically line up and connect with vertical section buses while being racked into their normal energized positions. d. Spaces and Blank Units: Compartments fully bussed and equipped with guide rails or equivalent, ready for insertion of drawout units. e. Spare Units: Type, sizes, and ratings as indicated, and installed in compartments indicated °spare." 2.5 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS a. Provide identifying devices. 1 b. Equipment Markers: Provide 2-ply, 1/8-in. thick laminated plastic, engraved equipment markers. 1 1. Color: Black letters on white background. 2. Nomenclature: Include following, matching terminology on schedules as closely as possible: a. Equipment name(i.e. motor control center). b. Equipment Tag No. (i.e. 30-MCC-1). 3. Size: Provide approximate 3-in. by 6-in. (minimum)for equipment. 1 a. 1-in. high letters for equipment tag number. r— b. 1/2-in. high letters for descriptive equipment name. 4. Size: Provide approximate 1-1/2 in. by 3-in. (minimum)for device or component. r- a. 1/4-in. high letters for equipment tag number. -_ b. 1/4-in. high letters for descriptive equipment name. 16482-6 Page 6 of 10 1 r . . SECTION 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600V OR LESS) 5. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws except contact type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate. 2.6 FINISHES a. Manufacturer's standard finish suitable for environment in which installed. a 2.7 CONCRETE BASES a. Class "B" as specified in Part 3. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. General: Install MCCs in accordance with NEMA ICS 2:3 "Instructions for Handling, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of MCCs," and with manufacturer's written installation instructions. b. Anchor each motor-control center assembly to concrete base in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Level and grout sills flush with motor-control center mounting surface. i c. Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels,brackets, and temporary blocking of moving parts from MCC:Units and components. 3.2 CONCRETE BASES a. Where concrete slab is indicated under MCC location,provide 4-in.high concrete foundation pad or, as shown on Plans. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION a. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs, as specified in .Section 16195. - - - b. Place wire identification tags at each end of all conductors. r L 16482-7 Page 7 of 10 r E I SECTION 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600V OR LESS) I 3.4 CONNECTIONS �J a. Tighten MCC bus joint bolts and electrical connector and terminal bolts in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not stated,use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.5 COORDINATION STUDY (Not Applicable) 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL J a. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Supplier's or manufacturer's technician for equipment specified herein shall be present at job site or classroom designated by Owner for minimum of 2 workdays, travel time excluded, for assistance during plant startup, equipment adjustment, and training of Owner's personnel for plant operation. Include minimum of: (a) 2 mandays for Instructional Services. fj 2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to specific system and equipment operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting. b Testing: 1. Comply with applicable requirements of InterNational Electrical Testing Association (INETA) Standard ATS, "Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems." 2. Reports: Notify Engineer in writing indicating defective materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include record of repairs and adjustments made. 3. Perform following tests: (a) Test insulation resistance of MCC buses;components;and of connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. For components with solid-state devices or other sensitive components, perform tests in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. (b) Make continuity tests of circuits. (c) Inspect MCCs for defects and physical damage,testing laboratory labels, circuit connections, and nameplate compliance with up-to-date system drawings. (d) Perform operational test and exercise of mechanical components and other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual. J 16482-8 Page 8 of 10 f SECTION 16482 - . . MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600V OR LESS) (e) Check MCC anchorage,external clearances,and alignment and fit of components including internal elements. (f) Check'tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values. (g) Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for motor control and protective devices. (h) Device Ratings and Settings: Verify ratings and settings of overload relays,motor circuit protectors, and overcurrent protective devices. 4. Quality Control Testing Program: Assure MCC installation meets specified requirements, is operational within specified tolerances, and provides appropriate protection for systems and equipment. (a) Test and inspect MCCs in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. (b) Schedule tests and provide notification at least 7 days in advance of test commencement. (c) Reports: Prepare written reports of test results and observations. Report defective materials and workmanship. Include complete records of adjustments and corrective action taken. (d) Labeling: On satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply label to tested components indicating results, person responsible, and date. (e) Test insulation resistance of buses and portions of control wiring that disconnect from solid-state devices through normal disconnecting features. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable. (f) Verify appropriate capacity, overcurrent protection, and operating voltage of control power elements including control power transformers and control power wiring. (g) Check phasing of supply source to bus. (h) Test motor-control devices. (i) Test overcurrent protective devices. 5. Retesting: Correct deficiencies and retest. Verify by retests that specified requirements are met. 3.7 CLEANING a. Inspect interior and exterior of MCCs. Remove paint splatters and other spots,dirt,and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. 16482-9 CPage 9 of to • SECTION 16482 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS(600V OR LESS) fl 3.8 PROTECTION a. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation 1 within each section of switchgear throughout periods during which the switchgear is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity. r"� --000-- 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 16482-10 Page 10 of 10 J I SECTION 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY a. Section Includes: 1. Exterior lighting fixtures, lamps, ballasts, poles standards, and accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES a. American Association of State Highway and Transportation AASHTO LTS-1-Standard Officials (AASHTO). Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires, and Traffic Signals. b. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): 1. ANSI C2-90-National Electrical Safety Code. 2. ANSI C78.1-91 to C78.1502-Electric Lamps. 3. ANSI C82.2-84-Fluorescent Lamp Ballast-Method of Measurement. 4. ANSI C82.4-85 - Ballasts for High-Intensity-Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps(Multiple-Supply Type). 5. ANSI C136.13-87-Roadway Lighting-Metal Brackets for Wood Poles. 6. ANSI C136.30 - Roadway Lighting Equipment - Fiber-Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Lighting Poles. 7. ANSI 05.1-92-Wood Poles- Specifications and Dimensions. c. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 1. ASTM A500 - REV A-90 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and.Shapes. 2. ASTM B209-90-Standard Specifications for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 3. ASTM B429-92-Standard Specifications for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. 16525-1 Page 1 of 9 fl SECTION 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING d. American Wood Preservers Association(AWPA): AWPA C4-Poles,Preservative Treatment, Pressure Processed. e. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(IEEE): 1. IEEE C62.41-91-IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. f Underwriter's Laboratories(UL): 1. UL 773-87-UL Standard for Safety Plug-In,Locking Type Photocontrols for Use with Area Lighting. 2. UL 844-90 -UL Standard for Safety Electric Lighting Fixtures for Use in Hazardous 1 (Classified)Locations. 3. UL 935-84-UL Standard for Safety Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts 4. UL 1029-86 -UL Standard for Safety High-Intensity Discharge Lamp Ballasts. 5. UL 1570-88 -UL Standard for Safety Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures. 6. UL 1571-91 -UL Standard for Safety Incandescent Lighting Fixtures. '-1 7. UL 1572-91 -UL Standard for Safety High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS a. Fixture: Complete lighting unit. Fixtures include lamp or lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply. b. Lighting Unit: Fixture,or assembly of fixtures with common support,including pole or bracket plus mounting and support accessories. c. Luminaire: Fixture. 1.4 SUBMITTALS a. Submit the following for Engineer's approval. J b. Product Data. 1 16525-2 Page 2 of 9 1 _ _ L SECTION 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 1. Describe fixtures, lamps,ballasts,poles, and accessories. 2. Arrange Product Data in order of fixture designation. 3. Include data on features,poles, accessories, and following: (a) Outline drawings of fixtures and poles indicating dimensions and principal features. (b) Electrical ratings and photometric data with :certified results of independent laboratory tests. c. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fixtures and poles and indicating dimensions,weights,methods at field assembly, components,and accessories. d. Test Results: 1. Certified reports of field tests and observations. 1.5 QUALITY-ASSURANCE a. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 1. Term"NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7, 2. Terms"listed"and"Labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code,Article 100. b: Regulatory Requirements: 1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70. 2. Comply with ANSI C2, "National Electrical Safety Code." c. Fixtures for Hazardous Locations: Conform to UL 844 or get Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation(FM)certification for the class and division of hazard. d. Manufacturers' Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing lighting units that are similar to those indicated for this Project and that have record of successful in-service performance. C 16525-3 Page 3 of 9 F n SECTION 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING a. Poles: 1 1. General: Store poles on decay-resistant treated skids at least 1 ft above grade and '-7 vegetation. Support pole to prevent distortion and arrange to provide free air circulation. 2. Metal Poles: Retain factory-applied pole wrappings until just before pole installation. For poles with nonmetallic finishes, handle with web fabric straps. 1.7 WARRANTY a. Special Project Warranty: Submit warranty, mutually executed by manufacturer and the Installer, agreeing to replace external parts of lighting fixtures exhibiting failure of finish as specified below. This warranty is in addition to, and not limitation of, other rights and remedies Owner may have under Contract Documents. I. Protection of Metal from Corrosion: Warranty against perforation or erosion of finish due to weathering. 2. CoIor Retention: Warranty against fading, staining, and chalking due to effects of weather and solar radiation. 3. Special Project Warranty Period: 5 yrs, beginning on the date of Substantial Completion. n 1.8 MAINTENANCE a. Extra Materials 1. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as described below,packaged with _J protective covering for storage,and identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. (a) Lamps: 10 lamps for each 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. (b) Glass and Plastic Lenses,Covers,and Other Optical Parts: 1 for each 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. (c) Ballasts: 1 for each 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. (d) Globes and Guards: 1 for each 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least 1 of each type. 16525-4 Page 4 of 9 7 . _ r SECTION 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 2.0 PRODUCTS L 2.1 FIXTURE COMPONENTS,GENERAL a. Metal Parts: Free from burrs and sharp edges and corners. b. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum, except as indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. ( c. Housings: Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosures that will not warp, sag, or deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed fixtures. d. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access Provisions: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under operating conditions,and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in the operating position. Provide for door removal for cleaning or replacing lens. Arrange for door opening to disconnect ballast. e. Exposed Hardware Material: Stainless steel. f. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectances as follows, except as otherwise indicated: 1. White Surfaces: 85%. 2. Specular Surfaces: 83%. 3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75%. �� g. Plastic Parts: Resistant to yellowing and other changes due to aging and exposure to heat and UV radiation. h. Lenses and Refractors: Materials as indicated. Use heat-and aging-resistant,-resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lens and refractor mounting in fixture doors. i. Photoelectric Relay: UL 773. 1. Contact Relays: Single-throw, arranged to fail in the "on" position and factory set to turn light unit on at 1.5 to 3 footcandles and off at 4.5 to 10 footcandles with 15 sec' minimum time delay. 2. Relay Mounting: In fixture housing. r 16525-5 Page 5 of 9 SECTION 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 2.2 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES a. Fixtures: Conform to UL 1570. b. Ballasts: Conform to UL 935, certified by Electrical Testing Laboratory(ETL). Labeled by Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association(CBM). 1. Type: High-power factor type rated for -20°C starting and listed for use in outdoor fixtures. 2. Sound Rating: A or B. fl 3. Voltage: Match connected circuits. 4. Ballasts to have fused protection. 1 2.3 HIGH-INTENSITY DISCHARGE(HID)FIXTURES a. Fixtures: Conform to UL 1572. b. Ballasts: Conform to UL 1029 and ANSI C82.4, provide constant wattage autotransformer (CWA)or regulating high-power factor type, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Operating voltage matches system voltage. 2. Single-Lamp Ballasts: Minimum starting temperature of-30°C. 3. Construct ballasts so open circuit operation will not reduce average life. 4. Ballasts to have fused protection. c. Instant Restrike Device: Solid-state potted module, mounted inside fixture and compatible with mogul-based HPS lamps,ballasts, and sockets up to 150 watts. *� 1. Restrike ranges: 105 to 130 vac. 2. Output voltage does not exceed 250 v peak or 150 vac RMS. 2.4 INCANDESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES a. Conform to UL 1571. 16525-6 Page 6 of 9 E SECTION 16525 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 2.5 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS Li a. Pole-Mounted Fixtures: Conform to AASHTO LTS-1. b. Wind-Load Strength: 100 mph and 1.3 gust factor for total support assembly,including pole, base,and anchorage,where used,to carry fixtures,supports,and appurtenances at,indicated heights above grade without deflection or whipping. c. Arm,Bracket, and Tenon Mount Materials: Match the poles. d. Mountings,Fastenings,and Appurtenances: Corrosion-resistant components compatible with poles and fixtures that will not cause galvanic action at contact points. Provide mountings that will correctly position luminaire to provide indicated light distribution. e. Pole Shafts: As shown on Plans. f. Pole Bases: Anchor type with galvanized steel hold-down Or anchor bolts, leveling nuts,and bolt covers. g. Steel Poles: Steel tubing conforming to ASTM A500, Grade B, carbon steel with minimum yield of 46,000 psi. Poles are 1-piece construction up to 40 ft in length and have access handhole in wall. h. Steel Mast Arms: Fabricated from 2-in.pipe,continuously welded to pole attachment plate and - ' having span and rise as indicated. i. Metal Pole Brackets: Designed to match pole metal. Provide cantilever brackets without underbrace, in the sizes and styles indicated,with straight tubular end section to accommodate the fixture. j. Pole-Top Tenons: Fabricated to support fixture indicated and securely fastened to the pole top. k. Metal Pole Grounding Provisions: Welded 1/2-in.threaded lug,accessible through handhole. 2.6 LAMPS a. Conform to ANSI Standards,C78 series,applicable to each type of lamp. Provide fixtures with indicated lamps. Where lamps are not indicated, provide lamps recommended by manufacturer. 16525-7 Page 7of9 SECTION 16525 7-1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING 2.7 FINISH a. Metal Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish except as otherwise indicated. Finish applied over corrosion-resistant primer,free of streaks,runs,holidays, stains,blisters,and similar defects. Remove poles, fixtures, and accessories showing evidence of corrosion or finish failure during Project warranty period and replace with new items. b. Other Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish except as otherwise indicated. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. Set units plumb,square,level,and secure according to manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. 3.2 CONCRETE FOUNDATIONS a. Construct concrete foundations with 3,000-1b, 28-day concrete. b. Embedded Poles: Set poles to indicated depth,but not less than 1/6 of pole length below finish grade. Dig holes large enough to permit use of tampers full depth of hole. Backfill in 6-in.layers and thoroughly tamp each layer so compaction of backfill is equal to or greater than that of undisturbed earth. 7 c. Pole Installation: Use fabric web slings(not chain or cable)to raise and set poles. d. Fixture Attachment: Fasten to indicated structural supports. e. Fixture Attachment with Adjustable Features or Aiming: Attach fixtures and supports to allow aiming for indicated light distribution. f. Lamp fixtures with indicated lamps according to manufacturer's instructions. Replace ►'� malfunctioning lamps. 3.3 GROUNDING ,. a. Ground fixtures and metal poles as specified in Section 16452. 1. Poles: Install 10-ft driven ground rod at each pole. 2. Nonmetallic Poles: Ground metallic components of lighting unit and foundations. ,f., 16525-8 Page 8 of 9 1'� r SECTION 16525 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING Connect fixtures to grounding system with No. 6 AWG conductor. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL a. Inspect installed units for damage. b. Provide advance notice of dates and times for field tests. c. Provide instruments to make and record test results. d. Tests: Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing fixtures and energizing circuits with normal power source: Include the following: 1. Photometric Tests: Measure light intensities at locations where specific illumination performance is indicated. Use photometers with calibration referenced to MST(-' standards. 2. Check for excessively noisy ballasts. 3. Check for uniformity of illuminations. t 4. Written report of tests indicating actual illumination results. e. Replace or repair damaged and malfunctioning units and retest. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING a. Clean components on completion of installation.Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. b. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. --000-- _16525-9 _ . Page 9of9 r F-- Geotechnical Engineering Report Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin SWC of County Road 100 and County Road 115 Pearland, Texas r- September 16, 2011 Terracon Project No. 91115051 Prepared for: Montgomery & Barnes, Inc. Houston, Texas Prepared by: Terracon Consultants, Inc. I League City, Texas 1 Offices Nationwide Established in 1965 Employee-Owned terracon.com erraton Geotechnical Environmental Construction Materials Facilities II 7 . , 7 lierracon . , _ 7 :.._, September 16,2011 7 Montgomery&Barnes, Inc. • 450 Gears Road,Suite 200 . Houston,Texas77067 �, MartinMurdock, P.E. A • ttn: Mr. 7Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report Lift Station at Cowart creek Regional De tention Basin SWC of County Road- and County Road 115 •. _ . . ; 7Pearland,Texas . Terracon Project No. 91115051 fDear Mr. Murdock: . _ Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon)is pleased'to submit our Geotechnical Engineering Report 7 for the project referenced above in Pearland, Texas. We trust that this report is responsive to your project needs. Please contact us if you have any questions or if we can be of further assistance. • ` 7 . . ; • , We appreciate the opportunity to work with you on this project and look forward to providing • additional Geotechnical Engineering and Construction Materials Testing services in the future. .7 Sincerely, Terracon Consultants, Inc. 7 (Texas Firm Registration No.;F-3272) 7 1/LACI.j( . . . , Ather Mohiuddin, P.E. Brandon K.Smith, P.E. Geotechnical Services Manager/League City Project Manager/Houston 1 • bE � Sp�- � OFr._1i 7 . rA -�f`1 *�. ....Fk 1 Todd. E.Swoboda, P.E. *:. a :*��. Li Geotechnical Services Manager I,Houston • ' �'j rii i ATHER• MOHtUCQtN % • Enclosures (13% tpp p Q$ ,, Copies Submitted: (3)Bound&(1)Electronic f��;E`S��L'ENSE•emsi" P '% /p'���SN.. Terracon Consultants, Inc. 551 Link Road, Suite F epbt,,Z417liexas 77573 P [281] 557 2900 F [2811 557 2990 terracon.com Geotechnical R Environmental IN Construction Materials II Facilities TABLE OF CONTENTS Page EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 1 2.1 Project Description 1 2.2 Site Description 2 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 2 3.1 Geology 2 3.2 Typical Profile 2 3.3 Groundwater 3 4.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 3 4.1 Allowable Bearing Pressure 3 4.2 Groundwater Control 4 4.3 Excavations 4 4.4 Uplift Pressures 5 4.5 Lateral Earth Pressures 6 5.0 GENERAL COMMENTS 6 r" APPENDIX A— FIELD EXPLORATION Exhibit A-1 Site Location Plan Exhibit A-2 Boring Location Plan Exhibit A-3 Field Exploration Description Exhibit A-4 Boring Log APPENDIX B— LABORATORY TESTING 1 Exhibit B-1 Laboratory Testing APPENDIX C—SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS Exhibit C-1 General Notes Exhibit C-2 Unified Soil Classification System _.I Geotechnical Engineering Report lierracon Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin •Pearland,Texas September 16,2011 •Terracon Project No. 91115051 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This Geotechnical Engineering Report has been prepared for the proposed construction of a new lift station within the Cowart Creek Regional Detention Facility located at the southwest corner (SWC) of County Road 100 and County Road 115 in Pearland, Texas. One test boring, designated B-1, was drilled to a depth of approximately 50 feet in the area of the proposed lift station. [6, Based on the information obtained from our subsurface exploration, the site can be developed for the proposed project. A summary of our findings and recommendations is listed below. ■ Groundwater was initially observed during dry drilling at a depth of approximately 18 feet below existing grade and subsequently caved-in at a depth of about 16 feet. ■ The subsurface soils generally consisted of alternating layers of lean clays and fat clays to the termination depth of the boring (approximately 50 feet). ■ If the slab-type foundation for the proposed lift station is installed in the native clay soils at a depth of about 35 feet below existing grade, the foundation may be sized utilizing a net allowable bearing pressure of 4,000 psf. This allowable bearing pressure is based on the assumption that the base of the foundation excavation is relatively dry, undisturbed, and clean of loose soil. This summary should be used in conjunction with the entire report for design purposes. Details were not included or fully developed in this section, and the report must be read in its entirety for a comprehensive understanding of the items contained herein. The section titled "5.0 GENERAL COMMENTS" should be read for an understanding of the report limitations. r ll r C C Responsive • Resourceful ■ Reliable C 1 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT LIFT STATION AT COWART CREEK REGIONAL DETENTION FACILITY SWC OF COUNTY ROAD 100 AND COUNTY ROAD 115 PEARLAND, TEXAS Project No. 91115051 September 16, 2011 ,.., 1.0 INTRODUCTION Terracon is pleased to submit our Geotechnical Engineering Report for the proposed construction of a new lift station within the Cowart Creek Regional Detention Facility located at �} the southwest corner (SWC) of County Road 100 and County Road 115 in Pearland, Texas. One test boring, designated B-1, was drilled to a depth of about 50 feet in the area of the proposed lift station. This project was authorized by Mr. Martin C. Murdock, Vice President of Montgomery & Barnes, Inc. (MBI), through signature of MBI's "Subconsultant Agreement" on August 25, 2011. The project scope was performed in general accordance with Terracon Document No. P91110136, dated August 1, 2011. 1 The purpose of this report is to describe the subsurface conditions observed at one test boring drilled for this project, analyze and evaluate the test data, and provide recommendations with respect to: -� ■ Allowable bearing pressure; • Groundwater control; • Excavation considerations; and • Uplift and lateral earth pressures. 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 11 2.1 Project Description Item Description Project location See Appendix A, Exhibit A-1, Site Location Plan. Site layout See Appendix A, Exhibit A-2, Boring Location Plan. The proposed lift station is planned to include the installation Proposed improvements of a pre-cast concrete wet well at a depth of about 35 feet below existing grade. n Responsive • Resourceful ■ Reliable 1 1 Geotechnical Engineering Report lrerraton Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin •Pearland,Texas ( September 16, 2011 .Terracon Project No. 91115051 2.2 Site Description _ _ Item :,,Description Site location Southwest corner of County Road 100 and County Road 115 in Pearland, Texas. The proposed lift station area is located on top of the Existing conditions embankment in the southern portion of the existing detention basin. Current ground cover Exposed ground. Existingtopography Relatively level. 3.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3.1 Geology The site for the proposed construction is located on the Beaumont clay formation, a deltaic nonmarine Pleistocene deposit. The Beaumont clay is a heterogeneous formation containing thick interbedded layers of clay, fine sand and silt. The clay fraction is primarily composed of montmorillonite, illite, kaolinite, and finely ground quartz. The clay present in the formation has been preconsolidated by a process of desiccation. Numerous wetting and drying cycles have produced a network of small randomly oriented, closely-spaced joints within some depth zones. These small joints frequently have a shiny j appearance and the clays are called slickensided in these cases. The joint pattern may have an (_ influence on the construction and engineering behavior of the soil. The coastal plain in this region has a complex tectonic geology, several major features of which are: Gulf Coastal geosyncline, salt domes, and major sea level fluctuations during 'the glacial stages, subsidence and geologic faulting activities. Most of these geologic faulting activities have ceased for millions of years, but some are still active. A geologic fault investigation and study of the site geology are beyond the scope of this report. 3.2 Typical Profile The particular subsurface stratigraphy, as determined from our field and laboratory programs, is shown in detail on the Boring Log in Appendix A. The subsurface soils consisted of alternating layers of lean clays and fat clays to the termination depth of the boring (approximately 50 feet). Conditions observed at the boring location are indicated on the Boring Log. Stratification boundaries on the Boring Log represent the approximate location of changes in soil types; in-situ, Responsive ■ Resourceful ■Reliable 2 n Geotechnical Engineering Report iferracon Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin •Pearland, Texas September 16, 2011 ■Terracon Project No. 91115051 the transition between materials may be gradual. Details for the boring can be found on the Boring Log in Appendix A of this report. Based on our field and laboratory programs, engineering values for the subsurface conditions can be summarized as follows: --` Subsurface Soils In-situ I Moisture Plasticity Moisture Content vs. Undrained Shear Description 2 Index Content Plastic Limit Strength (%) (%) '... (%) (psf) Lean Clay 12 to 33 16 to 24 +3 to+7 1,100 to 1,600 1 Fat Clay 33 to 42 20 to 25 0 2,100 to 2,900 1. The difference between a soil sample's in-situ moisture content and it's corresponding plastic limit. 2. Based on unconfined compressive strength tests. 3.3 Groundwater T"1 The boring was advanced to a depth of about 18 feet using dry drilling techniques. Wet rotary methods were utilized thereafter to the boring termination depth of about 50 feet. Groundwater was initially observed during dry drilling at a depth of about 18 feet and subsequently caved-in at a depth of about 16 feet. These groundwater observations are considered short-term, since the boring was open for a short time period. On a long-term basis, groundwater may be present at a shallower depth. Additionally, groundwater will fluctuate seasonally with climatic changes and should be evaluated prior to construction. 4.0 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 1-1 The following recommendations are based upon the data obtained in our field and laboratory programs, project information provided to us, and on our experience with similar subsurface and site conditions. 4.1 Allowable Bearing Pressure As stated previously, we understand that the proposed lift station is planned to be installed at a maximum depth of about 35 feet below existing grade. Based on the subsurface soil conditions observed, the bottom of the lift station foundation may be placed to bear in the native clay soils. If the slab-type foundation for the proposed lift station is installed in the native clays at a depth of about 35 feet below existing grade, the foundation may be sized utilizing a net allowable Responsive • Resourceful • Reliable 3 ` -h • Geotechnical Engineering Report lierracon Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin •Pearland,Texas September 16, 2011 •Terracon Project No. 91115051 bearing pressure of 4,000 psf. This allowable bearing pressure is based on the assumption that the base of the foundation excavation is relatively-dry, undisturbed, and clean of loose soil. 4.2 Groundwater Control As noted on the Boring Log and presented in the "3.3 Groundwater" section of this report, groundwater was initially observed during dry drilling at a depth of approximately 18 feet. Based on the soil and groundwater information obtained during our field and laboratory activities, groundwater seepage within the clay soils is likely to be managed by pumping water collected within sumps positioned in the bottom of the excavation. The base of the excavation should be sloped such that water can be collected and removed from the excavation. The suggested method given above serves as a guideline for groundwater control. Other appropriate means may be required for groundwater control during construction. Control of groundwater should be accomplished in a manner that will preserve the strength of the soils, will not cause instability of the excavation, and will not result in damage to existing structures, if any. To further evaluate groundwater conditions at the time of construction, piezometers can be set just prior to construction.As an alternative,test pits may excavated to the planned excavation depth. Based on the results, the contractor should determine effective methods of groundwater r, management prior to starting excavation operations. 4.3 Excavations For this project, either excavated side slopes or vertical cut excavations are feasible. However, P we anticipate that the lift station will be installed using the "caisson" method whereby the structure is either sunk by excavating from the interior or by predrilling a hole and lowering the structure in the hole. The excavation should be performed in a manner to reduce the amount of over excavation to the least amount possible to avoid loss of ground and subsequent surface settlement around the underground structure. Excavations must be performed and inspected under the supervision of a contractor designated Competent Person. The Competent Person (as defined by the OSHA Standard, 29 CFR Part 1926.650 to .652, Subpart P - Excavations) must evaluate the excavations at the time of construction activity to safeguard workers. Bracing for vertical excavation walls should be designed to resist a uniform lateral earth pressure of at least 36H psf, where H is the depth of the excavation in feet. Additional lateral pressure, due to surcharge loads, should be considered by adding a lateral pressure of 50 percent of the surcharge pressure. In lieu of shoring, bracing, or trench boxes for excavations greater than 5 feet, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards provide recommendations for the design of Responsive • Resourceful ■ Reliable 4 r n Geotechnical Engineering Report iierracon Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin •Pearland, Texas September 16, 2011 ■Terracon Project No. 91115051 temporary sloped excavations with a depth less than 20 feet. The OSHA standards provide maximum allowable slopes contingent on three designated soil types: Type A, Type B, or Type C. According to OSHA standards, temporary sloped excavations should be no steeper than 0.75-horizontal on 1-vertical (0.75H:1V) for Type A soils, 1H:1V for Type B soils, and cs"l 1.5H:1V for Type C soils. The surface slopes should be protected from deterioration and weathering if they are left open for significant periods of time. fl As a safety measure, no equipment should be operated within at least 5 feet of the edge of the _? excavation and no materials should be stockpiled within a horizontal distance equal to the depth of the utility excavation. Excavations should not approach closer than a horizontal distance equal to the excavation depth from existing structures or buried utilities without some form of protection for the existing facilities. Proper berming or ditching should be done to divert any surface runoff away from the excavations. Excavations should be performed with equipment capable of providing a relatively clean bearing area. Excavating equipment should not disturb the soil beneath the design excavation bottom j and should not leave large amounts of loose soil in the excavation. The excavation bottom should be properly sloped to allow any water infiltrating into the excavation to be collected at a convenient location along the edge of the excavation. Water should not be allowed to stand on the bearing area. If the base of the lift station cannot be constructed (concreted)within the same day of the excavation, a thin seal slab (2 to 4 inches) of lean concrete should be placed to protect the surface from disturbance. 4.4 Uplift Pressures `-1 Uplift forces are caused by a difference in water level in the soil adjacent to the structure and inside the structure. If the backfill around the lift station is a sand or silt material, the backfill will {� likely approach saturation during periods of heavy rainfall and the effective static water level will be at the surface. The uplift pressures will be resisted by adhesion or skin friction of the soil to the wall and by the dead weight of the structure. The value of allowable skin friction for an engineered clay fill compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the Standard Effort (ASTM D 698) may be considered to be about 300 psf. We recommend that the upper 4 feet of skin friction be neglected for a clay backfill due to potential soil shrinkage away from the structure. Sand backfill, compacted to 70 percent of the maximum relative density (ASTM D 4253 and 4254), may be considered to have a value for allowable skin friction of zero at the surface varying linearly to 270 psf at a depth of 35 feet below existing grade. An alternate design method would be to place a heel extending out from the foundation slab into the backfill and rely on the weight of the soil above the heel on a 4-vertical to 1-horizontal (4V:1 H) slope to resist the uplift forces. The unit weight of soil above and below the water table 'm for a properly compacted backfill will be 120 and 60 pounds per cubic feet (pcf), respectively. The preparation of the upper three feet of soil immediately above the heel is critical to reduce Responsive • Resourceful ■ Reliable 5 1 Geotechnical Engineering Report Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin .Pearland, Texas erracon September 16,2011 •Terracon Project No. 91115051 the possibility of an upward bearing failure. The entire thickness of fill should be compacted to the above recommended values. If the lift station is installed by predrilling a hole and lowering the structure in the hole or by { excavating from the inside and allowing the structure to sink under its own weight, the soil contact may be very low immediately after construction due to the annulus created during construction. In this case, the uplift pressure must be resisted by structural dead weight or by restoring the contact between the soil and the structure. If the annulus is open, grouting would be one means to restore skin frictional resistance. If the annulus is properly grouted, a nominal allowable skin friction of about 150 psf may be used to compute uplift resistance. 4.5 Lateral Earth Pressures Soil around an embedded structure will impose active to at-rest earth pressures against .the embedded walls. Design lateral earth pressures imposed by compacted fill may be computed using an equivalent fluid weighing 90 pcf for clean sand backfill and 110 pcf for clayey backfill soils. These pressures include hydrostatic pressures but do not include surcharge forces imposed by construction or vehicular loading. The lateral pressure produced by surcharge may be computed as 50 percent of the vertical surcharge pressure applied as a constant pressure over the full depth of the buried structure. If sand backfill is used, a 2-foot thick compacted clay seal should be placed at the top of the sand backfill to reduce the amount of infiltration of surface water. 5.0 GENERAL COMMENTS Terracon should be retained to review the final design plans and specifications so comments can be made regarding interpretation and implementation of our geotechnical recommendations in the design and specifications. Terracon also should be retained to provide observation and testing services during grading, excavation, foundation construction, and other earth-related construction phases of the project. The analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data obtained from the single boring performed at the indicated location and from other information discussed in this report. This report does not reflect variations that may occur across the site or due to the modifying effects of weather. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until during or after construction. If variations appear, we should be immediately notified so that further evaluation and supplemental recommendations can be provided. 17, Responsive • Resourceful • Reliable 6 Geotechnical Engineering Report lierratan Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin■Pearland, Texas September 16,2011 a Terracon Project No. 91115051 The scope of services for this project does not include either specifically or by implication any environmental or biological (e.g., mold, fungi, and bacteria) assessment of the site or identification or prevention of pollutants, hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential for such contamination or pollution, other services should be undertaken. For any excavation construction activities at this site, all OSHA guidelines and directives should '® be followed by the Contractor during construction to insure a safe working environment. In regards to worker safety, OSHA Safety and Health Standards require the protection of workers from excavation instability in trench situations. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of our client for specific application to the project discussed and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practices. No warranties, either express or implied, are intended or made. Site safety, excavation support, and dewatering requirements are the responsibility of others. In the event that changes in the nature, design, or location of the project as outlined in this report are planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless Terracon reviews the changes and either verifies or modifies the conclusions of this t. report in writing. Responsive ■ Resourceful ■ Reliable 7 7 r nAr1IALt. - 'j 1, PEARU...-, .H OL RU ...- 4p9 .•S y1 SPRING 41 G09.°.' -`t' �-.', 1i PIEST -' x 'w0 cic 4ReUaY1R1(LA Prarinnd St uirr �cya,t �g� . T .d V kA ,A au CT CON iDERATE L f_G 9Ay RIt. --Ai G I l% m.P4 N.SPRING r T_ ti, 90N7 T KG Y BCA� g 1 � �.I I �a ,`� ' t ,q '0 CIR • G!3vnuTua Z ott R y0 a�''a< ri a v 6?u g f O 3w :4R�T .3 IF -� 1 Yy. \ o .a 3NWOOD X e.d SPRI'(p•,�v.FE 1..f n D p ,11c, 11 4„'5 h 2 s u t=W=iC a s s ri G t L u' i -_;° ._I ..�\�o_0•c e--4'N :;v-� °.-u 1t 0 S'W M<-5.g L:1 l?cl1i €(:o;Na W 2 j CAPROCK j a. nsIGV m `e G •r 1 ' I `_, wiz ,:i O O 0:'L KHARTO1) xvy{5 0_ qqQ - f N6 s -x,v m g - !i_ 'Iv,6-t i ifm i z z IG SPG,via cR a v9 r. rc a : i I 77 1_ iE _ G'L St .. -+ s r s� E5 3 - zBLAN m C a 9th Grade - - Q F. ra z Z I •-r R - I.. stowSu�a�. :-. ...hill., _BA'LEY RD_ 1 S • T ' - O - C R 1 O1- ~ J'3t ra d66S`87u5 - _ �C,fi 1 OI ( t S. 0 KEY•HAP ING_2009 1 Cl rF g .I KRIS ' , ;� u 3 Eft.151�1 -INDUSTRIAL, �_�r•~ § �y` ` 870o j S GRACE m 0 1 i A R11 .. ; '• ! C.R.879 A 0: GRIFFIN 16000% -WILLI/I NS C p oQ1IB.,i w C 6400 6700 Ti o C.R.952 ZZ GR 12Y Al G.R.B2t1 A - -1 K _7 ; \ ; V^ 01 w 5 I_f" I i•,. HER ERT g i i 140 MIEm I �i I .- CR.:119a L t ¢tt' JC.R.879 - - U 1 L108Y1 JENKINS I �_7e0o .- c lL 4Q•1 6 / I -i 1 Z c PS06 C.R.112 77"I - . __ z 2- d_8 i o m I JAMES n 1 I Off+ 3 1 a tCONELEY ' o R I 0, ROY ACRES `_� C.R.117 m[ '.1 I PEARL-AND : i.- I 91 0 1 0 0 1 _ C.R.879D� I • I U i' I { C.R.IID I c "i •�1 . a m I g I r• t40ORE. `.1 i I 3 aS 162 N 0 1 MASSEY RANCH j C:,R, 100 ,:.:MASSEY :: i �- •6700 T000 I 7500 •••••••.HASKINS '�_.__ _�__ HASTINGS FIELD RDHG.p.413 ♦•••••4--- I { _j `_ _ •••••••••••••,1 C.R.too eoc0 1 • _ s i -', F,u •yw�wyP�.9.l ` w n .. I S .„���♦ 1 ••••••••••1 - •py. •••�•�•�•OO.1 CAR RIE t� ,1 1 1 ••••••••••••1 C.R.1750 :ju i SITE ./ .x.44.:•o°❖:.,,„ 7rw 00 Y1W 6 _ • ••••1 p LLOCAION _•4••Oji oa n W : 5.HAStINGS FIELDrr _R.•414- •IKc.ioee PEAR 5 I N 1 _ , d t1 l l rR,-_�__ _.. ' bARE V_ ANNED dff at \ r1 I ^ RL FD I I F C-R.93 ' CI.18 C.R.17 V tt 611.434 Matti 2 O z I •,m c 1 . I N HONEY SUCK I .iF6 § I LI _ MINNI D L.R.410 UCALYFT+S PEGGY VS'`^ I �¢c I C. - s Z DLUfBONNE1 ' 11 C.r175A J _OVER q. 1 I f tl DAVIU 1 o ;le _I SUh FLOWER I trt 0e C' C.R.176A `_. 11 , t {• $C.R,9p7A N Frfa C'—'C,p,410B: E I '� •- .:� I s o 2m C PRIMROSE y9$Q HASTINGS CANHON RD S1 4'1�� y i W U_a,-,� I,CC RR410A cwart l ;, ,I• . - 13 QC I pp -g'STONECREST •K n : �t O F U A 5C O LI N').r , p tat.669 t" ST I. 04EBRI ¢DGE C.R.C-R.6698 Z 1..1 • a�J 1.4 A6C N u 19TH C.R.927 8111 R ,'1 `ep Q-6 Ot' d It' N m - N _ 0 l O�t 4 `�, cc S 1, i ' h~ 4`-y W 41 0 tJ p - I k ? vt S p AN P.1 1 a I• 1 t , t KEY MAPS INC.2006 r^t d'atP C.R.305 •t _.._..-.._.._._ ..... I_.. i ,?ti ti 13 EIPIAZORIA COUNTY I 3 v 0. SOURCE: R'4 2006 BRAZORIA COUNTY __ KEY MAP Page 655 - E, F 1/2 0 114 112 I DIAGRAM IS FOR GENERAL LOCATION ONLY.AND IS NOT rn INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES SCALE IN MILES I Project Sing. ProfectNo. SITE LOCATION PLAN Exhibit tr'+il o AM 91115051 ferracon o DrdvmBy. 8raie: Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Facility RW AS SHOWNSouthwest Corner of County Road 100 Checked By, Flle No: Consulting Engineers&Scientists ., 5 AM 91115051 and Pearland Sites Road /-\ 01 W Approved By: oats: 511IhtRoad.SultF LeagueClry.Tens77573 Pearland,Texas 1 AM 09-15-2011 PR(281)557.2900 FAX(281)557-2990 1 --1 • wiLTWO. n N VW anal° tr :c 1 ov -(s),YL u - ��*Ad A dOtld A.A.\'iJ W < ' IT' /osZ.(W.,L•u) O 3r3rataa doadxa+.uvtnn Zero o JmAYU Ma.rL — '-----p Ti1• ; ;Q !'1•la:dead EOM 1Tno •O U dead I:}. avv101139mmdead u»° if ,i•TC • .m4.017 a. I Zi fad Tmauen a/a�a F _�• as _ co I Kt tm am Km I Z l' tcc-v..nwo, • I O! (otzs o�son au now) o■.s. it� __aI Ui lmlmmt/M AYMtl1 A•dOLt .-. •91%Ws)-3,9 I LL I ¢in vnM 3ma,Y dead w ataoaor .sax� 'at•�W asw umo - (a3e1105NM1 A umota 3.000.0 J ! C txxa u,xmxt• O II, taaa vox ads)/.et.m/rot,ox qq afraid iwacwu/0 1p1 O O \a.atl«mama Y d/ '�"'°' h aox..ats>/ac.m/trt, r 1 1 1.11111 O " V,�� naw.=/m.mhsta I A 3 I z C I'Y Cr dux a..m/rscr a 9..2=—uu __ 6 .(tax mWa:tm/on+a. _ 1_,,, e p c g a .-. aa..`�I{9I 117;� tr t,ex al/.or�m/sss ai m o:�ma, :n'a""®° ,a I A'w.'a' y oafs°aa ii g4�go 3�•■:� ��'ri 'I 1' �■9V . 1 0 CD p N U1. OJ,\a�lly�rid 1, m'o�. _ _•-. -.m o. 4-I -_ g�- -___ .8 � �. : :\\ : _s j{ No•c� �' O ,.���O�O��` 4'I�'��� __- -- �-5 q� fawn an 9.110'toV _:- I .. - g nra�w -\�\, mm' �,v�,1\ l'i- .. Z C - `AS '��`KId dd °: 4`..' A^ atue TWA au • -._ aaa.axxa`a '-- • u —mxa -—����NiT r./ayy'�.4!ri.a.,.•i:,.� 0 O to fa0 II \\Q��'�� ,.w,.5afm,Al „a,.'1'w�R,•n • �,i / i yid+ N °�„ j' h',,,.•dal' ,•-' woae del aa•N-axda dal Uwe a*afro.[•W_ PPM.■iaco-m)_ tam at•ar can-KW \1- 1.'_ 1 A,as I— V fn 1-"" • TM aaQmo.e am. -,a'ac J.mmn.rn■ac Jxamn afro■ac J.tiRLV mm m I11101s OM \r� w ",• �+0;nn"`il+� Ai-Y� n....°�arou ar+rm rnaac/dead • tm t„�o m (sal tx trct'c) tmuo o®on w.vw)Boa A aona �d,\ :::.,ii 1 r1 Q O O a r'.0 .: •• A ;V�� .iG tmNKr a. ]maa.s aaaaaa°saw 3SYo xfu A/M'• ......4.13.., alms ac ��•iii— — '1'i j I .mod mq.K us0 a --M✓1 - 1 40 co j • 104 a- .\ •'\ f t"iem`, %``_ r• 1 m -� uic. 91u• .x!.. amwes�a • - r •'roots.c•.t dead .: as nna'lAv.WI ` y I . \i� \ \ //• �010'�, mm�U txias f I� coLLI I ..o. .;. am aaJ/.w.at/ot, \/ \ l r Z // ! \�\ �un rm�s.... 11...;';:,4*Nillpt °i^`°•-�1 .rater vmam % \ rrnA Trret o (iO I \,\ ;;C '� ._�`u\�\ /w,e�. wit s. •h \ / Nouns lm r.sas a•... (A �A. �'� ' \`a\ many � \ \ /.� i \ \ .moat»au• •../ :tL Y • \ 'llp? . \\ j . \ *.\ ,: I /s+�o._ 1\ \ YY mtots ds.cc doss' 0.1 . F ..\.. ..1 ro •� • \ t vtli K.m/e<t+o� �\ taoe°/ • /: /=wa and /'f \ anus m via ,1.:.,� g - - 11 I a.m/n ;��``, \ s vK afro v ■,a\ / / J tomtq�unm) g9 j .. ` �� tamed aid am a eau /1� a mu ,xersv El 14pun fst. \ _ ..Y ..',, �13'C Rai C as thm/¢n a .` \ Ws YA On�_ ! mw w`°V'S \, _ t h tux aa) •„� ` i \ Z Ij J\ at bbam ®� • _.:.. /� , `` , k Deem 1 •r O \ r.m/ \` ss ii .oaf/i (moo ae i-'-.--• / r duo .... .. ii 'av e.mn N ,Ct,p taoua to eras as tm /// �� �v ' om es / s ,tM. rm^a•^ MOW ao),wm .-�I ;':ci;;tl U o"�da Q-' aaaeaoro sow aaa dal/.ra aoeai• ... �II aid.at9 -_. '. a i' ' �I \ ' h-„w 2.MA..,w/w ox �0 i• • Kr o.•o s :s '0 \ aaxs ` v/ Ip �l. aI I \\ h aueJ dal/.re../...... / o�rt r« a Aiw \y>s�'� t \ �•t °ri I L'�4�i u us 1 n dux atsKor em/.ss. -.J Oe'lox 1/..amo/fr.• i� ''�'die n dux mac =Viv _ \ ` I - r i:r Al to. N altx 9{1K.,m/Illl a. �1 R!t w I \ ra\ I "nova as� at,. t' tux aaUas m/rnc.a \!a 4\l% ��. R \ (/ I 1= f °D9 c Cd40 Maud \ `I 'i a,maa aarumu.nlama a 11 a, j; 5 Dc a rn ta11aN16]dP mid a ...\ , I n tlex Rl/AF Im/Yu / �1� • Q areas SaW.9 .1a �� 741 ! F f•4 G - (smas w w Carom aU'11,■.i Yu eau ` \�l� Lsc •.mluow•mauo ra` _ ,_ / to �I-a w , r t.r mla�a I ���► ta:K�l / N—nZE13-3 ,�, E r\� — Z I I /1 •r \ �CL.,., ^ V, 4 •- eo mIrtrd ot a AMINO AMA ///-®°'n'.s 3aro°a 7®ou \ t'1• i SL d°aa C 'n R . � 0A r V QAIOd twtu.® dtnwII W qy CO g -Mguovaal ao..t oaf.' l uo.w.. ;• I nvex xar nrcoV 4'0' i.`aVi `--� \ I ! erg!::roww c O ca n dux aat/as.m/ titi cx - I 1., V'_ (-----...- 1 Z Zemmo.uv a-aa r9Z-3rr10A h a.ox aal.sc',m/s. a srd aa)a,tam/¢n - O ¢ ama°aid atom tv dux atsl/ar,m/ ,�{�oo - t. " am,a+wN,.• 3anfols. 0�` ' va.,�7,po �. \ foul nacusfsmxu aU \ ,Ism. U ;.G } ecmav^ H GNU N afro>a/.c. .` vwaa OM��aUmtt av�oca.a� tautco n mat° \ U \VV • (r os VA. rotas Z I m�13.1.4°��n`I �� v'•!p— Cr vox saL..rmhro ax•, I a,Iu Miejlit... dead I .u O dada-Hill Ave 'I• artafe m mev.x svraa xrm+�mo�m�ac O\ �'•'' -11+- ,'I I .�:� . I.n axmau naa.aow aura ivl-im ��, \\'� Tvx va dal ....-_--•cI ml. �I 1 w Z p ■ntw >. W.W.I, a x p_ 4.mm aa)as O.oaf I (r ve�x��.asl�.t7A.gym,,/�p,a/�a li i•�a ':\."� N L.'a�.m tmhvc.,s4:i tnmo.n a a.I s`h a.w'ad N dux as) P,c to >Z Iit .. a -tV'lla. Am/VI,� •0,. \:\• (r slat]7br. I lame tm•u 9ert•nU_ _I tW.>7s1 O ? O O ¢ ;at a.nm 109 tau)(soap del• .- n dux aalse 910A .• 1 O i t:.maotY!a t s iooiU roam 'w y\--.• noa-• "'•?�•Il •• •rK at p 1n fV _ iiift:' U donna 7.xn m atwiau aaamom.sea h aa).■,,:am �� � ""°` .idl t, _ _ .• ._• x th W —- — -' _'— •---- .._12. -.. �t�s-'�--a� h. .. mod• - --ram+.:•-_-liz-t�ir= „rr,' -... .- . -. -'- - •--- ::. ;, w`..,:,ft'�T,"` a co -I ta_ oow.31=5 aoi - AKA,' r' -- - - - --'-'- of of . a c "Qt:, -•ro-r: :_. j c.. --.-_-_�,.�-_,- • ».vr� si .►" :�' CiC4Rs77II t�� Via;,"k z ¢ O C Ww IF I_ xaaaw.oru aoM O' (T� n va ns) n dux as/ n tiro aas7 Ti •• .. W a�T Yam- (. -I('a` �yy qq• g €•• ----y�...•- 2.3 E:• .° .ta am���c.•m tie.taJ _' -A am rm I L'��•• .9; m m z 4 + oxm ( _@ pp 3;1� $...8a 3� 22 p a.ae OM 11L.g .,w Tat oe c.n•m0 Al se. emaw.MA . OW. O 2 8 -' W U r '� +( ?F •� 8 a F E I fh p m .y-'�A O naux m7 IMAM mmm Naux vW .,oaf....® Z a va T. o to Iltl �L6 a "oil liea�i■k.: e - a •a)t moron o'.a.."",.�•w im e,..sl as... a[I� ¢Z 8 B II,fi gg EE �310 .'� •S'�q lel �6o,co.en W Ly -Y �1RRgge �a Ywn.mw f,W 'T W CO Q O 9 of 1! r7 3 a` d,d is o:o a AA tl, ,�,,x,) O -el a II- r gay i A om`^.7.4 3 •:A ti a .x,...r,ar U 3 to x a,o. �� \ - W N-a ¢ C ¢ ¢ J 0 fF1¢ o U 6m7sDuuag;Ou id 1.9O.91.1.1.6\I.90•91.616161411e1011.1.OZ\XopUW3GN Geotechnical Engineering Report lierracon Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin ■ Pearland, Texas September 16, 2011 ■Terracon Project No. 91115051 _ Field Exploration Description f! Subsurface conditions were evaluated by drilling one test boring, designated B-1, to a depth of about 50 feet within the area of the proposed lift station. The boring was drilled using truck- mounted drilling equipment at the approximate location shown on the Boring Location Plan, ! Exhibit A-2 of Appendix A. The boring was located by measuring from existing site features shown on the drawing provided to us without the use of surveying equipment. The boring depth was measured from existing grade at the time of our field program. Upon completion of our field program, the boring was backfilled with soil cuttings. The Boring Log, presenting the subsurface soil descriptions, type of sampling used, and additional field data, is presented on Exhibit A-4 of Appendix A. The General Notes, which defines the terms used on the log, are presented on Exhibit C-1 of Appendix C. The Unified Soil Classification System is presented on Exhibit C-2 of Appendix C. Soil samples were recovered using open-tube samplers. Pocket penetrometer tests were performed on samples of cohesive soils in the field to serve as a general measure of consistency. Samples were removed from samplers in the field, visually classified, and appropriately sealed in sample containers to preserve their in-situ moisture contents. Samples were returned to our laboratory in League City, Texas. f1 Samples not tested in the laboratory will be stored for a period of 30 days subsequent to submittal of this report and will be discarded after this period, unless we are notified otherwise. n r7 Exhibit A-3 7 U, 7 BORING LOG NO. B-1 CLIENT: Montgomery&Barnes,Inc. PROJECT: Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Houston,Texas Detention Facility 1 BORING See BoringLocation Plan,Exhibit A-2 SITE: SWC of CR 100 and CR115 LOCATION: Pearland,Texas SAMPLES TESTS 7e— wa Zo e _o , F jH aq ET! o DESCRIPTION O - O . Iw Ww V)ITIt- (9 lll o LL >- O i z w D. o U Vo it20 W Zn 7 CL`2 I- co uj CO m� �� >> �w J ZW D Approx.Surface Elevation: Existing Grade W 0 >-a. a <w o o a a g 5 ?W 0 1- -¢ 0 ce o n 1- o) c0 o_ 0 o =, a a co 0 co LL 0 a. LEAN CLAY CL ST 2.5 dark gray, stiff to very stiff,with ferrous - [7 nodules ] ST 2.25 19 49 16 33 6.0 5H ST 1.75 22 102 1.6 15 0 7FAT CLAY _3 CH ST 1.5 light gray and tan, stiff to very stiff, with ferrous and calcareous nodules ST 1.75 20 112 53 20 33 2.1 14 0 p10.0LEAN CLAY w/SAND 10 _ CL sT 1.5 7tan and light gray, medium stiff to stiff -reddish brown and light gray, below ST 1.75 j 13 feet 15 _ 7j Q ___, - ST 1.0 20 25 13 12 i 20_. 7 _ - ST 2.25 16 121 1.1 5 0 7 26.0 25- FAT CLAY .2 CH reddish brown and light gray, verystiff, - �/ 9 9 Y� / with ferrous nodules ST 3.25 25 103 2.9 10 0 / 30 L / _ — ST 3.5 22 64 22 42 35-2 7 37.0 7 /,, LEAN CLAY , CL . light gray and tan, stiff to very stiff, with ST 3.75 l ferrous and calcareous nodules 40� ST 2.5 24 103 49 20 29 1.6 6 0 7 46.0 45- C FAT CLAY . CH 7tan and light gray, very stiff 50.0 = ST 4.25 Boring terminated at 50 feet. 50 STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT APPROXIMATE REMARKS: Dry augered to 18 feet;wet rotary thereafter. BOUNDARIES BETWEEN SOIL TYPES. IN SITU, THE TRANSITION BETWEEN STRATA MAY BE MORE 7 GRADUAL. WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS DATE DRILLED Page 1 of 1 so-, S 18 ft WD t 16 ft WCl IF2 9/6/2011 EXHIBIT L E 1 main PROJECT NUMBER 91115051 A-4 1 I 1 1 1 APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING • I 1 l 1 Geotechnical Engineering Report �Crr7G011 Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin •Pearland, Texas September 16, 2011 ■Terracon Project No. 91115051 Laboratory Testing Soil samples were tested in the laboratory to measure their dry unit weight and natural water content. Unconfined compression tests were performed on selected samples and a calibrated hand penetrometer was used to estimate the approximate unconfined compressive strength of some cohesive samples. The calibrated hand penetrometer has been correlated with unconfined compression tests and provides a better estimate of soil consistency than visual f examination alone. Selected samples were also classified using the results of Atterberg Limits testing. The test results are provided on the Boring Log included in Appendix A. on the BoringLogare in general accordance Descriptive classifications of the soils indicated with the enclosed General Notes and the Unified Soil Classification System. Also shown are estimated Unified Soil Classification Symbols. A brief description of this classification system is attached to this report. Classification of the soil samples was generally determined by visual manual procedures. r Exhibit B=1 r 7 APPENDIX C SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS 7 7 ' GENERAL-NOTES : ' DRILLING&SAMPLING SYMBOLS: SS: Split Spoon-1 3/8"I.D.,2"O.D.,unless otherwise noted7 HS: Hollow Stem Auger ST: Thin Walled Tube—2"O.D.,3"O.D.,unless otherwise rioted PA: Power Auger(Solid Stem) RS: Ring Sampler-2.42"I.D.,3"O.D.,unless otherwise noted HA: Hand Auger DB: Diamond Bit Coring-4",N, B RB: Rock Bit 7 BS: Bulk Sample or Auger Sample WB Wash Boring or Mud Rotary The number of blows required to advance a standard 2-inch O.D. split-spoon sampler (SS) the last 12 inches of the total 18-inch penetration with a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches is considered the"Standard Penetration"or"N-value". 7 WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENT SYMBOLS: 7 WL: Water Level .WS: While Sampling BCR: Before Casing Removal WCI: Wet Cave in WI): _ While Drilling ACR: After Casing Removal DCi: Dry Cave in AB: After Boring N/E: Not Encountered rWater levels indicated on the boring log are,the leve_is measured in the boring at the times indicated. Groundwater levels at other L. times and other locations across the site could vary. In pervious soils,the indicated levels may reflect the location of groundwater. In low permeability soils,the accurate determination of groundwater levels may not be possible with only short-term observations. j"'4 DESCRIPTIVE SOIL CLASSIFICATION: Soil classification is based on the Unified Soil Classification System. Coarse Grained Soils have more than 50% of their dry weight retained on a#200 sieve; their principal descriptors are: boulders, cobbles, gravel or sand. Fine Grained Soils have less than 50%of their dry weight retained on a#200 sieve;they are principally described as clays if they are plastic, and silts if they are slightly plastic or non-plastic. Major constituents may be added as modifiers and .minor constituents may 7 be added according to the relative proportions based,on grain size. In addition to gradation, coarse-grained soils are defined on the basis Of their in-place relative density and fine grainedsoils.on the basis of their consistency. CONSISTENCY.OF FINE-GRAINED SOILS RELATIVE DENSITY OF COARSE-GRAINED SOILS 7 Unconfined Standard Penetration Standard Penetration Compressive or N-value(SS) Consistency or N-value(SS) Relative Density �''? Strength,Qu,psf Blows/Ft. Blows/Ft. �i <500 0-1 Very Soft 0-3 Very Loose 500—1,000 2-4 Soft 4—9 Loose 1,000—2,000 4-8 Medium Stiff 10—29 Medium Dense 2,000—4,000 8-15 Stiff 30—50 Dense 74,000—8,000 15-30 Very Stiff >50 Very Dense 8,000+ >30 Hard ' RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF SAND AND GRAVEL GRAIN SIZE-TERMINOLOGY Descriptive Term(s) Percent of Major Component Particle Size of other constituents Dry Weight . of Sample 7 Trace <15 Boulders Over 12 in.(300mm) With 15—29 Cobbles 12 in.to 3 in.(300mm to 75mm) Modifier >_30 Gravel 3 in.to#4 sieve(75mm to 4.75mm) 7 Sand #4 to#200 sieve(4.75 to 0.075mm) Silt or Clay Passing#200 Sieve(0.075mm) 7RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF FINES PLASTICITY DESCRIPTION Descriptive Term(s) Percent of Teeth Plasticity of other constituents Dry Weight Index Trace <5 Non-plastic 0 if With 5—12 Low 1-10 Modifier >12 Medium 11-30 High >30 r Exhibit C-1 7 _J UNIFIED SOIL:CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM i Criteria for Assignin -Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests" Group_I o c il c assfi.anon. B gSymbol [ . Group Name '4 Gravels: Clean Gravels: Cu>4 and 1 <_Cc<3 E GW Well-graded gravel F More than 50%of Less than 5%fines° Cu<4 and/or 1>Cc>3 E GP Poorly graded gravel F ""I fraction retained on Gravels with Fines: Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravel coarseE.G.H I Coarse Grained Soils: More than 12%fines° Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravel F,c,H More than 50%retained No.4 sieve on No.200 sieve Sands: Clean Sands: Cu>6 and 1 <Cc<_3 E SW Well-graded sand' 50%or more of coarse Less than 5%fines° Cu<6 and/or 1>Cc>3 E SP Poorly graded sand' fraction passes Sands with Fines: Fines classify as ML or MH SM I Silty sand°'H•' No.4 sieve More than 12%fines° Fines Classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sand c'H,I PI>7 and plots on or above"A"lined CL Lean ClayK,,M ,..) Inorganic: K L M Silts and Clays: PI<4 or plots below"A"line' ML Silt '' Liquid limit less than 50 Liquid limit-oven dried Organic clayK'`,M'N Fine-Grained Soils: Organic: <0.75 OL KLM,o ° Liquid limit-not dried Organic silt '' ,on 50%or more passes the • K,L,M No.200 sieve PI plots on or above"A"line CH Fat clay Inorganic: 4 K Silts and Clays: PI plots below"A"line MH Elastic Silt 'L'M -- Liquid limit 50 or more Liquid limit-oven dried Organic clay K,L,M,P Organic: <0.75 OH L67® Liquid limit-not dried Organic silt K'' . 7 Highly organic soils: Primarily organic matter,dark in color,and organic odor PT Peat Ii. A Based on the material passing the 3-in.(75-mm)sieve H If fines are organic,add"with organic fines"to group name. B If field sample contained cobbles or boulders,or both,add"with cobbles ' If soil contains>>15%gravel,add"with gravel"to group name. or boulders,or both"to group name. " If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area,soil is a CL-ML,silty clay. ° Gravels with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: GW-GM well-graded K If soil contains 15 to 29%plus No.200,add"with sand"or"with gravel with silt,GW-GC well-graded gravel with clay,GP-GM poorly gravel,"whichever is predominant. graded gravel with silt,GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay. L If soil contains>30%plus No.200 predominantly sand,add"sandy" ° Sands with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: SW-SM well-graded to group name. f sand with silt,SW-SC well-graded sand with clay,SP-SM poorly graded M If soil contains>_30%plus No.200,predominantly gravel,add sand with silt,SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay "gravelly"to group name. (D )2 1' PI>4 and plots on or above"A"line. E Cu=D60/D10 Cc= 30 ° PI<4 or plots below"A"line. _''1 D10 x D60 P PI plots on or above"A"line. F If soil contains>_15%sand,add"with sand"to group name. ° PI plots below"A"line. A'1 G If fines classify as CL-ML,use dual symbol GC-GM,or SC-SM. 1 60 I I l For classification of fine-grained / r"1 soils and fine grained fraction e I 50_of coarse-grained soils ��c , 1 .`c,e Equation of"A",line ..J,,� yP� d Horizontal at P1=4 to LL=25.5. / tX 40 then PI=0.73(LL-20) c0� ( r� a Equation of"U"-line ° I Z Vertical at LL=16 to PI=7, G.-f ! 30 '— then P1=0.9(LL-6) �J ' CO 20 -G�° MH or OH 1 to z I 4 -- 44ICM-ML ML or OL o 1 i 1 i 0 10 16 20 30 40 50 60 70 130 90 100 110 LIQUID LIMIT(LL) 4 Exhibit C-2 /at 7 7 February2 2012 lIE, rracon 7 Montgomery& Barnes, Inc. 450 Gears Road, Suite 200 Houston, Texas 77067 7 Attn: Mr. David Warner, P.E. 7 Re: Supplemental Geotechnical Engineering Recommendations Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin SWC of County Road 100 and County Road 115 7 Pearland, Texas Terracon Project No. 91115051.Addendum 1 7 Dear Mr. Warner: 7 This letter provides supplemental recommendations for concrete slope paving for the Cowart Creek Ditch area adjacent to the lift station and recycled crushed concrete paving for the proposed 350 feet of new access road to the lift station at the above referenced project site. The additional recommendations were authorized by Mr. David Warner, P.E. on January 27, 2012. 7_ As you are aware, Terracon provided a Geotechnical Engineering Report (Terracon Project No. 7 91115051,dated September 16, 2011)for the proposed lift station at the above referenced project. Terracon also provided a Geotechnical Engineering Report (Terracon Project No. 92065369B, dated September 11, 2006) for the proposed detention pond construction considerations. 7 Subsurface soil information obtained from boring B-1 of Terracon Project No. 91115051 and boring P-10 of Terracon Project No. 92065369B has been utilized for the supplemental recommendations provided in this letter. 7 Concrete Slope Paving 7 We understand that the sideslopes of the existing drainage ditch near the proposed lift station are planned to be concrete-lined with about 6-inch thick concrete paving.We also understand that the 7 maximum depth of the ditch in this area is about 7% feet, and sideslopes are approximately 4 horizontal to 1 vertical (4H:1V). One test boring, designated as B-1., was drilled to a depth of about 50 feet in this area for the proposed lift station (Terracon Project No. 91115051). 7 Based on our evaluation of the subsurface soil conditions and previous experience with these types of soils, concrete lining may be utilized for the existing sideslope configuration of 4H:1V, provided the concrete paving is constructed in accordance with 2010 Harris County Flood District (HCFCD) 7 Standard Concrete Channel Lining Details. Terracon should be contacted if the depth of the ditch increases or the proposed sideslope configuration is changed to a slope steeper than 4H:1V. 7 re, Terracon Consultants, Inc. 551 League City Parkway,Suite F League City,TX 77573 �t P [281]557 2900 F [281]557 2990 terracon.com Geotechnical • Environmental • Construction Materials • Facilities 7 Additional Geotechnical Engineering Recommendations lierracon Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin ■ Pearland, Texas February 2, 2012.■Terracon Project No. 91115051.Addendum 1 Page 2 Access Road Pavement Based on our discussions with Montgomery&Barnes, Inc.,we understand that the access road for the proposed lift station area is planned to consist of recycled crushed concrete material.Planned finished grades at the site were not available at the time of this report. We anticipate that the final pavement elevation is planned to be within approximately one to two feet above existing grade. If cuts and/or significant fills are planned, Terracon should be notified to review and/or modify our recommendations given in this subsection. The proposed access road area should be stripped of vegetation, topsoil, and any other debris/unsuitable surface material.Once initial site stripping and excavation is completed and final subgrade elevations have been achieved, the exposed soil subgrade areas should be proofrolled with a 20-ton pneumatic roller or similar equipment, such as a fully loaded dump truck, to detect weak areas.Weak areas detected during proofrolling,as well as zones containing organics and/or debris,should be removed and replaced with soils exhibiting similar classification,moisture content, and density as the adjacent in-situ soils. Proper site drainage should be maintained during construction so that ponding of surface runoff does not occur and cause construction delays and/or inhibit site access. Grade adjustments within the paving areas can be accomplished with on-site soils, provided they are free of organics and debris.The on-site soils should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the Standard Effort(ASTM D 698) maximum dry density at a moisture content within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content. Construction operations may encounter difficulties due to wet or soft surface soils becoming a general hindrance to equipment, especially during and following periods of wet weather. If the subgrade cannot be adequately compacted to minimum densities as described above, one of the following measures will be required: 1) removal and replacement with select fill, 2) chemical treatment of the soil to dry and increase the stability of the subgrade,or 3)drying by natural means if the schedule allows. In our experience with similar soils in this area, chemical treatment is the most efficient and effective method to increase the supporting value of wet and weak subgrade.The depth of chemical treatment will depend on the condition of the soil at the time of construction and 1 the construction schedule. Terracon should be contacted for additional recommendations if chemical treatment is planned at this site to mitigate wet and/or soft subgrade conditions. Once final subgrade level is reached, we recommend that the finished subgrade soils directly beneath the pavement be chemically treated to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Chemical treatment will increase the supporting value of the subgrade and decrease the effect of moisture on subgrade soils.This 6 inches of recommended treatment thickness is a required part of the pavement design and is not a part of site and subgrade preparation for wet/soft subgrade conditions. Responsive • Resourceful • Reliable E Additional Geotechnical Engineering Recommendations lrrracon Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin ■ Pearland,Texas February 2, 2012 ■Terracon Project No. 91115051.Addendum 1 Page 3 The on-site high plasticity clay soils should be treated with lime. For planning purposes, we recommend the use of about 6 to 7 percent lime by dry weight of soil,which is typically equivalent to about 30 to 35 pounds of lime per square yard per 8-inch depth. The actual quantities of lime required should be evaluated at the time of construction. Specifications for lime treated subgrade soils are presented in subsequent paragraphs. Once the subgrade is properly prepared a pavement system consisting recycled crushed concrete may be considered for this project. Detailed traffic loads and frequencies were not available. However, we anticipate that traffic will consist primarily of maintenance vehicles combined with construction vehicles such as dump trucks and concrete delivery trucks. Based on the anticipated traffic we recommend the following pavement component thicknesses: Pavement Design ri! Component Material Thickness (Inches) Crushed Concrete 10.0 Lime Treated Subgrade 6.0 The recommended pavement layer thicknesses are based upon only the physical and engineering properties of the materials and chemically treated subgrade strength based upon our experience in the area. Specific testing (such as CBR tests, resilient modulus tests, etc.)was not performed for this project to evaluate the support characteristics of the subgrade.The pavement materials should meet the following recommended specifications: 1. Crushed Concrete Material - This material should be composed of crushed concrete meeting the requirements of TxDOT 2004 Standard Specifications Item 247, Type A, Grade 1. The base material should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the Modified Effort (ASTM D 1557) maximum dry density at a moisture content within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content. 2. Lime Treated Subqrade-The on-site high plasticity clay soils should be treated with lime in accordance with the TxDOT 2004 Standard Specifications Item 260. The pulverization, mixing and curing of the lime treated subgrade is of particular importance in these clay soils. Based on the classification test results, we recommend that about 6 to 7 percent lime be used for estimating and planning.The actual quantity of lime required should be determined at the time of construction based on laboratory testing conducted using bulk samples of the subgrade soils.The treated subgrade should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the Standard Effort (ASTM D 698) maximum dry density at a moisture content between optimum and 4 percent wet of the optimum moisture content. Preferably, traffic should be kept off the treated subgrade for 7 days to facilitate curing of the soil-chemical mixture. In addition, the subgrade is not suitable for heavy construction traffic prior to paving. Responsive ■ Resourceful • Reliable r- Additional Geotechnical Engineering Recommendations iferracon Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin • Pearland,Texas February 2, 2012 a Terracon Project No. 91115051.Addendum 1 Page 4 Related civil design factors such as subgrade drainage, shoulder support, cross-sectional configurations, surface elevations and environmental factors which will affect the service life must be included in the preparation of the construction drawings and specifications. Normal periodic maintenance will be required. Routine maintenance, including periodic placement of new/additional crushed aggregate will be required to maintain the access road, particularly in turning areas. In addition, pavement areas will likely require regrading to maintain effective drainage. A possible concern with an exposed crushed concrete surface during wet weather, is the accumulation of mud (fines) from the wet crushed concrete as the vehicles travel along the driveway and then deposit this mud onto nearby streets as these vehicles leave the site. If this becomes a concern,the upper 4 to 6 inches of the crushed concrete can be treated with cement in order to reduce the potential for fines within the crushed concrete to adhere to vehicle tires. If this option is desired, Terracon should be contacted for additional recommendations. Preventive Maintenance Long-term pavement performance will be dependent upon several factors, including maintaining subgrade moisture levels and providing for preventative maintenance. The following recommendations should be implemented to help promote long-term pavement performance: • Site grading should be designed to drain away from the pavements, preferably at a minimum grade of 2 percent; and ® The subgrade and the pavement surface should be designed to promote proper surface drainage, preferably at a minimum grade of 2 percent. F" Preventative maintenance should be planned and provided for the pavements at this site. Preventative maintenance activities are intended to slow the rate of pavement deterioration, and consist of both localized maintenance (e.g. patching) and global maintenance. Prior to implementing any maintenance, additional engineering observations are recommended to determine the type and extent of preventative maintenance. 1 _} ri '1J 1 Responsive • Resourceful • Reliable r Additional Geotechnical Engineering Recommendations 7rearecon Cowart Creek Regional Detention Basin n Pearland,Texas February 2,2012 n Terracon Project No.91115051.Addendum 1 Page 5 We trust that the information contained herein meets your project needs at this.time. Please note that any items not specifically discussed In this letter should be addressed as indicated in our original report. Please contact us if you had w questions or if we can be of further assistance. ytl► E•,.F•T��7 Sincerely, */: `I_ ••.4t+'�� Terracon Consultants,Inc. r*.* \ ▪ *• /� (Texas.Registration No. F-3272) �.,ATHEp��•�'••""It7...� r19 1003S0 'Qr ,i1 '�'��L,'ENSti�••'a�t'�r Ather Mohiuddin, P.E. Brandon K. Smith, P.E. Geotechnical Manager/League City �'��" z012' Project Manager/Houston A.L e• Todd E. Swoboda, RE. Geotechnical Services Manager/Houston �-' Attachments: Boring Logs B-1 and P-10 HCFCD Concrete Channel Lining Details r L1 , Responsive a Resourceful A Reliable 1 7 .- I BORING LOG NO. B-1 CLIENT: Montgomery&Barnes,Inc. PROJECT: Lift Station at Cowart Creek Regional Houston,Texas Detention Facility BORING SITE: SWC of CR 100 and CR 115 LOCATION: See Boring Location Plan,Exhibit A-2 Pearland,Texas SAMPLES TESTS o e _ 7 v_ 2 ~ 1 Ii Z >H a J DESCRIPTION w WF �_ o t�i� v~) z U LL 0) OJ Qcr jz W J o 5 4,e iU' IL ZD g d U a 1-Do mZ P-Z }. 5 u c co 2a j ZW ID Approx.Surface Elevation: Existing Grade o 0) a. <a 0o o a g g z op LL O LEAN CLAY = CL ST 2.5 dark gray,very stiff, with ferrous nodules _ 1-1 - ST 2.25 19 49 16 33 6.0 5- ST 1.75 22 102 1.6 15 0 FAT CLAY = CH sT 1.5 'F' light gray and tan, stiff,with ferrous and 10.0 Calcareous nodules - ST 1.75 20 112 53 20 33 2.1 14 0 - ' LEAN CLAY w/SAND 10 - CL ST 1.5 tan and light gray, medium stiff to stiff - 1 -reddish brown and light gray, 13 to - ST 1.75 15 feet 15- i _ a _ _- ST 1.0 20 25 13 12 20_ - ST 2.25 16 121 1.1 5 0 26.0 25- 7FAT CLAY L. CH reddish brown and light gray, very stiff, with ferrous nodules - ST 3.25 25 103 2.9 10 0 30- 7 / -- ST 3.5 22 64 22 42 35- - n 37.0 _ II LEAN CLAY _ CL light gray and tan, stiff to very stiff, with _ ST 3.75 ferrous and calcareous nodules 40— - ST 2.5 24 103 49 20 29 1.6 6 0 j 46.0 45- FAT CLAY = CH tan and light gray, very stiff 50.0 - ST 4.25 Boring terminated at 50 feet. 50 STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT APPROXIMATE REMARKS: Dry augered to 18 feet;wet rotary thereafter. BOUNDARIES BETWEEN SOIL TYPES. IN SITU, THE TRANSITION BETWEEN STRATA MAY BE MORE GRADUAL. WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS DATE DRILLED Page 1 of 1 18 ft WD i 16 ft . WCI ire 9/6/2011 EXHIBIT �? Y T. imam PROJECT NUMBER 91115051 A-4 i 7 1 7 .LOG OF BORING PPROJECT: ;Proposed Detention Pond , - BORING NO. -10 Bailey Road Drainage Improvement Project PROJECT NO. 92065369E Pearland;Texas DATE 8-1-06 7 CLIENT: JKC&Associates, Inc. SURFACE ELEVATION Existing Dickinson,Texas PAGE 1 of 1 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): r i ATTERBERG Dry Auger 0 to 15 feet;wet rotary thereafter D LIMITS'0/0) e.. GROUNDWATER INFORMATION:' 7 i c .8 a p, Groundwater was initially observed duringdrilling at a depth ? Q., of about 13 feet,and at a depth of about 10 feet after waiting F- O o p k- 15 minutes. co g ° imms d° ° co � °o $ i. a m o n. LL PL PI n0 t u. ° DESCRIPTION:OF STRATUM P=1.0 28 94 63 20 43 1.2 15 0 Firm to stiff dark gray and gray CLAY 7 _ -with-roots_to.21t . _ P=1.o -light gray and tan with ferrous nodules and shckensides below 2 ft 7 P=.1.75 P:=1.25 ]8 110 49 .16 33 60 1:4 5 0 Stiff light gray and tan SANDY CLAY with ,calcareous nodules _. to 1 P=1,25 'Firm to,stiff.tan,light gray and red-brown CLAY with slickensides and calcareous nodules P=1.75 29.. 97 58 22 36 1.2 3 0 -red-brown,-light gray and tan below 10 ft C Stiff to very stiff red-brown and tan SILTY CLAY P=2,0/4s; with calcareous nodules and clay pockets 7 • ____/•0 s 7 20 P=1:75 20 _ -with sand pockets below 18 ft Stiff to very stiff red-brown CLAY with slick sand -With sand pockets to 25 ft 7 —Oil P=3.25 4 30 ! P=3.0 -red-brown and.light gray below 28 ft 7 ,7 7° . 40 7 7 a _, e 50, {I 7 g N=-STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE _ REMARKS: - 2 T-TXDOTCONE PENETRATION RESISTANCE Boring terminated at 30 feet. g P-POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 1Ierracof 6 R-PERCENTAGE OF.ROCK CORE RECOVERY7 l' . RQD-ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION. . A-11 BEE STORM SEWER k JJ,Y:NI R. SEE NOTES 3 R. HARDWARE IS I ROOFING FELT E OPRM DETNL SHEET -- I AND 2. r'. I I CLOTH II.:' VVCf ' v >_ VVV .v 75:ICN.',IN. HARDWARE 4IN / FILTER FABRIC .• ° TOP OF CHANNEL LINING ° + Aa M. .• CLDM y TYPE'B'WEEP HOLE. I �� F • ••. STARS TO BE INSTALLED 'BEE WEEP HOLE OETNIS, T' .g'T"• 2 R, 4 N.DP,PVC t� AT LOCATIONSSHOWN ♦ -1f.II SEE NOTES ■ ., —L... ON PLANS,SEE DETAIL _ 1 AND 2. I� 7.i E •A. a••••.° 0 0 o .g�T �r' �� DPAIN GRAVEL v%P7IF{rf,6•I • •e.• •• • �'n �y4•• BYYN:.IN. � ? DR IN GRAVEL IS I ROOFING FELT U. rT6} :;, .,;R) I I °f' f.r�•••• / l 15 I ROOFING FELT • p }�,1ri GRADE BEAM-SEE DEVOUT t, / MID—SLOPE LINING t � I ~ a l @ I. Gi / 1 I PLAN SECTION r.1..43jt TPE'A'�11 A +%gi II m 1^ PVC WEEP HOLE MARL) 11 �'i°e:• °II q ° Y°/ iA / 28EIpJ1 N.J HARDWARE CLOTH IN.0Ll CONC.CHANNEL 15 I ROOFING FELT W L I OM'VVEPELOTH bj• 111i I ° a • o • o ° ..<:a..v:.° n IS A ROOFING FELT r )� a mENo. TOEWALL UPSREAM ° 9 • Y Y /n TOEWALL UPSTREAM r / / K DOWNSTREAM. �`11T...s TOEWALL AT UPSTREAM AND ��•+ —_ le DOWNSTREAM 1 / 't TYPE'B'WE HOLE. DOWNSTREAM ENDS OF L:+.""7.,.R. TYPE'B' / I F^ LE Millis.an r.CHANNEL WED.HOLE A . FILTER FABRIC ): t SELL SLAB _ SEE WEEP HOLE pRN15. i��j} ! UMNC OEENL). e„ (TYP.) (/ .y- / I .. 1l0 NB'LM.)(.TI:ET.121i I • . DRAIN GRAVEL IFlLTEfl FABRIC TOP OF CHANNEL LINING 1J A n n ° n n n I 0�?a t' N�/ s T41,sg-IN fEAI 1 I 1 FT ORNN GRAVEL F 5j I_SIEEI.SEE,NOIE�11� 2. S ERZ I R. 2 R. 1 R, d TOEWALL AT TOP OF CORONERLC)* fa -/ TOP OF BANK LINING LINING.(SEE TYP,CHANNEL D. L SECTION SECTION LWN R C DETAIL.) IBSYN;W.+i--ram— nMxe?.:Fr.Cr,i PLAN TYPICAL CHANNEL LINING DETAIL I— 5'uN INCHES SEE IMP. 9�(A TYPE "A" WEEP HOLE TYPE "B" WEEP HOLE W CMMENEL UMNC DETAIL s. A REINF.STEEL - DBARsR,]INCHES CONTINUOUS DRAINAGE Cunt-ABLE TYP. 0 CHANNEL G _ °ABppT 4 . O.C.(EACH�LAYER) ♦R.NN. GEOTE]TILE TYP, CEOCOMPOSTE WITH B OZ. SEE NOTES i 'L 4/= ALL MWNO l.,. NON-WOVEN GEOTIXTIIE.�+ (� BOTION WIOm 1 ArN 2. E 1 f . N' TRIM PIPE RUSH ? YsaP \\/�/ 9° C •l NOTEWITH CHANNEL I IN.IOTA PVC PIPE f l PLOT CHANNEL ��-/: � .. LINING B:MN IN. - - _tl 4 IN.DELL PVC PIPE 0 Z ONE B0.0W) ��TF Ge !d ==°• r-f SEE 12 -- Pre,,,,— -..--- F F, ili ,, m • O lLl z I x. q �I,'� TYPE B WEEP HOLE OM(,iCEKENm B. 7 PM OPTIONAL SEE WEEP NOLF DRNLS { 'd / AREA SEE NOTE B. APPLY CONST.ADHESNE+ .I o I • tKEYED--t IN. 7. <I ` : �zwF R. Ill ELEVATION T°BOTLTo'F1'Y coNmFlJausly 13.SECTION d U E3c•�=- �® MM Fr.. (SPECVY(RfkIFDRCINO i y.. \ sTEEi sE Noe 1, TYPE "C" WEEP HOLE L �i::'" � SEE DETAIL A. � � � WEEP HOLE NOTES: }` SEAL SLAB ✓'.40' \ �/ . ° 2 GALVANIZED SECTION I."LATERALS: Q' .i TYPE A WEEP HOLE. SEE NOTE 5. 1 Cyy`-�gFPpRglpi t NUTS y WASHERS a.PIPE 4 INCH DA.SCH,40 PVC E,FILTER FABRIC: U SEE WEEP HOLE DRMS. gE,NOTE 11. 'r <I° . G ON FALN 1/2%8 IN, h,DRAM GRAVER SIEVE SIZE 1L FlNETL NON-WOVEN GEOTE%IILE Z 5f '-'- l J'BOLTS•OR 1 IN 100 MN.AOS SIEVE NO. (BOOAWN/ 0 d< ° EWNALENT, gill IN TO-100 (70;MI11.) // /STY R RE _ 4AX.A05 SIEVE N0. OHALF SECTION •° �F, • • 30 DEGREE NO.4" 20-60 WEIGHT 02/SV Kr.02: TE I •4"\V� •Q;�• I • ILJTEMALS NO.B 0 2.CUT WEEP HOLE PIPE FLUSH WITH CONCRETE SURFACE. s • __ mROUG"PIPE 4.HARDWARE CLOTH: YIN,OPEN MAX.%,OPEN O.TYPE'A'ANO'C'WEEP HOLES FOR TYPICAL RECTANGULAR 1/0 IN 1/4 IN CONCRETE CHANNEL USING.TO BE STAGGERED. DETAIL A d°. ;s, ' ;. . WEEP HOLE DETAILS ��y PIPE OUTFALL NOTES FOR'EXISTING CHANNEL LININGp p�,y `-TOE OF SLOPE I. WHEN PLACING THROUGH EXISTING CHANNEL FONT:RFTF CHNNFI INNG DRNI S NOTTS' E'6ag1 TYPICAL TRAPEZOIDAL CHANNEL LINING PLAN UNNC.SAW-CUT I HEN AND REMOVE 4 FEET T. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR CONCRETE CHANNEL UNING ANO NONSTRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR SEAL SLAB ALL AROUND, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECTFICATKKJ SECTION NO,03310-CONCRETE ZZZ _ __ 2. EXPOSE A ITN,OF iB INCHES Of STEEL 2. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION SECTON NO,03310-CONCRETE. 0. TSPE'.FLU MARCN01 PIPE OUTFACE DETAILS 3, EXCAVATION AND NN.HFILL FOR CONCRETE CHANNEL LINING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION(^1W,..SFE:NOTE.1�� S.MN IN,SEE TYP. (FOR CARP OUIFAl15 24-12 INCH DM ONLY) SECTION NIL 0NC IN STRUCTURAL.EXCAVATINGWTTHSPECIFICATION AND ON ECTION BOTTOM WWII PROT CHANNEL WIDTH CWWN4 LINING ORAL �-ny 4. V SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WTI"SPECIFICATION SECTION NO.SEAL SLABRIPAAP AND GRANULAR OW<12 FT FIAT BOTTOM �_G CONCRETE CHANNEL ]/4 INCH YA7FAW;JYPE S. T NON-REINFORCEDCONCRETEBOTTOM OF HA CHANNELS.NONSTRUCTURAL CONCRETE WILL BE REQUIRED BENEATH BOTTOM THE CRAL O ETEGRADE _ b OW-20 FT-20 FT 6 R B. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE GROVE BEAMS SHALL BE INSTALLED TRINSYE GREATER THAN RO FEET.N1t.1 BEHINDS ON lY LBW>20 FT B R v_ 1F T• CONCRETEI LINES CHANNELS ROTH BOTTOM WIDTHS EOUAL TO OR GREATER THAW 20 MEET. ,pre y, - .. BIN A PLACE A .00NT 20:FIW• .6 EFOCT.MN JOINT IN CCONTIN E SLY THROUGH GH CHANNEL LUL BOTTOM S Q CHANNEL C 1 FT i1,7.,',•2 DOWELS ON SECTIONS AT CONTROL FOOT ERN. BO,TDOT.0 F SPACING NGNIINUDUSLY mROUCH CIYNN4 UMNC. ( B PLACE IZESAJOINT . SLOPES AT 20 FOOT CEDING. e. BOTTOM WIDTH 7 'T ATif',.(IOLE SEE NOTE 5. • T--�uS IN.CENTERS. B. CEMENT STFBLZEO SAND SHALL BE PROWpED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION SECTION 4 .00019'. AT if',*FT R.O.C. I,FT 6 Ili NO.02321 CEMENT STABILIZED SAND. SEE WEEP NOTE YN Ff• GREASE N WRAP ONE ENO OF 0• DELETE 2 R FIAT EDGE WHEN UMNC IS BELOW TOP OF BANK,SEE MD-SLOPE LINING DRNL f ORALS. 00WEL MTH FELT OR USE 10. UpSTREALI12 AND DOWNSTREAM TOE WALL•]"FODF EWEl):PIH;AT BOTTOM OF SLOPE AND B INCHES THICK. f I %LOT CHANNEL �� 17.M21 R. FlL FA FABR C.SEE SEE TABLE ONE �+/ SEE DETAIL B. PLASTIC SLEEVE AND PACE IN WTFP MOLE NOTES. TB.SII AT 12 MGN O.0 YNMVM OW,E4UVAI FOOT VERTICAL I■' .,"'7. j CENTER OF SLAB. 12. VARIES BASED ON SUE SLOPE.MINIMUM I FOOT VERTICAL AT TOE OF SLOPE. T TIN. '' '1 { EXPANSION JOINT d SRONFCING- m15 DETAIL SHEET HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR USE ON HCFCD tI 1,.....,,,,,/ PROJECTS OR PROJECTS TO BE RN NNED BY ME HCFCD 11 GRADE BEAM DETAIL 2/4 IN,MAIEHIAL..TYPE WHEN COMPLETED BY OTHERS, AN ENGINEER WHO INCORPORATES Li - TYPE C WEEP HOLE CONTINUOUS STEELTHE DETMLS ON THIS SHEET yF ATL,,���^�J ZEE". (SEE NOTE B) IN THE END PRODUCT IN ACCORDANCE TT RESPONSIBLE *137.33R(h USE SEE WEEP MOLE DETAIL B ) -.. DETAILS. r TREAD F""'Y IN. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS.STATE OF PIE TEAS BOARD OF REGISTRATION FOR z m I ll KEYED J. iiik KEYED JOINT. NOTE STRUCTURAL .iaS 12 IN. TORE LATERAL fi IN rem ;9 FILTER FABRIC kris Carly __A.,,. I RISER Pu.S IN, NOTES. HOLE flood 1 C2222t2 RF3NNRGN01 - TIWN 1W11f0I W R • ,. is, ing. 1T_11•. I CONSTRUCTION JOINT ,!U'::;.r;'...•E,:.,•, .�,i'. I 3/41N,.1RTERIALLTTPE M900,S,,,T,o.22CO2 o ,\\Y Haurm,TuaF 77092 }��} ,"„ SEE NOTEEAL 5, °+ DATE: 12-21-2010 I r�: TYPE A�YFEP HOLE 1 ' SEEEEP HOLE ORALS. 46PECSY RE110•URCIlNOt SCALE: NTS [51FE4°'SEFI,'INTE II FANCREfE INNc HALF JOINT i TYPICAL RECTANGULAR CONCRETE maRss a:IDH IN (SLOPES ONLY) SHEET NUMBER CHANNEL LINING HALF SECTION STAIR DETAIL CONTROL JOINT P.E.SEAL RHO sIGNATWRE — OF — oWr*a unIc rAt �1 (o gl 1 , ______ o ‘• .4_ _______ , \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ o \ ,,,o) 6t) AD \ (10 \ ------ ----- o ti Point Listing made Wed Jun 06 08:08:17 2012 Page 1 of 1 Drawing Name: 16474-02-updated bndy-topo-5-18-2012 Project Name: LD-Survey Project Path: J:\16474-02 Jacobs CVS-FM1488\LD-Survey\ Username: gcervin Number Northing Easting Elevation Raw Desc Full Desc 1 5016.1843 4996.3863 178.46 CPX* CPX* 2 4707.3136 5036.0731 181.12 CPMAG* CPMAG* 3 4909.0695 4492.6587 186.95 CP12 1/2" IRON RO] 4 4975.8716 4806.8001 181.45 CP12 1/2" IRON RO] 5 4629.4924 4654.1044 187.10 CP12 1/2" IRON RO] 2026 4830.8539 4844.2483 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2027 4840.5407 4841.7654 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2028 4833.3367 4853.9351 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2029 4738.0214 4868.0424 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2030 4740.5042 4877.7292 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2031 4728.3345 4870.5252 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2032 4704.0472 4735.4924 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2033 4694.3521 4737.9427 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2034 4701.5644 4725.8055 . 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2035 4796.9595 4712.0096 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2036 4794.4766 4702.3227 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG 2037 4806.6546 4709.5592 0.00 CALC:BLDG CALC:BLDG